WO2002086029A2 - In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons - Google Patents

In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002086029A2
WO2002086029A2 PCT/US2002/013121 US0213121W WO02086029A2 WO 2002086029 A2 WO2002086029 A2 WO 2002086029A2 US 0213121 W US0213121 W US 0213121W WO 02086029 A2 WO02086029 A2 WO 02086029A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formation
condensable hydrocarbons
heat sources
heat
hydrocarbons
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2002/013121
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2002086029A3 (en
Inventor
Harold J. Vinegar
Scott L. Wellington
John M. Karanikas
Kevin A. Maher
Robert C. Ryan
Gordon T. Shahin
Charlie R. Keedy
Ajay M. Madgavkar
James L. Menotti
Martijn Van Hardeveld
John M. Ward
Meliha D. Sumnu-Dindoruk
Bruce Roberts
Peter Veenstra
Wade Watkins
Steve Crane
Eric De Rouffignac
George L. Stegemeier
Ilya E. Berchenko
Etuan Zhang
Thomas D. Fowler
John M. Coles
Lanny Schoeling
Fred G. Carl
Bruce G. Hunsucker
Philip T. Baxley
Lawrence J. Bielamowicz
Margaret Messier
Kip Pratt
Bruce Lepper
Ronald Bass
Tom Mikus
Carlos Glandt
Original Assignee
Shell Oil Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Shell Oil Company filed Critical Shell Oil Company
Priority to AU2002303481A priority Critical patent/AU2002303481A1/en
Publication of WO2002086029A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002086029A2/en
Publication of WO2002086029A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002086029A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
    • E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
    • E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
    • E21B43/16—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons
    • E21B43/24—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons using heat, e.g. steam injection
    • E21B43/243—Combustion in situ
    • E21B43/247—Combustion in situ in association with fracturing processes or crevice forming processes
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
    • E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
    • E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
    • E21B43/16—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons
    • E21B43/24—Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons using heat, e.g. steam injection
    • E21B43/243—Combustion in situ
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E21—EARTH DRILLING; MINING
    • E21B—EARTH DRILLING, e.g. DEEP DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
    • E21B43/00—Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
    • E21B43/30—Specific pattern of wells, e.g. optimizing the spacing of wells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to methods and systems for production of hydrocarbons, hydrogen, and/or other products from various relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons. Certain embodiments relate to in situ conversion of hydrocarbons to produce hydrocarbons, hydrogen, and/or novel product streams from underground relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Hydrocarbons obtained from subterranean (e.g., sedimentary) formations are often used as energy resources, as feedstocks, and as consumer products.
  • Concerns over depletion of available hydrocarbon resources and over declining overall quality of produced hydrocarbons have led to development of processes for more efficient recovery, processing and/or use of available hydrocarbon resources.
  • In situ processes may be used to remove hydrocarbon materials from subterranean formations.
  • Chemical and/or physical properties of hydrocarbon material within a subterranean formation may need to be changed to allow hydrocarbon material to be more easily removed from the subterranean formation.
  • the chemical and physical changes may include in situ reactions that produce removable fluids, composition changes, solubility changes, density changes, phase changes, and/or viscosity changes of the hydrocarbon material within the formation.
  • a fluid may be, but is not limited to, a gas, a liquid, an emulsion, a slurry, and/or a stream of solid particles that has flow characteristics similar to liquid flow.
  • Examples of in situ processes utilizing downhole heaters are illustrated in U.S. Patent Nos. 2,634,961 to Ljungstrom, 2,732,195 to Ljungstrom, 2,780,450 to Ljungstrom, 2,789,805 to Ljungstrom, 2,923,535 to
  • a heat source may be used to heat a subterranean formation.
  • Electric heaters may be used to heat the subterranean formation by radiation and or conduction.
  • An electric heater may resistively heat an element.
  • U.S. Patent No. 2,548,360 to Germain which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element placed within a viscous oil within a wellbore. The heater element heats and thins the oil to allow the oil to be pumped from the wellbore.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,716,960 to Eastlund et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes electrically heating tubing of a petroleum well by passing a relatively low voltage current through the tubing to prevent formation of solids.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,065,818 to Van Egmond which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element that is cemented into a well borehole without a casing surrounding the heating element.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,023,554 to Vinegar et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element that is positioned within a casing.
  • the heating element generates radiant energy that heats the casing.
  • a granular solid fill material may be placed between the casing and the formation.
  • the casing may conductively heat the fill material, which in turn conductively heats the formation.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,570,715 to Van Meurs et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an electric heating element.
  • the heating element has an electrically conductive core, a surrounding layer of insulating material, and a surrounding metallic sheath.
  • the conductive core may have a relatively low resistance at high temperatures.
  • the insulating material may have electrical resistance, compressive strength, and heat conductivity properties that are relatively high at high temperatures.
  • the insulating layer may inhibit arcing from the core to the metallic sheath.
  • the metallic sheath may have tensile strength and creep resistance properties that are relatively high at high temperatures.
  • Combustion of a fuel may be used to heat a formation. Combusting a fuel to heat a formation may be more economical than using electricity to heat a formation.
  • Several different types of heaters may use fuel combustion as a heat source that heats a formation. The combustion may take place in the formation, in a well, and/or near the surface. Combustion in the formation may be a fireflood.
  • An oxidizer may be pumped into the formation. The oxidizer may be ignited to advance a fire front towards a production well. Oxidizer pumped into the formation may flow through the formation along fracture lines in the formation. Ignition of the oxidizer may not result in the fire front flowing uniformly through the formation.
  • a flameless combustor may be used to combust a fuel within a well.
  • Flameless combustion may be accomplished by preheating a fuel and combustion air to a temperature above an auto-ignition temperature of the mixture.
  • the fuel and combustion air may be mixed in a heating zone to combust.
  • a catalytic surface may be provided to lower the auto-ignition temperature of the fuel and air mixture.
  • Heat may be supplied to a formation from a surface heater.
  • the surface heater may produce combustion gases that are circulated through wellbores to heat the formation.
  • a surface burner may be used to heat a heat transfer fluid that is passed through a wellbore to heat the formation. Examples of fired heaters, or surface burners that may be used to heat a subterranean formation, are illustrated in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,056,057 to Vinegar et al. and 6,079,499 to Mikus et al., which are both incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
  • Synthesis gas may be produced in reactors or in situ within a subterranean formation. Synthesis gas may be produced within a reactor by partially oxidizing methane with oxygen. In situ production of synthesis gas may be economically desirable to avoid the expense of building, operating, and maintaining a surface synthesis gas production facility.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,250,230 to Terry which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes a system for in situ gasification of coal. A subterranean coal seam is burned from a first well towards a production well. Methane, hydrocarbons, H 2 , CO, and other fluids may be removed from the formation through the production well. The H 2 and CO may be separated from the remaining fluid.
  • the H 2 and CO may be sent to fuel cells to generate electricity.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,057,293 to Garrett which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, discloses a process for producing synthesis gas. A portion of a rubble pile is burned to heat the rubble pile to a temperature that generates liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons by pyrolysis. After pyrolysis, the rubble is further heated, and steam or steam and air are introduced to the rubble pile to generate synthesis gas.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,554,453 to Steinfeld et al. which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes an ex situ coal gasifier that supplies fuel gas to a fuel cell.
  • the fuel cell produces electricity.
  • a catalytic burner is used to burn exhaust gas from the fuel cell with an oxidant gas to generate heat in the gasifier.
  • Carbon dioxide may be produced from combustion of fuel and from many chemical processes. Carbon dioxide may be used for various purposes, such as, but not limited to, a feed stream for a dry ice production facility, supercritical fluid in a low temperature supercritical fluid process, a flooding agent for coal bed demethanation, and a flooding agent for enhanced oil recovery. Although some carbon dioxide is productively used, many tons of carbon dioxide are vented to the atmosphere.
  • U.S. Patent No. 2,780,450 to Ljungstrom describes heating bituminous geological formations in situ to convert or crack a liquid tar-like substance into oils and gases.
  • Substantial reserves of heavy hydrocarbons are known to exist in formations that have relatively low permeability. For example, billions of barrels of oil reserves are known to exist in diatomaceous formations in California. Several methods have been proposed and/or used for producing heavy hydrocarbons from relatively low permeability formations.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,415,231 to Northrop et al. which is inco ⁇ orated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes a method for recovering hydrocarbons (e.g., oil) from a low permeability subterranean reservoir of the type comprised primarily of diatomite.
  • a first slug or volume of a heated fluid e.g., 60% quality steam
  • the well is then shut in and the reservoir is allowed to soak for a prescribed period (e.g., 10 days or more) to allow the oil to be displaced by the steam into the fractures.
  • the well is then produced until the production rate drops below an economical level.
  • a second slug of steam is then injected and the cycles are repeated.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,339,897 to Leaute et al. describes a method and apparatus for recovering and/or upgrading hydrocarbons utilizing in situ combustion and horizontal wells.
  • hydrocarbons within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be converted in situ within the formation to yield a mixture of relatively high quality hydrocarbon products, hydrogen, and/or other products.
  • One or more heat sources may be used to heat a portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to temperatures that allow pyrolysis of the hydrocarbons.
  • Hydrocarbons, hydrogen, and other formation fluids may be removed from the formation through one or more production wells.
  • formation fluids may be removed in a vapor phase.
  • formation fluids may be removed in liquid and vapor phases or in a liquid phase.
  • Temperature and pressure in at least a portion of the formation may be controlled during pyrolysis to yield improved products from the formation.
  • one or more heat sources may be installed into a formation to heat the formation.
  • Heat sources may be installed by drilling openings (well bores) into the formation.
  • openings may be formed in the formation using a drill with a steerable motor and an accelerometer.
  • an opening may be formed into the formation by geosteered drilling.
  • an opening may be formed into the formation by sonic drilling.
  • One or more heat sources may be disposed within the opening such that the heat sources transfer heat to the formation.
  • a heat source may be placed in an open wellbore in the formation. Heat may conductively and radiatively transfer from the heat source to the formation.
  • a heat source may be placed within a heater well that may be packed with gravel, sand, and/or cement. The cement may be a refractory cement.
  • one or more heat sources may be placed in a pattern within the formation.
  • an in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons may include heating at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons with an array of heat sources disposed within the formation.
  • the array of heat sources can be positioned substantially equidistant from a production well. Certain patterns (e.g., triangular arrays, hexagonal arrays, or other array patterns) may be more desirable for specific applications.
  • the array of heat sources may be disposed such that a distance between each heat source may be less than about 70 feet (21 m).
  • the in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons may include heating at least a portion of the formation with heat sources disposed substantially parallel to a boundary of the hydrocarbons. Regardless of the arrangement of or distance between the heat sources, in certain embodiments, a ratio of heat sources to production wells disposed within a formation may be greater than about 3, 5, 8, 10, 20, or more.
  • Certain embodiments may also include allowing heat to transfer from one or more of the heat sources to a selected section of the heated portion.
  • the selected section may be disposed between one or more heat sources.
  • the in situ conversion process may also include allowing heat to transfer from one or more heat sources to a selected section of the formation such that heat from one or more of the heat sources pyrolyzes at least some hydrocarbons within the selected section.
  • the in situ conversion process may include heating at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons above a pyrolyzation temperature of hydrocarbons in the formation.
  • a pyrolyzation temperature may include a temperature of at least about 270 °C.
  • Heat may be allowed to transfer from one or more of the heat sources to the selected section substantially by conduction.
  • One or more heat sources may be located within the formation such that supe ⁇ osition of heat produced from one or more heat sources may occur.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat may increase a temperature of the selected section to a temperature sufficient for pyrolysis of at least some of the hydrocarbons within the selected section.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat may vary depending on, for example, a spacing between heat sources. The spacing between heat sources may be selected to optimize heating of the section selected for treatment. Therefore, hydrocarbons may be pyrolyzed within a larger area of the portion.
  • a natural distributed combustor system and method may heat at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. The system and method may first include heating a first portion of the formation to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of at least some of the hydrocarbons therein.
  • One or more conduits may be disposed within one or more openings.
  • One or more of the conduits may provide an oxidizing fluid from an oxidizing fluid source into an opening in the formation.
  • the oxidizing fluid may oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbons at a reaction zone within the formation. Oxidation may generate heat at the reaction zone. The generated heat may transfer from the reaction zone to a pyrolysis zone in the formation. The heat may transfer by conduction, radiation, and/or convection.
  • a heated portion of the formation may include the reaction zone and the pyrolysis zone. The heated portion may also be located adjacent to the opening.
  • One or more of the conduits may remove one or more oxidation products from the reaction zone and/or the opening in the formation. Alternatively, additional conduits may remove one or more oxidation products from the reaction zone and/or formation.
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid may be controlled along at least a portion of the length of the reaction zone.
  • hydrogen may be allowed to transfer into the reaction zone.
  • a system and a method may include an opening in the formation extending from a first location on the surface of the earth to a second location on the surface of the earth.
  • the opening may be substantially U-shaped.
  • Heat sources may be placed within the opening to provide heat to at least a portion of the formation.
  • a conduit may be positioned in the opening extending from the first location to the second location.
  • a heat source may be positioned proximate and/or in the conduit to provide heat to the conduit. Transfer of the heat through the conduit may provide heat to a selected section of the formation.
  • an additional heater may be placed in an additional conduit to provide heat to the selected section of the formation through the additional conduit.
  • an annulus is formed between a wall of the opening and a wall of the conduit placed within the opening extending from the first location to the second location.
  • a heat source may be place proximate and/or in the annulus to provide heat to a portion the opening. The provided heat may transfer through the annulus to a selected section of the formation.
  • a system and method for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include one or more insulated conductors disposed in one or more openings in the formation.
  • the openings may be uncased.
  • the openings may include a casing.
  • the insulated conductors may provide conductive, radiant, or convective heat to at least a portion of the formation.
  • the system and method may allow heat to transfer from the insulated conductor to a section of the formation.
  • the insulated conductor may include a copper-nickel alloy.
  • the insulated conductor may be electrically coupled to two additional insulated conductors in a 3 -phase Y configuration.
  • An embodiment of a system and method for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include a conductor placed within a conduit (e.g., a conductor-in-conduit heat source).
  • the conduit may be disposed within the opening.
  • An electric current may be applied to the conductor to provide heat to a portion of the formation.
  • the system may allow heat to transfer from the conductor to a section of the formation during use.
  • an oxidizing fluid source may be placed proximate an opening in the formation extending from the first location on the earth's surface to the second location on the earth's surface.
  • the oxidizing fluid source may provide oxidizing fluid to a conduit in the opening.
  • the oxidizing fluid may transfer from the conduit to a reaction zone in the formation.
  • an electrical current may be provided to the conduit to heat a portion of the conduit. The heat may transfer to the reaction zone in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Oxidizing fluid may then be provided to the conduit.
  • the oxidizing fluid may oxidize hydrocarbons in the reaction zone, thereby generating heat.
  • the generated heat may transfer to a pyrolysis zone and the transferred heat may pyrolyze hydrocarbons within the pyrolysis zone.
  • an insulation layer may be coupled to a portion of the conductor.
  • the insulation layer may electrically insulate at least a portion of the conductor from the conduit during use.
  • a conductor-in-conduit heat source having a desired length may be assembled.
  • a conductor may be placed within the conduit to form the conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • Two or more conductor- in-conduit heat sources may be coupled together to form a heat source having the desired length.
  • the conductors of the conductor-in-conduit heat sources may be electrically coupled together.
  • the conduits may be electrically coupled together.
  • a desired length of the conductor-in-conduit may be placed in an opening in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • individual sections of the conductor-in-conduit heat source may be coupled using shielded active gas welding.
  • a centralizer may be used to inhibit movement of the conductor within the conduit.
  • a centralizer may be placed on the conductor as a heat source is made.
  • a protrusion may be placed on the conductor to maintain the location of a centralizer.
  • a heat source of a desired length may be assembled proximate the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the assembled heat sources may then be coiled.
  • the heat source may be placed in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons by uncoiling the heat source into the opening in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • portions of the conductors may include an electrically conductive material. Use of the electrically conductive material on a portion (e.g., in the overburden portion) of the conductor may lower an electrical resistance of the conductor.
  • a conductor placed in a conduit may be treated to increase the emissivity of the conductor, in some embodiments. The emissivity of the conductor may be increased by roughening at least a portion of the surface of the conductor. In certain embodiments, the conductor may be treated to increase the emissivity prior to being placed within the conduit. In some embodiments, the conduit may be treated to increase the emissivity of the conduit.
  • a system and method may include one or more elongated members disposed in an opening in the formation.
  • Each of the elongated members may provide heat to at least a portion of the formation.
  • One or more conduits may be disposed in the opening.
  • One or more of the conduits may provide an oxidizing fluid from an oxidizing fluid source into the opening.
  • the oxidizing fluid may inhibit carbon deposition on or proximate the elongated member.
  • an expansion mechanism may be coupled to a heat source.
  • the expansion mechanism may allow the heat source to move during use.
  • the expansion mechanism may allow for the expansion of the heat source during use.
  • an in situ method and system for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include providing oxidizing fluid to a first oxidizer placed in an opening in the formation. Fuel may be provided to the first oxidizer and at least some fuel may be oxidized in the first oxidizer. Oxidizing fluid may be provided to a second oxidizer placed in the opening in the formation. Fuel may be provided to the second oxidizer and at least some fuel may be oxidized in the second oxidizer. Heat from oxidation of fuel may be allowed to transfer to a portion of the formation.
  • An opening in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include a first elongated portion, a second elongated portion, and a third elongated portion.
  • Certain embodiments of a method and system for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include providing heat from a first heater placed in the second elongated portion.
  • the second elongated portion may diverge from the first elongated portion in a first direction.
  • the third elongated portion may diverge from the first elongated portion in a second direction.
  • the first direction may be substantially different than the second direction.
  • Heat may be provided from a second heater placed in the third elongated portion of the opening in the formation. Heat from the first heater and the second heater may be allowed to transfer to a portion of the formation.
  • An embodiment of a method and system for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include providing oxidizing fluid to a first oxidizer placed in an opening in the formation. Fuel may be provided to the first oxidizer and at least some fuel may be oxidized in the first oxidizer. The method may further include allowing heat from oxidation of fuel to transfer to a portion of the formation and allowing heat to transfer from a heater placed in the opening to a portion of the formation.
  • a system and method for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include oxidizing a fuel fluid in a heater.
  • the method may further include providing at least a portion of the oxidized fuel fluid into a conduit disposed in an opening in the formation.
  • additional heat may be transferred from an electric heater disposed in the opening to the section of the formation. Heat may be allowed to transfer uniformly along a length of the opening.
  • Energy input costs may be reduced in some embodiments of systems and methods described above.
  • an energy input cost may be reduced by heating a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons by oxidation in combination with heating the portion of the formation by an electric heater.
  • the electric heater may be turned down and/or off when the oxidation reaction begins to provide sufficient heat to the formation.
  • Electrical energy costs associated with heating at least a portion of a formation with an electric heater may be reduced.
  • a more economical process may be provided for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in comparison to heating by a conventional method.
  • the oxidation reaction may be propagated slowly through a greater portion of the formation such that fewer heat sources may be required to heat such a greater portion in comparison to heating by a conventional method.
  • Certain embodiments as described herein may provide a lower cost system and method for heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. For example, certain embodiments may more uniformly transfer heat along a length of a heater. Such a length of a heater may be greater than about 300 m or possibly greater than about 600 m.
  • heat may be provided to the formation more efficiently by radiation.
  • certain embodiments of systems may have a substantially longer lifetime than presently available systems.
  • an in situ conversion system and method for hydrocarbons may include maintaining a portion of the formation in a substantially unheated condition.
  • the portion may provide structural strength to the formation and/or confinement/isolation to certain regions of the formation.
  • a processed relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may have alternating heated and substantially unheated portions arranged in a pattern that may, in some embodiments, resemble a checkerboard pattern, or a pattern of alternating areas (e.g., strips) of heated and unheated portions.
  • a heat source may advantageously heat only along a selected portion or selected portions of a length of the heater.
  • a formation may include several hydrocarbon containing layers. One or more of the hydrocarbon containing layers may be separated by layers containing little or no hydrocarbons.
  • a heat source may include several discrete high heating zones that may be separated by low heating zones.
  • the high heating zones may be disposed proximate hydrocarbon containing layers such that the layers may be heated.
  • the low heating zones may be disposed proximate layers containing little or no hydrocarbons such that the layers may not be substantially heated.
  • an electric heater may include one or more low resistance heater sections and one or more high resistance heater sections. Low resistance heater sections of the electric heater may be disposed in and/or proximate layers containing little or no hydrocarbons.
  • high resistance heater sections of the electric heater may be disposed proximate hydrocarbon containing layers.
  • a fueled heater e.g., surface burner
  • Insulated sections of the fueled heater may be placed proximate or adjacent to layers containing little or no hydrocarbons.
  • a heater with distributed air and/or fuel may be configured such that little or no fuel may be combusted proximate or adjacent to layers containing little or no hydrocarbons.
  • Such a fueled heater may include flameless combustors and natural distributed combustors.
  • the permeability of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may vary within the formation.
  • a first section may have a lower permeability than a second section.
  • heat may be provided to the formation to pyrolyze hydrocarbons within the lower permeability first section. Pyrolysis products may be produced from the higher permeability second section in a mixture of hydrocarbons.
  • a heating rate of the formation may be slowly raised through the pyrolysis temperature range.
  • an in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons may include heating at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to raise an average temperature of the portion above about 270 °C by a rate less than a selected amount (e.g., about 10 °C, 5 °C, 3 °C, 1 °C, 0.5 °C, or 0.1 °C) per day.
  • the portion may be heated such that an average temperature of the selected section may be less than about 375 °C or, in some embodiments, less than about 400 °C.
  • a temperature of the portion may be monitored through a test well disposed in a formation.
  • the test well may be positioned in a formation between a first heat source and a second heat source.
  • Certain systems and methods may include controlling the heat from the first heat source and/or the second heat source to raise the monitored temperature at the test well at a rate of less than about a selected amount per day.
  • a temperature of the portion may be monitored at a production well.
  • An in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons may include controlling the heat from the first heat source and/or the second heat source to raise the monitored temperature at the production well at a rate of less than a selected amount per day.
  • An embodiment of an in situ method of measuring a temperature within a wellbore may include providing a pressure wave from a pressure wave source into the wellbore.
  • the wellbore may include a plurality of discontinuities along a length of the wellbore.
  • the method further includes measuring a reflection signal of the pressure wave and using the reflection signal to assess at least one temperature between at least two discontinuities.
  • Certain embodiments may include heating a selected volume of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Heat may be provided to the selected volume by providing power to one or more heat sources. Power may be defined as heating energy per day provided to the selected volume.
  • a power (Pwr) required to generate a heating rate (h, in units of, for example, °C/day) in a selected volume (V) of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be determined by EQN. 1 :
  • an average heat capacity of the formation (C v ) and an average bulk density of the formation (p B ) may be estimated or determined using one or more samples taken from the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Certain embodiments may include raising and maintaining a pressure in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Pressure may be, for example, controlled within a range of about 2 bars absolute to about 20 bars absolute.
  • the process may include controlling a pressure within a majority of a selected section of a heated portion of the formation.
  • the controlled pressure may be above about 2 bars absolute during pyrolysis.
  • an in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons may include raising and maintaining the pressure in the formation within a range of about 20 bars absolute to about 36 bars absolute.
  • compositions and properties of formation fluids produced by an in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons may vary depending on, for example, conditions within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Certain embodiments may include controlling the heat provided to at least a portion of the formation such that production of less desirable products in the portion may be inhibited. Controlling the heat provided to at least a portion of the formation may also increase the uniformity of permeability within the formation. For example, controlling the heating of the formation to inhibit production of less desirable products may, in some embodiments, include controlling the heating rate to less than a selected amount (e.g., 10 °C, 5 °C, 3 °C, 1 °C, 0.5 °C, or 0.1 °C) per day.
  • a selected amount e.g. 10 °C, 5 °C, 3 °C, 1 °C, 0.5 °C, or 0.1 °C
  • Controlling pressure, heat and/or heating rates of a selected section in a formation may increase production of selected formation fluids.
  • the amount and/or rate of heating may be controlled to produce formation fluids having an American Petroleum Institute ("API") gravity greater than about 25.
  • Heat and/or pressure may be controlled to inhibit production of olefins in the produced fluids.
  • Controlling formation conditions to control the pressure of hydrogen in the produced fluid may result in improved qualities of the produced fluids. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to control formation conditions so that the partial pressure of hydrogen in a produced fluid is greater than about 0.5 bars absolute, as measured at a production well.
  • a method of treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ may include adding hydrogen to the selected section after a temperature of the selected section is at least about 270 °C.
  • Other embodiments may include controlling a temperature of the formation by selectively adding hydrogen to the formation.
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be treated in situ with a heat transfer fluid such as steam.
  • a method of formation may include injecting a heat transfer fluid into a formation. Heat from the heat transfer fluid may transfer to a selected section of the formation. The heat from the heat transfer fluid may pyrolyze a substantial portion of the hydrocarbons within the selected section of the formation.
  • the produced gas mixture may include hydrocarbons with an average API gravity greater than about 25°.
  • treating a hydrocarbon-containing formation with a heat transfer fluid may also mobilize hydrocarbons in the formation.
  • a method of treating a formation may include injecting a heat transfer fluid into a formation, allowing the heat from the heat transfer fluid to transfer to a selected first section of the formation, and mobilizing and pyrolyzing at least some of the hydrocarbons within the selected first section of the formation. At least some of the mobilized hydrocarbons may flow from the selected first section of the formation to a selected second section of the formation. The heat may pyrolyze at least some of the hydrocarbons within the selected second section of the formation. A gas mixture may be produced from the formation.
  • a method may include injecting a heat transfer fluid into a formation and allowing the heat transfer fluid to migrate through the formation.
  • a size of a selected section may increase as a heat transfer fluid front migrates through an untreated portion of the formation.
  • the selected section is a portion of the fo ⁇ nation treated by the heat transfer fluid.
  • Heat from the heat transfer fluid may transfer heat to the selected section.
  • the heat may pyrolyze at least some of the hydrocarbons within the selected section of the formation.
  • the heat may also mobilize at least some of the hydrocarbons at the heat transfer fluid front.
  • the mobilized hydrocarbons may flow substantially parallel to the heat transfer fluid front.
  • the heat may pyrolyze at least a portion of the hydrocarbons in the mobilized fluid and a gas mixture may be produced from the formation.
  • Simulations may be utilized to increase an understanding of in situ processes. Simulations may model heating of the formation from heat sources and the transfer of heat to a selected section of the formation. Simulations may require the input of model parameters, properties of the formation, operating conditions, process characteristics, and or desired parameters to determine operating conditions. Simulations may assess various aspects of an in situ process. For example, various aspects may include, but not be limited to, deformation characteristics, heating rates, temperatures within the formation, pressures, time to first produced fluids, and/or compositions of produced fluids.
  • Systems utilized in conducting simulations may include a central processing unit (CPU), a data memory, and a system memory.
  • the system memory and the data memory may be coupled to the CPU.
  • Computer programs executable to implement simulations may be stored on the system memory.
  • Carrier mediums may include program instructions that are computer-executable to simulate the in situ processes.
  • a computer-implemented method and system of treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include providing to a computational system at least one set of operating conditions of an in situ system being used to apply heat to a formation.
  • the in situ system may include at least one heat source.
  • the method may further include providing to the computational system at least one desired parameter for the in situ system.
  • the computational system may be used to determine at least one additional operating condition of the formation to achieve the desired parameter.
  • operating conditions may be determined by measuring at least one property of the fo ⁇ nation. At least one measured property may be input into a computer executable program. At least one property of formation fluids selected to be produced from the fo ⁇ nation may also be input into the computer executable program.
  • the program may be operable to determine a set of operating conditions from at least the one or more measured properties.
  • the program may also determine the set of operating conditions from at least one property of the selected formation fluids. The determined set of operating conditions may increase production of selected formation fluids from the formation.
  • a property of the formation and an operating condition used in the in situ process may be provided to a computer system to model the in situ process to determine a process characteristic.
  • a heat input rate for an in situ process from two or more heat sources may be simulated on a computer system.
  • a desired parameter of the in situ process may be provided to the simulation.
  • the heat input rate from the heat sources may be controlled to achieve the desired parameter.
  • a heat input property may be provided to a computer system to assess heat injection rate data using a simulation.
  • a property of the formation may be provided to the computer system. The property and the heat injection rate data may be utilized by a second simulation to determine a process characteristic for the in situ process as a function of time.
  • Values for the model parameters may be adjusted using process characteristics from a series of simulations.
  • the model parameters may be adjusted such that the simulated process characteristics co ⁇ espond to process characteristics in situ.
  • a process characteristic or a set of process characteristics based on the modified model parameters may be determined.
  • multiple simulations may be run such that the simulated process characteristics correspond to the process characteristics in situ.
  • operating conditions may be supplied to a simulation to assess a process characteristic.
  • a desired value of a process characteristic for the in situ process may be provided to the simulation to assess an operating condition that yields the desired value.
  • databases in memory on a computer may be used to store relationships between model parameters, properties of the formation, operating conditions, process characteristics, desired parameters, etc. These databases may be accessed by the simulations to obtain inputs. For example, after desired values of process characteristics are provided to simulations, an operating condition may be assessed to achieve the desired values using these databases.
  • computer systems may utilize inputs in a simulation to assess information about the in situ process.
  • the assessed information may be used to operate the in situ process.
  • the assessed information and a desired parameter may be provided to a second simulation to obtain information. This obtained information may be used to operate the in situ process.
  • a method of modeling may include simulating one or more stages of the in situ process. Operating conditions from the one or more stages may be provided to a simulation to assess a process characteristic of the one or more stages.
  • operating conditions may be assessed by measuring at least one property of the formation. At least the measured properties may be input into a computer executable program. At least one property of formation fluids selected to be produced from the formation may also be input into the computer executable program.
  • the program may be operable to assess a set of operating conditions from at least the one or more measured properties.
  • the program may also determine the set of operating conditions from at least one property of the selected formation fluids. The assessed set of operating conditions may increase production of selected formation fluids from the formation.
  • a method for controlling an in situ system of treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include monitoring at least one acoustic event within the formation using at least one acoustic detector placed within a wellbore in the formation. At least one acoustic event may be recorded with an acoustic monitoring system. The method may also include analyzing the at least one acoustic event to determine at least one property of the formation. The in situ system may be controlled based on the analysis of the at least one acoustic event.
  • An embodiment of a method of determining a heating rate for treating a relatively low pe ⁇ neability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ may include conducting an experiment at a relatively constant heating rate. The results of the experiment may be used to determine a heating rate for treating the formation in situ. The determined heating rate may be used to determine a well spacing in the formation.
  • a method of predicting characteristics of a formation fluid may include determining an isothermal heating temperature that corresponds to a selected heating rate for the formation. The determined isothermal temperature may be used in an experiment to dete ⁇ nine at least one product characteristic of the formation fluid produced from the formation for the selected heating rate. Certain embodiments may include altering a composition of formation fluids produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons by altering a location of a production well with respect to a heater well. For example, a production well may be located with respect to a heater well such that a non-condensable gas fraction of produced hydrocarbon fluids may be larger than a condensable gas fraction of the produced hydrocarbon fluids.
  • Condensable hydrocarbons produced from the formation will typically include paraffins, cycloalkanes, mono-aromatics, and di-aromatics as major components. Such condensable hydrocarbons may also include other components such as tri-aromatics, etc.
  • a majority of the hydrocarbons in produced fluid may have a carbon number of less than approximately 25.
  • less than about 15 weight % of the hydrocarbons in the fluid may have a carbon number greater than approximately 25.
  • fluid produced may have a weight ratio of hydrocarbons having carbon numbers from 2 through 4, to methane, of greater than approximately 1.
  • the non- condensable hydrocarbons may include, but are not limited to, hydrocarbons having carbon numbers less than 5.
  • the API gravity of the hydrocarbons in produced fluid may be approximately 25 or above (e.g., 30, 40, 50, etc.).
  • the hydrogen to carbon atomic ratio in produced fluid may be at least approximately 1J (e.g., 1.8, 1.9, etc.).
  • Condensable hydrocarbons of a produced fluid may also include olefins.
  • the olefin content of the condensable hydrocarbons may be from about 0.1 weight % to about 15 weight %.
  • the olefin content of the condensable hydrocarbons may be from about 0.1 weight % to about 2.5 weight % or, in some embodiments, less than about 5 weight %.
  • Non-condensable hydrocarbons of a produced fluid may also include olefins.
  • the olefin content of the non-condensable hydrocarbons may be gauged using the ethene/ethane molar ratio.
  • the ethene/ethane molar ratio may range from about 0.001 to about 0.15.
  • Fluid produced from the formation may include aromatic compounds.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons may include an amount of aromatic compounds greater than about 20 weight % or about 25 weight % of the condensable hydrocarbons.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons may also include relatively low amounts of compounds with more than two rings in them (e.g., tri-aromatics or above).
  • the condensable hydrocarbons may include less than about 1 weight %, 2 weight %, or about 5 weight % of tri-aromatics or above in the condensable hydrocarbons.
  • asphaltenes make up less than about 0.1 weight % of the condensable hydrocarbons.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons may include an asphaltene component of from about 0.0 weight % to about 0.1 weight % or, in some embodiments, less than about 0.3 weight %.
  • Condensable hydrocarbons of a produced fluid may also include relatively large amounts of cycloalkanes.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons may include a cycloalkane component of up to 30 weight % (e.g., from about 5 weight % to about 30 weight %) of the condensable hydrocarbons.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons of the fluid produced from a formation may include compounds containing nitrogen.
  • nitrogen e.g., typically the nitrogen is in nitrogen containing compounds such as pyridines, amines, amides, etc.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons of the fluid produced from a formation may include compounds containing oxygen.
  • oxygen e.g., typically the oxygen is in oxygen containing compounds such as phenols, substituted phenols, ketones, etc.
  • the condensable hydrocarbons of the fluid produced from a formation may include compounds containing sulfur.
  • sulfur e.g., typically the sulfur is in sulfur containing compounds such as thiophenes, mercaptans, etc.
  • the fluid produced from the formation may include ammonia (typically the ammonia condenses with the water, if any, produced from the formation).
  • ammonia typically the ammonia condenses with the water, if any, produced from the formation.
  • the fluid produced from the formation may in certain embodiments include about 0.05 weight % or more of ammonia.
  • a produced fluid from the formation may also include molecular hydrogen (H 2 ), water, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, etc.
  • the fluid may include a H 2 content between about 10 volume % and about 80 volume % of the non-condensable hydrocarbons.
  • an in situ conversion process for treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include providing heat to a section of the formation to yield greater than about 60 weight % of the hydrocarbons.
  • Formation fluids produced from a section of the formation may contain one or more components that may be separated from the formation fluids.
  • conditions within the formation may be controlled to increase production of a desired component.
  • a method of converting pyrolysis fluids into olefins may include converting formation fluids into olefins.
  • An embodiment may include separating olefins from fluids produced from a formation.
  • An embodiment of a method of enhancing BTEX compounds i.e., benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene compounds
  • a method of enhancing BTEX compounds may include controlling at least one condition within a portion of the formation to enhance production of BTEX compounds in formation fluid.
  • a method may include separating at least a portion of the
  • BTEX compounds from the formation fluid.
  • the BTEX compounds may be separated from the formation fluids after the formation fluids are produced.
  • at least a portion of the produced formation fluids may be converted into BTEX compounds.
  • a method of enhancing naphthalene production from an in situ relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include controlling at least one condition within at least a portion of the formation to enhance production of naphthalene in formation fluid.
  • naphthalene may be separated from produced formation fluids.
  • Certain embodiments of a method of enhancing anthracene production from an in situ relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include controlling at least one condition within at least a portion of the formation to enhance production of anthracene in formation fluid.
  • anthracene may be separated from produced formation fluids.
  • a method of separating ammonia from fluids produced from an in situ relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include separating at least a portion of the ammonia from the produced fluid. Furthermore, an embodiment of a method of generating ammonia from fluids produced from a formation may include hydrotreating at least a portion of the produced fluids to generate ammonia.
  • a method of enhancing pyridines production from an in situ relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include controlling at least one condition within at least a portion of the formation to enhance production of pyridines in formation fluid. Additionally, pyridines may be separated from produced formation fluids.
  • a method of selecting a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to be treated in situ such that production of pyridines is enhanced may include examining pyridines concentrations in a plurality of samples from relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nations containing heavy hydrocarbons. The method may further include selecting a formation for treatment at least partially based on the pyridines concentrations. Consequently, the production of pyridines to be produced from the formation may be enhanced.
  • a method of enhancing pyrroles production from an in situ relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include controlling at least one condition within at least a portion of the formation to enhance production of pyrroles in formation fluid.
  • py ⁇ oles may be separated from produced formation fluids.
  • a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons to be treated in situ may be selected such that production of pyrroles is enhanced.
  • the method may include examining pyrroles concentrations in a plurality of samples from relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons. The formation may be selected for treatment at least partially based on the pyrroles concentrations, thereby enhancing the production of pyrroles to be produced from such formation.
  • thiophenes production from an in situ relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be enhanced by controlling at least one condition within at least a portion of the formation to enhance production of thiophenes in formation fluid. Additionally, the thiophenes may be separated from produced formation fluids.
  • An embodiment of a method of selecting a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to be treated in situ such that production of thiophenes is enhanced may include examining thiophenes concentrations in a plurality of samples from relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons. The method may further include selecting a formation for treatment at least partially based on the thiophenes concentrations, thereby enhancing the production of thiophenes from such formations.
  • Certain embodiments may include providing a reducing agent to at least a portion of the formation.
  • a reducing agent provided to a portion of the formation during heating may increase production of selected formation fluids.
  • a reducing agent may include, but is not limited to, molecular hydrogen.
  • pyrolyzing at least some hydrocarbons in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include forming hydrocarbon fragments. Such hydrocarbon fragments may react with each other and other compounds present in the formation. Reaction of these hydrocarbon fragments may increase production of olefin and aromatic compounds from the formation. Therefore, a reducing agent provided to the formation may react with hydrocarbon fragments to form selected products and/or inhibit the production of non-selected products.
  • a hydrogenation reaction between a reducing agent provided to a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons and at least some of the hydrocarbons within the formation may generate heat.
  • the generated heat may be allowed to transfer such that at least a portion of the formation may be heated.
  • a reducing agent such as molecular hydrogen may also be autogenously generated within a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons during an in situ conversion process for hydrocarbons.
  • the autogenously generated molecular hydrogen may hydrogenate formation fluids within the formation. Allowing formation waters to contact hot carbon in the spent formation may generate molecular hydrogen. Cracking an injected hydrocarbon fluid may also generate molecular hydrogen.
  • Certain embodiments may also include providing a fluid produced in a first portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to a second portion of the formation.
  • a fluid produced in a first portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be used to produce a reducing environment in a second portion of the formation.
  • molecular hydrogen generated in a first portion of a formation may be provided to a second portion of the formation.
  • at least a portion of formation fluids produced from a first portion of the formation may be provided to a second portion of the formation to provide a reducing environment within the second portion.
  • a method for hydrotreating a compound in a heated formation in situ may include controlling the H 2 partial pressure in a selected section of the formation, such that sufficient H 2 may be present in the selected section of the formation for hydrotreating.
  • the method may further include providing a compound for hydrotreating to at least the selected section of the formation and producing a mixture from the formation that includes at least some of the hydrotreated compound.
  • a mass of at least a portion of the formation may be reduced due, for example, to the production of formation fluids from the fo ⁇ nation.
  • a permeability and porosity of at least a portion of the formation may increase.
  • removing water during the heating may also increase the permeability and porosity of at least a portion of the formation.
  • Certain embodiments may include increasing a permeability of at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to greater than about 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10, 20, and/or 50 darcy. In addition, certain embodiments may include substantially uniformly increasing a permeability of at least a portion of a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Some embodiments may include increasing a porosity of at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons substantially uniformly.
  • Certain systems and methods may be used to treat heavy hydrocarbons in at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation (e.g., in "tight" formations that contain heavy hydrocarbons).
  • Such heavy hydrocarbons may be heated to pyrolyze at least some of the heavy hydrocarbons in a selected section of the formation. Heating may also increase the permeability of at least a portion of the selected section. Fluids generated from pyrolysis may be produced from the formation.
  • Certain embodiments for treating heavy hydrocarbons in a relatively low permeability formation may include providing heat from one or more heat sources to pyrolyze some of the heavy hydrocarbons and then to vaporize a portion of the heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the heat sources may pyrolyze at least some heavy hydrocarbons in a selected section of the formation and may pressurize at least a portion of the selected section.
  • the pressure within the formation may increase substantially.
  • the pressure in the formation may be controlled such that the pressure in the formation may be maintained to produce a fluid of a desired composition.
  • Pyrolyzation fluid may be removed from the formation as vapor from one or more heater wells by using the back pressure created by heating the formation.
  • Certain embodiments for treating heavy hydrocarbons in at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation may include heating to create a pyrolysis zone and heating a selected second section to less than the average temperature within the pyrolysis zone.
  • Heavy hydrocarbons may be pyrolyzed in the pyrolysis zone.
  • Heating the selected second section may decrease the viscosity of some of the heavy hydrocarbons in the selected second section to create a low viscosity zone.
  • the decrease in viscosity of the fluid in the selected second section may be sufficient such that at least some heated heavy hydrocarbons within the selected second section may flow into the pyrolysis zone.
  • Pyrolyzation fluid may be produced from the pyrolysis zone.
  • the density of the heat sources in the pyrolysis zone may be greater than in the low viscosity zone.
  • the heat sources in a region near a desired pyrolysis zone may be activated first, resulting in establishment of a substantially uniform pyrolysis zone after a period of time. Once the pyrolysis zone is established, heat sources in the low viscosity zone may be activated sequentially from nearest to farthest from the pyrolysis zone.
  • a heated formation may also be used to produce synthesis gas.
  • Synthesis gas may be produced from the formation prior to or subsequent to producing a formation fluid from the formation. For example, synthesis gas generation may be commenced before and/or after formation fluid production decreases to an uneconomical level.
  • Heat provided to pyrolyze hydrocarbons within the formation may also be used to generate synthesis gas. For example, if a portion of the formation is at a temperature from approximately 270 °C to approximately 375 °C (or 400 °C in some embodiments) after pyrolyzation, then less additional heat is generally required to heat such portion to a temperature sufficient to support synthesis gas generation.
  • synthesis gas is produced after production of pyrolysis fluids.
  • synthesis gas may be produced from carbon and/or hydrocarbons remaining within the formation.
  • Pyrolysis of the portion may produce a relatively high, substantially uniform permeability throughout the portion.
  • Such a relatively high, substantially uniform permeability may allow generation of synthesis gas from a significant portion of the formation at relatively low pressures.
  • the portion may also have a large surface area and/or surface areavolume. The large surface area may allow synthesis gas producing reactions to be substantially at equilibrium conditions during synthesis gas generation.
  • the relatively high, substantially uniform permeability may result in a relatively high recovery efficiency of synthesis gas, as compared to synthesis gas generation in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons that has not been so treated.
  • Pyrolysis of at least some hydrocarbons may in some embodiments convert about 15 weight % or more of the carbon initially available.
  • Synthesis gas generation may convert approximately up to an additional 80 weight % or more of carbon initially available within the portion.
  • In situ production of synthesis gas from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may allow conversion of larger amounts of carbon initially available within the portion. The amount of conversion achieved may, in some embodiments, be limited by subsidence concerns.
  • Certain embodiments may include providing heat from one or more heat sources to heat the formation to a temperature sufficient to allow synthesis gas generation (e.g., in a range of approximately 400 °C to approximately
  • generated synthesis gas may have a high hydrogen
  • generated synthesis gas may include mostly H 2 and CO in lower ratios (e.g., approximately a 1:1 ratio).
  • Heat sources for synthesis gas production may include any of the heat sources as described in any of the embodiments set forth herein.
  • heating may include transferring heat from a heat transfer fluid (e.g., steam or combustion products from a burner) flowing within a plurality of wellbores within the formation.
  • a heat transfer fluid e.g., steam or combustion products from a burner
  • a synthesis gas generating fluid (e.g., liquid water, steam, carbon dioxide, air, oxygen, hydrocarbons, and mixtures thereof) may be provided to the fo ⁇ nation.
  • the synthesis gas generating fluid mixture may include steam and oxygen.
  • a synthesis gas generating fluid may include aqueous fluid produced by pyrolysis of at least some hydrocarbons within one or more other portions of the formation.
  • Providing the synthesis gas generating fluid may alternatively include raising a water table of the formation to allow water to flow into it.
  • Synthesis gas generating fluid may also be provided through at least one injection wellbore. The synthesis gas generating fluid will generally react with carbon in the fo ⁇ nation to form H 2 , water, methane, C0 2 , and/or CO.
  • a portion of the carbon dioxide may react with carbon in the formation to generate carbon monoxide.
  • Hydrocarbons such as ethane may be added to a synthesis gas generating fluid. When introduced into the formation, the hydrocarbons may crack to form hydrogen and/or methane. The presence of methane in produced synthesis gas may increase the heating value of the produced synthesis gas.
  • Synthesis gas generation is, in some embodiments, an endothermic process. Additional heat may be added to the formation during synthesis gas generation to maintain a high temperature within the formation. The heat may be added from heater wells and/or from oxidizing carbon and/or hydrocarbons within the formation.
  • an oxidant may be added to a synthesis gas generating fluid.
  • the oxidant may include, but is not limited to, air, oxygen enriched air, oxygen, hydrogen peroxide, other oxidizing fluids, or combinations thereof.
  • the oxidant may react with carbon within the formation to exothermically generate heat. Reaction of an oxidant with carbon in the formation may result in production of C0 2 and/or CO. Introduction of an oxidant to react with carbon in the formation may economically allow raising the formation temperature high enough to result in generation of significant quantities of H 2 and CO from hydrocarbons within the formation.
  • Synthesis gas generation may be via a batch process or a continuous process.
  • Synthesis gas may be produced from the formation through one or more producer wells that include one or more heat sources. Such heat sources may operate to promote production of the synthesis gas with a desired composition.
  • Certain embodiments may include monitoring a composition of the produced synthesis gas and then controlling heating and/or controlling input of the synthesis gas generating fluid to maintain the composition of the produced synthesis gas within a desired range.
  • a desired composition of the produced synthesis gas may have a ratio of hydrogen to carbon monoxide of about 1.8:1 to 2.2:1 (e.g., about 2:1 or about
  • such ratio may be about 3:1 (e.g., about 2.8:1 to 3.2:1).
  • Certain embodiments may include blending a first synthesis gas with a second synthesis gas to produce synthesis gas of a desired composition.
  • the first and the second synthesis gases may be produced from different portions of the formation.
  • Synthesis gases may be converted to heavier condensable hydrocarbons.
  • a Fischer-Tropsch hydrocarbon synthesis process may convert synthesis gas to branched and unbranched paraffins. Paraffins produced from the Fischer-Tropsch process may be used to produce other products such as diesel, jet fuel, and naphtha products.
  • the produced synthesis gas may also be used in a catalytic methanation process to produce methane.
  • the produced synthesis gas may be used for production of methanol, gasoline and diesel fuel, ammonia, and middle distillates.
  • Produced synthesis gas may be used to heat the formation as a combustion fuel. Hydrogen in produced synthesis gas may be used to upgrade oil.
  • Synthesis gas may also be used for other pmposes. Synthesis gas may be combusted as fuel. Synthesis gas may also be used for synthesizing a wide range of organic and/or inorganic compounds, such as hydrocarbons and ammonia. Synthesis gas may be used to generate electricity by combusting it as a fuel, by reducing the pressure of the synthesis gas in turbines, and/or using the temperature of the synthesis gas to make steam (and then run turbines). Synthesis gas may also be used in an energy generation unit such as a molten carbonate fuel cell, a solid oxide fuel cell, or other type of fuel cell.
  • an energy generation unit such as a molten carbonate fuel cell, a solid oxide fuel cell, or other type of fuel cell.
  • Certain embodiments may include separating a fuel cell feed stream from fluids produced from pyrolysis of at least some of the hydrocarbons within a formation.
  • the fuel cell feed stream may include H 2 , hydrocarbons, and/or carbon monoxide.
  • certain embodiments may include directing the fuel cell feed stream to a fuel cell to produce electricity.
  • the electricity generated from the synthesis gas or the pyrolyzation fluids in the fuel cell may power electric heaters, which may heat at least a portion of the formation.
  • Certain embodiments may include separating carbon dioxide from a fluid exiting the fuel cell. Carbon dioxide produced from a fuel cell or a formation may be used for a variety of pu ⁇ oses.
  • synthesis gas produced from a heated formation may be transferred to an additional area of the formation and stored within the additional area of the formation for a length of time.
  • the conditions of the additional area of the formation may inhibit reaction of the synthesis gas.
  • the synthesis gas may be produced from the additional area of the formation at a later time.
  • treating a formation may include injecting fluids into the formation.
  • the method may include providing heat to the formation, allowing the heat to transfer to a selected section of the formation, injecting a fluid into the selected section, and producing another fluid from the formation. Additional heat may be provided to at least a portion of the formation, and the additional heat may be allowed to transfer from at least the portion to the selected section of the formation.
  • At least some hydrocarbons may be pyrolyzed within the selected section and a mixture may be produced from the formation.
  • Another embodiment may include leaving a section of the formation proximate the selected section substantially unleached. The unleached section may inhibit the flow of water into the selected section.
  • heat may be provided to the formation.
  • the heat may be allowed to transfer to a selected section of the formation such that dissociation of carbonate minerals is inhibited. At least some hydrocarbons may be pyrolyzed within the selected section and a mixture produced from the formation.
  • the method may further include reducing a temperature of the selected section and injecting a fluid into the selected section. Another fluid may be produced from the formation.
  • a method may include injecting a fluid into the selected section and producing another fluid from the formation.
  • a method may include injecting a fluid into the selected section and pyrolyzing at least some hydrocarbons within the selected section of the formation after providing heat and allowing heat to transfer to the selected section.
  • a method of treating a formation may include providing heat from one or more heat sources and allowing the heat to transfer to a selected section of the formation such that a temperature of the selected section is less than about a temperature at which nahcolite dissociates.
  • a fluid may be injected into the selected section and another fluid may be produced from the formation.
  • the method may further include providing additional heat to the formation, allowing the additional heat to transfer to the selected section of the formation, and pyrolyzing at least some hydrocarbons within the selected section. A mixture may then be produced from the formation.
  • Certain embodiments that include injecting fluids may also include controlling the heating of the formation.
  • a method may include providing heat to the formation, controlling the heat such that a selected section is at a first temperature, injecting a fluid into the selected section, and producing another fluid from the formation. The method may further include controlling the heat such that the selected section is at a second temperature that is greater than the first temperature. Heat may be allowed to transfer from the selected section, and at least some hydrocarbons may be pyrolyzed within the selected section of the formation. A mixture may be produced from the formation.
  • a further embodiment that includes injecting fluids may include providing heat to a formation, allowing the heat to transfer to a selected section of the formation, injecting a first fluid into the selected section, and producing a second fluid from the formation.
  • the method may further include providing additional heat, allowing the additional heat to transfer to the selected section of the formation, pyrolyzing at least some hydrocarbons within the selected section of the formation, and producing a mixture from the formation.
  • a temperature of the selected section may be reduced and a third fluid may be injected into the selected section.
  • a fourth fluid may be produced from the formation.
  • migration of fluids into and/or out of a treatment area may be inhibited. Inhibition of migration of fluids may occur before, during, and/or after an in situ treatment process. For example, migration of fluids may be inhibited while heat is provided from one or more heat sources to at least a portion of the treatment area. The heat may be allowed to transfer to at least a portion of the treatment area. Fluids may be produced from the treatment area.
  • Barriers may be used to inhibit migration of fluids into and/or out of a treatment area in a formation.
  • Barriers may include, but are not limited to naturally occurring portions (e.g., overburden and/or underburden), frozen barrier zones, low temperature barrier zones, grout walls, sulfur wells, dewatering wells, and/or injection wells. Barriers may define the treatment area. Alternatively, barriers may be provided to a portion of the treatment area.
  • naturally occurring portions e.g., overburden and/or underburden
  • frozen barrier zones e.g., frozen barrier zones, low temperature barrier zones, grout walls, sulfur wells, dewatering wells, and/or injection wells.
  • Barriers may define the treatment area.
  • barriers may be provided to a portion of the treatment area.
  • a method of treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ may include providing a refrigerant to a plurality of barrier wells to form a low temperature barrier zone. The method may further include establishing a low temperature ba ⁇ ier zone. In some embodiments, the temperature within the low temperature barrier zone may be lowered to inhibit the flow of water into or out of at least a portion of a treatment area in the formation.
  • Certain embodiments of treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ may include providing a refrigerant to a plurality of barrier wells to form a frozen barrier zone.
  • the frozen barrier zone may inhibit migration of fluids into and/or out of the treatment area.
  • a portion of the treatment area is below a water table of the formation.
  • the method may include controlling pressure to maintain a fluid pressure within the treatment area above a hydrostatic pressure of the formation and producing a mixture of fluids from the formation.
  • Barriers may be provided to a portion of the formation prior to, during, and after providing heat from one or more heat sources to the treatment area.
  • a ba ⁇ ier may be provided to a portion of the formation that has previously undergone a conversion process.
  • Fluid may be introduced to a portion of the formation that has previously undergone an in situ conversion process.
  • the fluid may be produced from the formation in a mixture, which may contain additional fluids present in the formation.
  • the produced mixture may be provided to an energy producing unit.
  • one or more conditions in a selected section may be controlled during an in situ conversion process to inhibit formation of carbon dioxide.
  • Conditions may be controlled to produce fluids having a carbon dioxide emission level that is less than a selected carbon dioxide level. For example, heat provided to the formation may be controlled to inhibit generation of carbon dioxide, while increasing production of molecular hydrogen.
  • a method for producing methane from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ while minimizing production of C0 2 may include controlling the heat from the one or more heat sources to enhance production of methane in the produced mixture and generating heat via at least one or more of the heat sources in a manner that minimizes C0 2 production.
  • the methane may further include controlling a temperature proximate the production wellbore at or above a decomposition temperature of ethane.
  • a method for producing products from a heated formation may include controlling a condition within a selected section of the formation to produce a mixture having a carbon dioxide emission level below a selected baseline carbon dioxide emission level.
  • the mixture may be blended with a fluid to generate a product having a carbon dioxide emission level below the baseline.
  • a method for producing methane from a heated formation in situ may include providing heat from one or more heat sources to at least one portion of the fo ⁇ nation and allowing the heat to transfer to a selected section of the formation.
  • the method may further include providing hydrocarbon compounds to at least the selected section of the formation and producing a mixture including methane from the hydrocarbons in the fo ⁇ nation.
  • One embodiment of a method for producing hydrocarbons in a heated fo ⁇ nation may include forming a temperature gradient in at least a portion of a selected section of the heated formation and providing a hydrocarbon mixture to at least the selected section of the formation. A mixture may then be produced from a production well.
  • a method for upgrading hydrocarbons in a heated formation may include providing hydrocarbons to a selected section of the heated formation and allowing the hydrocarbons to crack in the heated formation.
  • the cracked hydrocarbons may be a higher grade than the provided hydrocarbons.
  • the upgraded hydrocarbons may be produced from the formation. Cooling a portion of the formation after an in situ conversion process may provide certain benefits, such as increasing the strength of the rock in the formation (thereby mitigating subsidence), increasing abso ⁇ tive capacity of the formation, etc.
  • a portion of a formation that has been pyrolyzed and/or subjected to synthesis gas generation may be allowed to cool or may be cooled to form a cooled, spent portion within the formation.
  • a heated portion of a formation may be allowed to cool by transference of heat to an adjacent portion of the formation. The transference of heat may occur naturally or may be forced by the introduction of heat transfer fluids through the heated portion and into a cooler portion of the formation. .
  • recovering thermal energy from a post treatment relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include injecting a heat recovery fluid into a portion of the formation. Heat from the formation may transfer to the heat recovery fluid.
  • the heat recovery fluid may be produced from the formation. For example, introducing water to a portion of the formation may cool the portion. Water introduced into the portion may be removed from the formation as steam. The removed steam or hot water may be injected into a hot portion of the formation to create synthesis gas
  • hydrocarbons may be recovered from a post treatment relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons by injecting a heat recovery fluid into a portion of the formation. Heat may vaporize at least some of the heat recovery fluid and at least some hydrocarbons in the formation. A portion of the vaporized recovery fluid and the vaporized hydrocarbons may be produced from the formation.
  • fluids in the formation may be removed from a post treatment hydrocarbon formation by injecting a heat recovery fluid into a portion of the formation. Heat may transfer to the heat recovery fluid and a portion of the fluid may be produced from the fo ⁇ nation.
  • the heat recovery fluid produced from the formation may include at least some of the fluids in the formation.
  • a method of recovering excess heat from a heated formation may include providing a product stream to the heated formation, such that heat transfers from the heated formation to the product stream.
  • the method may further include producing the product stream from the heated formation and directing the product stream to a processing unit. The heat of the product stream may then be transferred to the processing unit.
  • the heated product stream may be directed to another formation, such that heat transfers from the product stream to the other formation.
  • a method of utilizing heat of a heated formation may include placing a conduit in the formation, such that conduit input may be located separately from conduit output.
  • the conduit may be heated by the heated formation to produce a region of reaction in at least a portion of the conduit.
  • the method may further include directing a material through the conduit to the region of reaction. The material may undergo change in the region of reaction. A product may be produced from the conduit.
  • An embodiment of a method of utilizing heat of a heated fo ⁇ nation may include providing heat from one or more heat sources to at least one portion of the formation and allowing the heat to transfer to a region of reaction in the formation. Material may be directed to the region of reaction and allowed to react in the region of reaction.
  • a mixture may then be produced from the formation.
  • a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be used to store and/or sequester materials (e.g., formation fluids, carbon dioxide).
  • sequester materials e.g., formation fluids, carbon dioxide.
  • the conditions within the portion of the formation may inhibit reactions of the materials.
  • Materials may be may be stored in the portion for a length of time.
  • materials may be produced from the portion at a later time. Materials stored within the portion may have been previously produced from the portion of the formation, and/or another portion of the formation.
  • fluid may be sequestered within the formation.
  • a temperature of the fo ⁇ nation will often need to be less than about 100 °C.
  • Water may be introduced into at least a portion of the formation to generate steam and reduce a temperature of the formation.
  • the steam may be removed from the formation.
  • the steam may be utilized for various pu ⁇ oses, including, but not limited to, heating another portion of the formation, generating synthesis gas in an adjacent portion of the formation, generating electricity, and/or as a steam flood in a oil reservoir.
  • fluid e.g., carbon dioxide
  • Sequestering fluid within the formation may result in a significant reduction or elimination of fluid that is released to the environment due to operation of the in situ conversion process.
  • carbon dioxide may be injected under pressure into the portion of the formation.
  • the injected carbon dioxide may adsorb onto hydrocarbons in the formation and/or reside in void spaces such as pores in the formation.
  • the carbon dioxide may be generated during pyrolysis, synthesis gas generation, and/or extraction of useful energy.
  • carbon dioxide may be stored in relatively deep hydrocarbon containing formations and used to desorb methane.
  • a method for sequestering carbon dioxide in a heated fo ⁇ nation may include precipitating carbonate compounds from carbon dioxide provided to a portion of the formation.
  • the portion may have previously undergone an in situ conversion process.
  • Carbon dioxide and a fluid may be provided to the portion of the formation. The fluid may combine with carbon dioxide in the portion to precipitate carbonate compounds.
  • methane may be recovered from a hydrocarbon containing formation by providing heat to the formation.
  • the heat may desorb a substantial portion of the methane within the selected section of the formation. At least a portion of the methane may be produced from the formation.
  • a method for purifying water in a spent formation may include providing water to the formation and filtering the provided water in the formation. The filtered water may then be produced from the formation.
  • treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ may include injecting a recovery fluid into the formation.
  • Heat may be provided from one or more heat sources to the formation.
  • the heat may transfer from one or more of the heat sources to a selected section of the formation and vaporize a substantial portion of recovery fluid in at least a portion of the selected section.
  • the heat from the heat sources and the vaporized recovery fluid may pyrolyze at least some hydrocarbons within the selected section.
  • a gas mixture may be produced from the formation.
  • the produced gas mixture may include hydrocarbons with an average API gravity greater than about 25°.
  • a method of shutting-in an in situ treatment process in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include terminating heating from one or more heat sources providing heat to a portion of the formation.
  • a pressure may be monitored and controlled in at least a portion of the formation. The pressure may be maintained approximately below a fracturing or breakthrough pressure of the formation.
  • One embodiment of a method of shutting-in an in situ treatment process in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include terminating heating from one or more heat sources providing heat to a portion of the formation. Hydrocarbon vapor may be produced from the formation. At least a portion of the produced hydrocarbon vapor may be injected into a portion of a storage formation. The hydrocarbon vapor may be injected into a relatively high temperature formation. A substantial portion of injected hydrocarbons may be converted to coke and H 2 in the relatively high temperature formation. Alternatively, the hydrocarbon vapor may be stored in a depleted formation.
  • FIG. 1 depicts an illustration of stages of heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 2 depicts an embodiment of a heat source pattern.
  • FIG. 3 depicts an embodiment of a heater well.
  • FIG. 4 depicts an embodiment of heater well.
  • FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of heater well.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a schematic view of multiple heaters branched from a single well in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a schematic of an elevated view of multiple heaters branched from a single well in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 8 depicts an embodiment of heater wells located in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG . 9 depicts an embodiment of a pattern of heater wells in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 10 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a magnetostatic drilling operation.
  • FIG. 11 depicts a schematic of a portion of a magnetic string.
  • FIG. 12 depicts an embodiment of a heated portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 13 depicts an embodiment of supe ⁇ osition of heat in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an embodiment of a production well placed in a formation.
  • FIG. 15 depicts an embodiment of a pattern of heat sources and production wells in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 16 depicts an embodiment of a pattern of heat sources and a production well in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a computational system
  • FIG. 18 depicts a block diagram of a computational system.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a computer-implemented method for treating a fo ⁇ nation based on a characteristic of the formation.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment used to control an in situ conversion process in a formation.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a flowchart of an embodiment of a method for modeling an in situ process for treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons using a computer system.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a plot of a porosity-permeability relationship.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates a method for simulating heat transfer in a formation.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates a model for simulating a heat transfer rate in a formation.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates a flowchart of an embodiment of a method for using a computer system to model an in situ conversion process.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method for calibrating model parameters to match laboratory or field data for an in situ process.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates a flowchart of an embodiment of a method for calibrating model parameters.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method for calibrating model parameters for a second simulation method using a simulation method.
  • FIG. 29 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method for design and/or control of an in situ process.
  • FIG. 30 depicts a method of modeling one or more stages of a treatment process.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method for designing and controlling an in situ process with a simulation method on a computer system.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates a model of a formation that may be used in simulations of deformation characteristics according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates a schematic of a strip development according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 34 depicts a schematic illustration of a treated portion that may be modeled with a simulation.
  • FIG. 35 depicts a horizontal cross section of a model of a formation for use by a simulation method according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method for modeling deformation due to in situ treatment of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 37 depicts a profile of richness versus depth in a model of an oil shale formation.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method for using a computer system to design and control an in situ conversion process.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method for determining operating conditions to obtain desired deformation characteristics.
  • FIG. 40 illustrates the influence of operating pressure on subsidence in a cylindrical model of a formation from a finite element simulation.
  • FIG. 41 illustrates influence of an untreated portion between two treated portions.
  • FIG. 42 illustrates influence of an untreated portion between two treated portions.
  • FIG. 43 represents shear deformation of a formation at the location of selected heat sources as a function of depth.
  • FIG. 44 illustrates a method for controlling an in situ process using a computer system.
  • FIG. 45 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for controlling an in situ process in a formation using a computer simulation method.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates several ways that information may be transmitted from an in situ process to a remote computer system.
  • FIG. 47 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for controlling an in situ process in a formation using information.
  • FIG. 48 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for controlling an in situ process in a formation using a simulation method and a computer system.
  • FIG. 49 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a computer-implemented method for determining a selected overburden thickness.
  • FIG. 50 illustrates a schematic diagram of a plan view of a zone being treated using an in situ conversion process.
  • FIG. 51 illustrates a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional representation of a zone being treated using an in situ conversion process.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method used to monitor treatment of a formation.
  • FIG. 53 depicts an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor heat source.
  • FIG. 54 depicts an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor system for heating a formation.
  • FIG. 55 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor having a second conduit.
  • FIG. 56 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a heater well positioned within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 57 depicts a portion of an overburden of a formation with a natural distributed combustor heat source.
  • FIG. 58 depicts an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor heat source.
  • FIG. 59 depicts an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor heat source.
  • FIG. 60 depicts an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor system for heating a formation.
  • FIG. 61 depicts an embodiment of an insulated conductor heat source.
  • FIG. 62 depicts an embodiment of a transition section of an insulated conductor assembly.
  • FIG. 63 depicts an embodiment of an insulated conductor heat source.
  • FIG. 64 depicts an embodiment of a wellhead of an insulated conductor heat source.
  • FIG. 65 depicts an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source in a formation.
  • FIG. 66 depicts an embodiment of three insulated conductor heaters placed within a conduit.
  • FIG. 67 depicts an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 68 depicts an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 69 depicts an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 70 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a removable conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • FIG. 71 depicts an embodiment of a sliding connector.
  • FIG. 72 depicts an embodiment of a wellhead with a conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • FIG. 73 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater, wherein a portion of the heater is placed substantially horizontally within a formation.
  • FIG. 74 illustrates an enlarged view of an embodiment of a junction of a conductor-in-conduit heater.
  • FIG. 75 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater, wherein a portion of the heater is placed substantially horizontally within a formation.
  • FIG. 76 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater, wherein a portion of the heater is placed substantially horizontally within a formation.
  • FIG. 77 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater, wherein a portion of the heater is placed substantially horizontally within a formation.
  • FIG. 78 depicts a cross-sectional view of a portion of an embodiment of a cladding section coupled to a heater support and a conduit.
  • FIG. 79 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a centralizer placed on a conductor.
  • FIG. 80 depicts a portion of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source with a cutout view showing a centralizer on the conductor.
  • FIG. 81 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 82 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 83 depicts a top view of an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 84 depicts a top view of an embodiment of a centralizer.
  • FIG. 85 depicts a cross-sectional representation of a portion of an embodiment of a section of a conduit of a conduit-in-conductor heat source with an insulation layer wrapped around the conductor.
  • FIG. 86 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a cladding section coupled to a low resistance conductor.
  • FIG. 87 depicts an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source in a formation.
  • FIG. 88 depicts an embodiment for assembling a conductor-in-conduit heat source and installing the heat source in a formation.
  • FIG. 89 depicts an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source to be installed in a formation.
  • FIG. 90 shows a cross-sectional representation of an end of a tubular around which two pairs of diametrically opposite electrodes are arranged.
  • FIG. 91 depicts an embodiment of ends of two adjacent tubulars before forge welding.
  • FIG. 92 illustrates an end view of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source heated by diametrically opposite electrodes.
  • FIG. 93 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of two conductor-in-conduit heat source sections before forge welding.
  • FIG. 94 depicts an embodiment of heat sources installed in a formation.
  • FIG. 95 depicts an embodiment of a heat source in a formation.
  • FIG. 96 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a heater with two oxidizers.
  • FIG. 97 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a heater with an oxidizer and an electric heater.
  • FIG. 98 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a heater with an oxidizer and a flameless distributed combustor heater.
  • FIG. 99 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a multilateral downhole combustor heater.
  • FIG. 100 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a downhole combustor heater with two conduits.
  • FIG. 101 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a downhole combustor.
  • FIG. 102 depicts an embodiment of a heat source for a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 103 depicts a representation of a portion of a piping layout for heating a formation using downhole combustors.
  • FIG. 104 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a heater well positioned within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 105 depicts an embodiment of a heat source positioned in a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 106 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a heat source positioned in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 107 depicts an embodiment of a surface combustor heat source.
  • FIG. 108 depicts an embodiment of a conduit for a heat source with a portion of an inner conduit shown cut away to show a center tube.
  • FIG. 109 depicts an embodiment of a flameless combustor heat source.
  • FIG. 110 illustrates a representation of an embodiment of an expansion mechanism coupled to a heat source in an opening in a formation.
  • FIG. I l l illustrates a schematic of a thermocouple placed in a wellbore.
  • FIG. 112 depicts a schematic of a well embodiment for using pressure waves to measure temperature within a wellbore.
  • FIG. 113 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment that uses wind to generate electricity to heat a formation.
  • FIG. 114 depicts an embodiment of a windmill for generating electricity.
  • FIG. 115 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for using solar power to heat a formation.
  • FIG. 116 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment for treating a lean zone and a rich zone of a formation.
  • FIG. 117 depicts an embodiment of using pyrolysis water to generate synthesis gas in a formation.
  • FIG. 118 depicts an embodiment of synthesis gas production in a formation.
  • FIG. 119 depicts an embodiment of continuous synthesis gas production in a formation.
  • FIG. 120 depicts an embodiment of batch synthesis gas production in a formation.
  • FIG. 121 depicts an embodiment of producing energy with synthesis gas produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 122 depicts an embodiment of producing energy with pyrolyzation fluid produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 123 depicts an embodiment of synthesis gas production from a formation.
  • FIG. 124 depicts an embodiment of sequestration of carbon dioxide produced during pyrolysis in a hydrocarbon containing formation.
  • FIG. 125 depicts an embodiment of producing energy with synthesis gas produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 126 depicts an embodiment of a Fischer-Tropsch process using synthesis gas produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 127 depicts an embodiment of a Shell Middle Distillates process using synthesis gas produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 128 depicts an embodiment of a catalytic methanation process using synthesis gas produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 129 depicts an embodiment of production of ammonia and urea using synthesis gas produced from a hydrocarbon containing formation.
  • FIG. 130 depicts an embodiment of production of ammonia and urea using synthesis gas produced from a hydrocarbon containing formation.
  • FIG. 131 depicts an embodiment of preparation of a feed stream for an ammonia and urea process.
  • FIG. 132 depicts schematic of an embodiment of a relatively low permeability formation used to produce a first mixture that is blended with a second mixture.
  • FIG. 151 depicts asphaltene content (on a whole oil basis) in a blend versus percent blending agent.
  • FIG. 133 depicts SARA results (saturate/aromatic ratio versus asphaltene/resin ratio) for several blends.
  • FIG. 134 illustrates near infrared transmittance versus volume of n-heptane added to a first mixture.
  • FIG. 135 illustrates near infrared transmittance versus volume of n-heptane added to a second mixture.
  • FIG. 136 illustrates near infrared transmittance versus volume of n-heptane added to a third mixture.
  • FIG. 137 depicts changes in density with increasing temperature for several mixtures.
  • FIG. 138 depicts changes in viscosity with increasing temperature for several mixtures.
  • FIG. 139 depicts an embodiment of heat sources and production wells in a relatively low permeability formation.
  • FIG. 140 depicts an embodiment of heat sources in a relatively low permeability formation.
  • FIG. 141 depicts an embodiment of heat sources in a relatively low permeability formation.
  • FIG. 142 depicts an embodiment of heat sources in a relatively low permeability formation.
  • FIG. 143 depicts an embodiment of heat sources in a relatively low permeability formation.
  • FIG. 144 depicts an embodiment of heat sources in a relatively low permeability formation.
  • FIG. 145 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 146 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 147 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 148 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 149 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 150 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 151 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 152 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 153 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 154 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 155 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 156 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 157 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 158 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 159 depicts an embodiment of a square pattern of heat sources and production wells.
  • FIG. 160 depicts an embodiment of a heat source and production well pattern.
  • FIG. 161 depicts an embodiment of a triangular pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 162 depicts an embodiment of a square pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 163 depicts an embodiment of a hexagonal pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 164 depicts an embodiment of a 12 to 1 pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 165 depicts an embodiment of surface facilities for treating a formation fluid.
  • FIG. 166 depicts an embodiment of a catalytic flameless distributed combustor.
  • FIG. 167 depicts an embodiment of surface facilities for treating a formation fluid.
  • FIG. 168 depicts a temperature profile for a triangular pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 169 depicts a temperature profile for a square pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 170 depicts a temperature profile for a hexagonal pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 171 depicts a comparison plot between the average pattern temperature and temperatures at the coldest spots for various patterns of heat sources.
  • FIG. 172 depicts a comparison plot between the average pattern temperature and temperatures at various spots within triangular and hexagonal patterns of heat sources.
  • FIG. 173 depicts a comparison plot between the average pattern temperature and temperatures at various spots within a square pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 174 depicts a comparison plot between temperatures at the coldest spots of various pattern of heat sources.
  • FIG. 175 depicts in situ temperature profiles for electrical resistance heaters and natural distributed combustion heaters.
  • FIG. 176 depicts extension of a reaction zone in a heated formation over time.
  • FIG. 177 depicts the ratio of conductive heat transfer to radiative heat transfer in a formation.
  • FIG. 178 depicts the ratio of conductive heat transfer to radiative heat transfer in a formation.
  • FIG. 179 depicts temperatures of a conductor, a conduit, and an opening in a formation versus a temperature at the face of a fo ⁇ nation.
  • FIG. 180 depicts temperatures of a conductor, a conduit, and an opening in a formation versus a temperature at the face of a formation.
  • FIG. 181 depicts temperatures of a conductor, a conduit, and an opening in a formation versus a temperature at the face of a formation.
  • FIG. 182 depicts temperatures of a conductor, a conduit, and an opening in a formation versus a temperature at the face of a formation.
  • FIG. 183 depicts calculated equilibrium gas dry mole fractions for a reaction of coal with water.
  • FIG. 184 depicts calculated equilibrium gas wet mole fractions for a reaction of coal with water.
  • FIG. 185 depicts a plot of cumulative adsorbed methane and carbon dioxide versus pressure in a coal formation.
  • FIG. 186 depicts pressure at a wellhead as a function of time from a numerical simulation.
  • FIG. 187 depicts production rate of carbon dioxide and methane as a function of time from a numerical simulation.
  • FIG. 188 depicts cumulative methane produced and net carbon dioxide injected as a function of time from a numerical simulation.
  • FIG. 189 depicts pressure at wellheads as a function of time from a numerical simulation.
  • FIG. 190 depicts production rate of carbon dioxide as a function of time from a numerical simulation.
  • FIG. 191 depicts cumulative net carbon dioxide injected as a function of tune from a numerical simulation.
  • FIG. 192 depicts an embodiment of in situ synthesis gas production integrated with a Fischer-Tropsch process.
  • FIG. 193 depicts a schematic of a surface treatment configuration that separates formation fluid as it is being produced from a formation.
  • FIG. 194 depicts a schematic of a surface facility configuration that heats a fluid for use in an in situ treatment process and/or a surface facility configuration.
  • FIG. 195 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a fractionator that separates component streams from a synthetic condensate.
  • FIG. 196 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a series of separating units used to separate component streams from formation fluid
  • FIG. 197 depicts a schematic an embodiment of a series of separating units used to separate formation fluid into fractions.
  • FIG. 198 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration used to reactively distill a synthetic condensate.
  • FIG. 199 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that separates formation fluid through condensation.
  • FIG. 200 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that hydrotreats untreated formation fluid.
  • FIG. 201 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that converts formation fluid into olefins.
  • FIG. 202 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that removes a component and converts formation fluid into olefins.
  • FIG. 203 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that converts formation fluid into olefins using a heating unit and a quenching unit.
  • FIG. 204 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that separates ammonia and hydrogen sulfide from water produced in the formation.
  • FIG. 205 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration used to produce and separate ammonia.
  • FIG. 206 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that separates ammonia and hydrogen sulfide from water produced in the formation.
  • FIG. 207 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that produces ammonia on site.
  • FIG. 208 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration used for the synthesis of urea.
  • FIG. 209 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that synthesizes ammonium sulfate.
  • FIG. 210 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration used to separate
  • FIG. 211 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration used to recover BTEX compounds from a naphtha fraction.
  • FIG. 212 depicts a schematic of an embodiment of a surface treatment configuration that separates a component from a heart cut.
  • FIG. 213 depicts a plan view representation of an embodiment of treatment areas formed by perimeter barriers.
  • FIG. 214 depicts a side representation of an embodiment of an in situ conversion process system used to treat a thin rich formation.
  • FIG. 215 depicts a side representation of an embodiment of an in situ conversion process system used to treat a thin rich formation.
  • FIG. 216 depicts a side representation of an embodiment of an in situ conversion process system.
  • FIG. 217 depicts a side representation of an embodiment of an in situ conversion process system with an installed upper perimeter barrier and an installed lower perimeter barrier.
  • FIG. 218 depicts a plan view representation of an embodiment of treatment areas formed by perimeter barriers having arced portions, wherein the centers of the arced portions are in an equilateral triangle pattern.
  • FIG. 219 depicts a plan view representation of an embodiment of treatment areas formed by perimeter barriers having arced portions, wherein the centers of the arced portions are in a square pattern.
  • FIG. 220 depicts a plan view representation of an embodiment of treatment areas formed by perimeter barriers radially positioned around a central point.
  • FIG. 221 depicts a plan view representation of a portion of a treatment area defined by a double ring of freeze wells.
  • FIG. 222 depicts a side representation of a freeze well that is directionally drilled in a formation so that the freeze well enters the formation in a first location and exits the formation in a second location.
  • FIG. 223 depicts a side representation of freeze wells that form a barrier along sides and ends of a dipping hydrocarbon containing layer in a fo ⁇ nation.
  • FIG. 224 depicts a representation of an embodiment of a freeze well and an embodiment of a heat source that may be used during an in situ conversion process.
  • FIG. 225 depicts an embodiment of a batch operated freeze well.
  • FIG. 226 depicts an embodiment of a batch operated freeze well having an open wellbore portion.
  • FIG. 227 depicts a plan view representation of a circulated fluid refrigeration system.
  • FIG. 228 depicts an embodiment of a freeze well for a circulated liquid refrigeration system, wherein a cutaway view of the freeze well is represented below ground surface.
  • FIG. 229 depicts an embodiment of a freeze well for a circulated liquid refrigeration system.
  • FIG. 230 depicts an embodiment of a freeze well for a circulated liquid refrigeration system.
  • FIG. 231 depicts a plan view representation of low temperature zones formed by freeze wells placed in a formation through which fluid flows slowly enough to allow for formation of an interconnected low temperature zone.
  • FIG. 232 depicts a plan view representation of low temperature zones formed by freeze wells placed in a formation through which fluid flows at too high a flow rate to allow for formation of an interconnected low temperature zone.
  • FIG. 233 depicts thermal simulation results of a heat source surrounded by a ring of freeze wells.
  • FIG. 234 depicts a representation of an embodiment of a ground cover.
  • FIG. 235 depicts an embodiment of a treatment area surrounded by a ring of dewatering wells.
  • FIG. 236 depicts an embodiment of a treatment area surrounded by two rings of dewatering wells.
  • FIG. 237 depicts an embodiment of a treatment area surrounded by three rings of dewatering wells.
  • FIG. 238 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of an injection wellbore and a production wellbore.
  • FIG. 239 depicts an embodiment of a remediation process used to treat a treatment area.
  • FIG. 240 depicts an embodiment of a heated formation used as a radial distillation column.
  • FIG. 241 depicts an embodiment of a heated formation used for separation of hydrocarbons and contaminants.
  • FIG. 242 depicts an embodiment for recovering heat from a heated formation and transferring the heat to an above-ground processing unit.
  • FIG. 243 depicts an embodiment for recovering heat from one formation and providing heat to another formation with an intermediate production step.
  • FIG. 244 depicts an embodiment for recovering heat from one formation and providing heat to another formation in situ.
  • FIG. 245 depicts an embodiment of a region of reaction within a heated formation.
  • FIG. 246 depicts an embodiment of a conduit placed within a heated fo ⁇ nation.
  • FIG. 247 depicts an embodiment of a U-shaped conduit placed within a heated formation.
  • FIG. 248 depicts an embodiment for sequestration of carbon dioxide in a heated formation.
  • FIG. 249 depicts an embodiment for solution mining a formation.
  • FIG. 250 is a flow chart illustrating options for produced fluids from a shut-in fo ⁇ nation.
  • FIG. 251 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of an injection wellbore and a production wellbore.
  • FIG. 252 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of in situ treatment of a fo ⁇ nation with steam injection according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 253 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of in situ treatment of a formation with steam injection according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 254 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of in situ treatment of a fo ⁇ nation with steam injection according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 255 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment of in situ treatment of an oil containing formation.
  • the following description generally relates to systems and methods for treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Such formations may be treated to yield relatively high quality hydrocarbon products, hydrogen, and other products.
  • Hydrocarbons are organic material with molecular structures containing carbon and hydrogen. Hydrocarbons may also include other elements, such as, but not limited to, halogens, metallic elements, nitrogen, oxygen, and/or sulfur. Hydrocarbons may be, but are not limited to, kerogen, bitumen, pyrobitumen, oils, natural mineral waxes, and asphaltites. Hydrocarbons may be located within or adjacent to mineral matrices within the earth. Matrices may include, but are not limited to, sedimentary rock, sands, silicilytes, carbonates, diatomites, and other porous media. "Hydrocarbon fluids” are fluids that include hydrocarbons.
  • Hydrocarbon fluids may include, entrain, or be entrained in non-hydrocarbon fluids (e.g., hydrogen ("H 2 "), nitrogen (“N 2 "), carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, water, and ammonia).
  • a "formation” includes one or more hydrocarbon containing layers, one or more non-hydrocarbon layers, an overburden, and/or an underburden.
  • An "overburden” and/or an “underburden” includes one or more different types of impermeable materials.
  • overburden and/or underburden may include rock, shale, mudstone, or wet/tight carbonate (i.e., an impermeable carbonate without hydrocarbons).
  • an overburden and/or an underburden may include a hydrocarbon containing layer or hydrocarbon containing layers that are relatively impermeable and are not subjected to temperatures during in situ conversion processing that results in significant characteristic changes of the hydrocarbon containing layers of the overburden and/or underburden.
  • an underburden may contain shale or mudstone.
  • the overburden and/or underburden may be somewhat permeable.
  • Keogen is a solid, insoluble hydrocarbon that has been converted by natural degradation (e.g., by diagenesis) and that principally contains carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Bit is a non- crystalline solid or viscous hydrocarbon material that is substantially soluble in carbon disulfide.
  • Oil is a fluid containing a mixture of condensable hydrocarbons.
  • formation fluids and “produced fluids” refer to fluids removed from a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons and may include pyrolyzation fluid, synthesis gas, mobilized hydrocarbon, and water (steam).
  • mobilized fluid refers to fluids within the formation that are able to flow because of thermal treatment of the formation. Formation fluids may include hydrocarbon fluids as well as non-hydrocarbon fluids.
  • Carbon number refers to a number of carbon atoms within a molecule.
  • a hydrocarbon fluid may include various hydrocarbons having varying numbers of carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon fluid may be described by a carbon number distribution.
  • Carbon numbers and/or carbon number distributions may be determined by true boiling point distribution and/or gas-liquid chromatography.
  • a “heat source” is any system for providing heat to at least a portion of a formation substantially by conductive and/or radiative heat transfer.
  • a heat source may include electric heaters such as an insulated conductor, an elongated member, and a conductor disposed within a conduit, as described in embodiments herein.
  • a heat source may also include heat sources that generate heat by burning a fuel external to or within a formation, such as surface burners, downhole gas burners, flameless distributed combustors, and natural distributed combustors, as described in embodiments herein.
  • heat provided to or generated in one or more heat sources may by supplied by other sources of energy.
  • the other sources of energy may directly heat a formation, or the energy may be applied to a transfer media that directly or indirectly heats the formation. It is to be understood that one or more heat sources that are applying heat to a formation may use different sources of energy. Thus, for example, for a given fo ⁇ nation some heat sources may supply heat from electric resistance heaters, some heat sources may provide heat from combustion, and some heat sources may provide heat from one or more other energy sources (e.g., chemical reactions, solar energy, wind energy, biomass, or other sources of renewable energy). A chemical reaction may include an exothermic reaction (e.g., an oxidation reaction). A heat source may also include a heater that may provide heat to a zone proximate and/or su ⁇ ounding a heating location such as a heater well.
  • a “heater” is any system for generating heat in a well or a near wellbore region.
  • Heaters may be, but are not limited to, electric heaters, burners, combustors (e.g., natural distributed combustors) that react with material in or produced from a formation, and/or combinations thereof.
  • a “unit of heat sources” refers to a number of heat sources that form a template that is repeated to create a pattern of heat sources within a formation.
  • wellbore refers to a hole in a formation made by drilling or insertion of a conduit into the formation.
  • a wellbore may have a substantially circular cross section, or other cross-sectional shapes (e.g., circles, ovals, squares, rectangles, triangles, slits, or other regular or irregular shapes).
  • well and opening when referring to an opening in the formation may be used interchangeably with the term “wellbore.”
  • Natural distributed combustor refers to a heater that uses an oxidant to oxidize at least a portion of the carbon in the formation to generate heat, and wherein the oxidation takes place in a vicinity proximate a wellbore. Most of the combustion products produced in the natural disfriaded combustor are removed through the wellbore.
  • Openings refers to openings (e.g., openings in conduits) having a wide variety of sizes and cross-sectional shapes including, but not limited to, circles, ovals, squares, rectangles, triangles, slits, or other regular or irregular shapes.
  • reaction zone refers to a volume of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons that is subjected to a chemical reaction such as an oxidation reaction.
  • Insulated conductor refers to any elongated material that is able to conduct electricity and that is covered, in whole or in part, by an electrically insulating material.
  • self-controls refers to controlling an output of a heater without external control of any type.
  • Pyrolysis is the breaking of chemical bonds due to the application of heat. For example, pyrolysis may include transforming a compound into one or more other substances by heat alone. Heat may be transferred to a section of the formation to cause pyrolysis.
  • “Pyrolyzation fluids” or “pyrolysis products” refers to fluid produced substantially during pyrolysis of hydrocarbons. Fluid produced by pyrolysis reactions may mix with other fluids in a formation. The mixture would be considered pyrolyzation fluid or pyrolyzation product.
  • pyrolysis zone refers to a volume of a formation (e.g., a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons) that is reacted or reacting to form a pyrolyzation fluid.
  • Cracking refers to a process involving decomposition and molecular recombination of organic compounds to produce a greater number of molecules than were initially present. In cracking, a series of reactions take place accompanied by a transfer of hydrogen atoms between molecules. For example, naphtha may undergo a thermal cracking reaction to form ethene and H 2 .
  • “Supe ⁇ osition of heat” refers to providing heat from two or more heat sources to a selected section of a formation such that the temperature of the formation at least at one location between the heat sources is influenced by the heat sources.
  • Fingering refers to injected fluids bypassing portions of a formation because of variations in transport characteristics of the formation (e.g., permeability or porosity).
  • Fluid pressure is a pressure generated by a fluid within a formation.
  • Low density pressure (sometimes referred to as “lithostatic stress”) is a pressure within a formation equal to a weight per unit area of an overlying rock mass.
  • Hydrostatic pressure is a pressure within a formation exerted by a column of water.
  • Condensable hydrocarbons are hydrocarbons that condense at 25 °C at one atmosphere absolute pressure. Condensable hydrocarbons may include a mixture of hydrocarbons having carbon numbers greater than 4. "Non-condensable hydrocarbons” are hydrocarbons that do not condense at 25 °C and one atmosphere absolute pressure. Non-condensable hydrocarbons may include hydrocarbons having carbon numbers less than 5. "Olefins” are molecules that include unsaturated hydrocarbons having one or more non-aromatic carbon- to-carbon double bonds.
  • Urea describes a compound represented by the molecular formula of NH 2 -CO-NH 2 . Urea may be used as a fertilizer.
  • Synthesis gas is a mixture including hydrogen and carbon monoxide used for synthesizing a wide range of compounds. Additional components of synthesis gas may include water, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, methane, and other gases. Synthesis gas may be generated by a variety of processes and feedstocks.
  • Reforming is a reaction of hydrocarbons (such as methane or naphtha) with steam to produce CO and H 2 as major products. Generally, it is conducted in the presence of a catalyst, although it can be performed thermally without the presence of a catalyst.
  • Sequestration refers to storing a gas that is a by-product of a process rather than venting the gas to the atmosphere.
  • “Dipping” refers to a fo ⁇ nation that slopes downward or inclines from a plane parallel to the earth's surface, assuming the plane is flat (i.e., a "horizontal” plane).
  • a “dip” is an angle that a stratum or similar feature makes with a horizontal plane.
  • a “steeply dipping” relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons refers to a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons lying at an angle of at least 20° from a horizontal plane.
  • “Down dip” refers to downward along a direction parallel to a dip in a formation.
  • Up dip refers to upward along a direction parallel to a dip of a formation.
  • “Strike” refers to the course or bearing of hydrocarbon material that is normal to the direction of dip.
  • Subsidence is a downward movement of a portion of a formation relative to an initial elevation of the surface.
  • Thiickness of a layer refers to the thickness of a cross section of a layer, wherein the cross section is normal to a face of the layer.
  • Coring is a process that generally includes drilling a hole into a formation and removing a substantially solid mass of the formation from the hole.
  • a “surface unit” is an ex situ treatment unit.
  • “Middle distillates” refers to hydrocarbon mixtures with a boiling point range that co ⁇ esponds substantially with that of kerosene and gas oil fractions obtained in a conventional atmospheric distillation of crude oil material.
  • the middle distillate boiling point range may include temperatures between about 150 °C and about 360 °C, with a fraction boiling point between about 200 °C and about 360 °C. Middle distillates may be refened to as gas oil.
  • a "boiling point cut” is a hydrocarbon liquid fraction that may be separated from hydrocarbon liquids when the hydrocarbon liquids are heated to a boiling point range of the fraction.
  • Enriched air refers to air having a larger mole fraction of oxygen than air in the atmosphere. Enrichment of air is typically done to increase its combustion-supporting ability.
  • Heavy hydrocarbons are viscous hydrocarbon fluids. Heavy hydrocarbons may include highly viscous hydrocarbon fluids such as heavy oil, tar, and/or asphalt. Heavy hydrocarbons may include carbon and hydrogen, as well as smaller concentrations of sulfur, oxygen, and nitrogen. Additional elements may also be present in heavy hydrocarbons in trace amounts. Heavy hydrocarbons may be classified by API gravity. Heavy hydrocarbons generally have an API gravity below about 20°. Heavy oil, for example, generally has an API gravity of about 10- 20°, whereas tar generally has an API gravity below about 10°. The viscosity of heavy hydrocarbons is generally greater than about 100 centipoise at 15 °C. Heavy hydrocarbons may also include aromatics or other complex ring hydrocarbons.
  • Relatively low permeability is defined, with respect to formations or portions thereof, as an average permeability of less than about 10 millidarcy.
  • One darcy is equal to about 0.99 square micrometers.
  • An impermeable layer generally has a permeability of less than about 0.1 millidarcy.
  • “Tar” is a viscous hydrocarbon that generally has a viscosity greater than about 10,000 centipoise at 15 °C.
  • the specific gravity of tar generally is greater than 1.000.
  • Tar may have an API gravity less than 10°.
  • a "tar sands formation” is a formation in which hydrocarbons are predominantly present in the form of heavy hydrocarbons and/or tar entrained in a mineral grain framework or other host lithology (e.g., sand or carbonate).
  • a portion or all of a hydrocarbon portion of a relatively permeable fo ⁇ nation may be predominantly heavy hydrocarbons and/or tar with no supporting mineral grain framework and only floating (or no) mineral matter (e.g., asphalt lakes).
  • Certain types of formations that include heavy hydrocarbons may also be, but are not limited to, natural mineral waxes (e.g., ozocerite), or natural asphaltites (e.g., gilsonite, albertite, impsonite, wurtzilite, grahamite, and glance pitch).
  • natural mineral waxes e.g., ozocerite
  • natural asphaltites e.g., gilsonite, albertite, impsonite, wurtzilite, grahamite, and glance pitch.
  • Natural mineral waxes typically occur in substantially tubular veins that may be several meters wide, several kilometers long, and hundreds of meters deep.
  • Natural asphaltites include solid hydrocarbons of an aromatic composition and typically occur in large veins.
  • In situ recovery of hydrocarbons from formations such as natural mineral waxes and natural asphaltites may include melting to form liquid hydrocarbons and/or solution mining of hydrocarbons from the formations.
  • Upgrade refers to increasing the quality of hydrocarbons. For example, upgrading heavy hydrocarbons may result in an increase in the API gravity of the heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Off peak times refers to times of operation when utility energy is less commonly used and, therefore, less expensive.
  • Low viscosity zone refers to a section of a formation where at least a portion of the fluids are mobilized.
  • Thermal fracture refers to fractures created in a formation caused by expansion or contraction of a formation and/or fluids within the formation, which is in turn caused by increasing/decreasing the temperature of the formation and/or fluids within the formation, and/or by increasing/decreasing a pressure of fluids within the formation due to heating.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates several stages of heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 1 also depicts an example of yield (barrels of oil equivalent per ton) (y axis) of formation fluids from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons versus temperature (°C) (x axis) of the formation. Deso ⁇ tion of methane and vaporization of water occurs during stage 1 heating.
  • Heating of the formation through stage 1 may be performed as quickly as possible. For example, when a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons is initially heated, hydrocarbons in the formation may desorb adsorbed methane. The desorbed methane may be produced from the formation. If the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons is heated further, water within the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be vaporized. Water may occupy, in some relatively low pe ⁇ neability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons, between about 10 % to about 50 % of the pore volume in the formation. In other formations, water may occupy larger or smaller portions of the pore volume.
  • Water typically is vaporized in a formation between about 160 °C and about 285 °C for pressures of about 6 bars absolute to 70 bars absolute.
  • the vaporized water may produce wettability changes in the formation and/or increase formation pressure. The wettability changes and/or increased pressure may affect pyrolysis reactions or other reactions in the formation.
  • the vaporized water may be produced from the formation.
  • the vaporized water may be used for steam extraction and/or distillation in the formation or outside the formation. Removing the water from and increasing the pore volume in the formation may increase the storage space for hydrocarbons within the pore volume.
  • a temperature within the formation reaches (at least) an initial pyrolyzation temperature (e.g., a temperature at the lower end of the temperature range shown as stage 2).
  • Hydrocarbons within the fo ⁇ nation may be pyrolyzed throughout stage 2.
  • a pyrolysis temperature range may vary depending on types of hydrocarbons within the formation.
  • a pyrolysis temperature range may include temperatures between about 250 °C and about 900 °C.
  • a pyrolysis temperature range for producing desired products may extend through only a portion of the total pyrolysis temperature range.
  • a pyrolysis temperature range for producing desired products may include temperatures between about 250 °C to about 400 °C.
  • a temperature of hydrocarbons in a formation is slowly raised through a temperature range from about 250 °C to about 400 °C
  • production of pyrolysis products may be substantially complete when the temperature approaches 400 °C.
  • Heating the hydrocarbon formation with a plurality of heat sources may establish thermal gradients around the heat sources that slowly raise the temperature of hydrocarbons in the formation through a pyrolysis temperature range.
  • a temperature of the hydrocarbons to be subjected to pyrolysis may not be slowly increased throughout a temperature range from about 250 °C to about 400 °C.
  • the hydrocarbons in the fo ⁇ nation may be heated to a desired temperature (e.g., about 325 °C). Other temperatures may be selected as the desired temperature.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat from heat sources may allow the desired temperature to be relatively quickly and efficiently established in the formation.
  • Energy input into the fo ⁇ nation from the heat sources may be adjusted to maintain the temperature in the formation substantially at the desired temperature.
  • the hydrocarbons may be maintained substantially at the desired temperature until pyrolysis declines such that production of desired formation fluids from the formation becomes uneconomical.
  • Formation fluids including pyrolyzation fluids may be produced from the formation.
  • the pyrolyzation fluids may include, but are not limited to, hydrocarbons, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, nitrogen, water, and mixtures thereof.
  • hydrocarbons hydrogen, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, nitrogen, water, and mixtures thereof.
  • the formation may produce mostly methane and/or hydrogen. If a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons is heated throughout an entire pyrolysis range, the formation may produce only small amounts of hydrogen towards an upper limit of the pyrolysis range. After all of the available hydrogen is depleted, a minimal amount of fluid production from the formation will typically occur.
  • Synthesis gas generation may take place during stage 3 heating depicted in FIG. 1.
  • Stage 3 may include heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to a temperature sufficient to allow synthesis gas generation.
  • synthesis gas may be produced within a temperature range from about 400 °C to about 1200 °C. The temperature of the fo ⁇ nation when the synthesis gas generating fluid is introduced to the formation may determine the composition of synthesis gas produced within the formation.
  • synthesis gas may be generated within the formation.
  • the generated synthesis gas may be removed from the formation through a production well or production wells. A large volume of synthesis gas may be produced during generation of synthesis gas.
  • Total energy content of fluids produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may stay relatively constant throughout pyrolysis and synthesis gas generation.
  • a significant portion of the produced fluid may be condensable hydrocarbons that have a high energy content.
  • less of the formation fluid may mclude condensable hydrocarbons.
  • More non-condensable formation fluids may be produced from the formation.
  • Energy content per unit volume of the produced fluid may decline slightly during generation of predominantly non- condensable formation fluids.
  • energy content per unit volume of produced synthesis gas declines significantly compared to energy content of pyrolyzation fluid. The volume of the produced synthesis gas, however, will in many instances increase substantially, thereby compensating for the decreased energy content.
  • Relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons may be selected for in situ conversion based on properties of at least a portion of the formation. For example, a formation may be selected based on richness, thickness, and/or depth (i.e., thickness of overburden) of the formation.
  • the types of fluids producible from the formation may be a factor in the selection of a formation for in situ conversion.
  • the quality of the fluids to be produced may be assessed in advance of treatment. Assessment of the products that may be produced from a formation may generate significant cost savings since only formations that will produce desired products need to be subjected to in situ conversion.
  • Properties that may be used to assess hydrocarbons in a formation include, but are not limited to, an amount of hydrocarbon liquids that may be produced from the hydrocarbons, a likely API gravity of the produced hydrocarbon liquids, an amount of hydrocarbon gas producible from the formation, and/or an amount of carbon dioxide and water that in situ conversion will generate.
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be selected for freatment based on a hydrogen content within the hydrocarbons in the formation.
  • a method of treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include selecting a portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons for treatment having hydrocarbons with a hydrogen content greater than about 3 weight %, 3.5 weight %, or 4 weight %.
  • a selected section of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include hydrocarbons with an atomic hydrogen to carbon ratio that falls within a range from about 0.5 to about 2, and in many instances from about 0.70 to about 1.65.
  • Hydrogen content of a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons may significantly influence a composition of hydrocarbon fluids producible from the formation.
  • Pyrolysis of hydrocarbons within heated portions of the formation may generate hydrocarbon fluids that include a double bond or a radical. Hydrogen within the formation may reduce the double bond to a single bond.
  • Reaction of generated hydrocarbon fluids with each other and/or with additional components in the formation may be inhibited. For example, reduction of a double bond of the generated hydrocarbon fluids to a single bond may reduce polymerization of the generated hydrocarbons. Such polymerization may reduce the amount of fluids produced and may reduce the quality of fluid produced from the formation.
  • Hydrogen within the formation may neutralize radicals in the generated hydrocarbon fluids. Hydrogen present in the formation may inhibit reaction of hydrocarbon fragments by transforming the hydrocarbon fragments into relatively short chain hydrocarbon fluids.
  • the hydrocarbon fluids may enter a vapor phase. Vapor phase hydrocarbons may move relatively easily through the formation to production wells. Increase in the hydrocarbon fluids in the vapor phase may significantly reduce a potential for producing less desirable products within the selected section of the formation. A lack of bound and free hydrogen in the formation may negatively affect the amount and quality of fluids that can be produced from the formation. If too little hydrogen is naturally present, then hydrogen or other reducing fluids may be added to the formation.
  • Heating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include providing a large amount of energy to heat sources located within the formation.
  • Relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons may also contain some water.
  • a significant portion of energy initially provided to a formation may be used to heat water within the formation.
  • An initial rate of temperature increase may be reduced by the presence of water in the formation.
  • Excessive amounts of heat and/or time may be required to heat a fo ⁇ nation having a high moisture content to a temperature sufficient to pyrolyze hydrocarbons in the formation.
  • water may be inhibited from flowing into a formation subjected to in situ conversion.
  • a formation to be subjected to in situ conversion may have a low initial moisture content.
  • the formation may have an initial moisture content that is less than about 15 weight %. Some formations that are to be subjected to in situ conversion may have an initial moisture content of less than about 10 weight %. Other formations that are to be processed using an in situ conversion process may have initial moisture contents that are greater than about 15 weight %. Formations with initial moisture contents above about 15 weight % may incur significant energy costs to remove the water that is initially present in the formation during heating to pyrolysis temperatures.
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be selected for treatment based on additional factors such as, but not limited to, thickness of hydrocarbon containing layers within the formation, assessed liquid production content, location of the formation, and depth of hydrocarbon containing layers.
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may include multiple layers.
  • Such layers may include hydrocarbon containing layers, as well as layers that are hydrocarbon free or have relatively low amounts of hydrocarbons. Conditions during formation may determine the thickness of hydrocarbon and non- hydrocarbon layers in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to be subjected to in situ' conversion will typically include at least one hydrocarbon containing layer having a thickness sufficient for economical production of formation fluids. Richness of a hydrocarbon containing layer may be a factor used to determine if a fo ⁇ nation will be treated by in situ conversion.
  • a thin and rich hydrocarbon layer may be able to produce significantly more valuable hydrocarbons than a much thicker, less rich hydrocarbon layer. Producing hydrocarbons from a formation that is both thick and rich is desirable.
  • An in situ conversion process may be used to treat formations with hydrocarbon layers that have thicknesses greater than about 10 m. Thick formations may allow for placement of heat sources so that supe ⁇ osition of heat from the heat sources efficiently heats the formation to a desired temperature. Formations having hydrocarbon layers that are less than 10 m thick may also be freated using an in situ conversion process. In some in situ conversion embodiments of thin hydrocarbon layer formations, heat sources may be inserted in or adjacent to the hydrocarbon layer along a length of the hydrocarbon layer (e.g., with horizontal or directional drilling). Heat losses to layers above and below the thin hydrocarbon layer or thin hydrocarbon layers may be offset by an amount and/or quality of fluid produced from the formation.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic view of an embodiment of a portion of an in situ conversion system for treating a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Heat sources 100 may be placed within at least a portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Heat sources 100 may include, for example, electric heaters such as insulated conductors, conductor-in-conduit heaters, surface burners, flameless distributed combustors, and/or natural distributed combustors. Heat sources 100 may also include other types of heaters.
  • Heat sources 100 may provide heat to at least a portion of a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Energy may be supplied to the heat sources 100 through supply lines 102.
  • the supply lines may be structurally different depending on the type of heat source or heat sources being used to heat the formation.
  • Supply lines for heat sources may transmit electricity for electric heaters, may transport fuel for combustors, or may transport heat exchange fluid that is circulated within the formation.
  • Production wells 104 may be used to remove formation fluid from the formation.
  • Formation fluid produced from production wells 104 may be transported through collection piping 106 to freatment facilities 108.
  • Formation fluids may also be produced from heat sources 100.
  • Fluid produced from heat sources 100 may be transported through tubing or piping to collection piping 106 or the produced fluid may be transported through tubing or piping directly to treatment facilities 108.
  • Treatment facilities 108 may include separation units, reaction units, upgrading units, fuel cells, turbines, storage vessels, and other systems and units for processing produced formation fluids.
  • An in situ conversion system for treating hydrocarbons may include dewatering wells 110 (wells shown with reference number 110 may, in some embodiments, be capture, barrier, and/or isolation wells).
  • Dewatering wells 110 or vacuum wells may remove liquid water and/or inhibit liquid water from entering a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to be heated, or to a formation being heated.
  • a plurality of water wells may surround all or a portion of a formation to be heated.
  • dewatering wells 110 are shown extending only along one side of heat sources 100, but dewatering wells typically encircle all heat sources 100 used, or to be used, to heat the formation.
  • Dewatering wells 110 may be placed in one or more rings surrounding selected portions of the formation. New dewatering wells may need to be installed as an area being treated by the in situ conversion process expands. An outermost row of dewatering wells may inhibit a significant amount of water from flowing into the portion of formation that is heated or to be heated. Water produced from the outermost row of dewatering wells should be substantially clean, and may require little or no treatment before being released. An inne ⁇ nost row of dewatering wells may inhibit water that bypasses the outermost row from flowing into the portion of formation that is heated or to be heated. The innermost row of dewatering wells may also inhibit outward migration of vapor from a heated portion of the formation into surrounding portions of the formation.
  • Water produced by the innermost row of dewatering wells may include some hydrocarbons.
  • the water may need to be treated before being released.
  • water with hydrocarbons may be stored and used to produce synthesis gas from a portion of the formation during a synthesis gas phase of the in situ conversion process.
  • the dewatering wells may reduce heat loss to surrounding portions of the formation, may increase production of vapors from the heated portion, and/or may inhibit contamination of a water table proximate the heated portion of the formation.
  • pressure differences between successive rows of dewatering wells may be minimized (e.g., maintained relatively low or near zero) to create a "no or low flow" boundary between rows.
  • a fluid may be injected in the innermost row of wells.
  • the injected fluid may maintain a sufficient pressure around a pyrolysis zone to inhibit migration of fluid from the pyrolysis zone through the formation.
  • the fluid may act as an isolation barrier between the outermost wells and the pyrolysis fluids.
  • the fluid may improve the efficiency of the dewatering wells.
  • wells initially used for one pu ⁇ ose may be later used for one or more other pu ⁇ oses, thereby lowering project costs and/or decreasing the time required to perform certain tasks. For instance, production wells (and in some circumstances heater wells) may initially be used as dewatering wells (e.g., before heating is begun and/or when heating is initially started).
  • dewatering wells can later be used as production wells (and in some circumstances heater wells).
  • the dewatering wells may be placed and/or designed so that such wells can be later used as production wells and/or heater wells.
  • the heater wells may be placed and/or designed so that such wells can be later used as production wells and/or dewatering wells.
  • the production wells may be placed and/or designed so that such wells can be later used as dewatering wells and or heater wells.
  • injection wells may be wells that initially were used for other pu ⁇ oses (e.g., heating, production, dewatering, monitoring, etc.), and injection wells may later be used for other pu ⁇ oses.
  • monitoring wells may be wells that initially were used for other pu ⁇ oses (e.g., heating, production, dewatering, injection, etc.), and monitoring wells may later be used for other proposes.
  • Hydrocarbons to be subjected to in situ conversion may be located under a large area.
  • the in situ conversion system may be used to treat small portions of the formation, and other sections of the formation may be treated as time progresses.
  • a field layout for 24 years of development may be divided into 24 individual plots that represent individual drilling years.
  • Each plot may include 120 "tiles" (repeating matrix patterns) wherein each plot is made of 6 rows by 20 columns of tiles.
  • Each tile may include 1 production well and 12 or 18 heater wells.
  • the heater wells may be placed in an equilateral triangle pattern with a well spacing of about 12 m.
  • Production wells may be located in centers of equilateral triangles of heater wells, or the production wells may be located approximately at a midpoint between two adjacent heater wells.
  • heat sources will be placed within a heater well formed within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the heater well may include an opening through an overburden of the formation.
  • the heater may extend into or through at least one hydrocarbon containing section (or hydrocarbon containing layer) of the formation.
  • an embodiment of heater well 224 may include an opening in hydrocarbon layer 222 that has a helical or spiral shape. A spiral heater well may increase contact with the formation as opposed to a vertically positioned heater.
  • a spiral heater well may provide expansion room that inhibits buckling or other modes of failure when the heater well is heated or cooled.
  • heater wells may include substantially straight sections through overburden 220. Use of a straight section of heater well through the overburden may decrease heat loss to the overburden and reduce the cost of the heater well.
  • a heat source embodiment may be placed into heater well 224.
  • Heater well 224 may be substantially "U" shaped. The legs of the "U" may be wider or more narrow depending on the particular heater well and formation characteristics.
  • First portion 226 and third portion 228 of heater well 224 may be arranged substantially pe ⁇ endicular to an upper surface of hydrocarbon layer 222 in some embodiments. In addition, the first and the third portion of the heater well may extend substantially vertically through overburden 220.
  • Second portion 230 of heater well 224 may be substantially parallel to the upper surface of the hydrocarbon layer.
  • heat sources 232, 234, and 236 may extend through overburden 220 into hydrocarbon layer 222 from heater well 224.
  • Multiple wells extending from a single wellbore may be used when surface considerations (e.g., aesthetics, surface land use concerns, and/or unfavorable soil conditions near the surface) make it desirable to concentrate well platforms in a small area. For example, in areas where the soil is frozen and/or marshy, it may be more cost-effective to have a minimal number of well platforms located at selected sites.
  • a first portion of a heater well may extend from the ground surface, through an overburden, and into a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • a second portion of the heater well may include one or more heater wells in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the one or more heater wells may be disposed within the relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons at various angles.
  • at least one of the heater wells may be disposed substantially parallel to a boundary of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • at least one of the heater wells may be substantially pe ⁇ endicular to the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • one of the one or more heater wells may be positioned at an angle between pe ⁇ endicular and parallel to a layer in the formation.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a schematic of view of multilateral or side tracked lateral heaters branched from a single well in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Heat provided to a thin layer with a low thermal conductivity from a horizontal wellbore may be more effectively trapped within the thin layer and reduce heat losses from the layer.
  • Substantially vertical opening 6108 may be placed in hydrocarbon layer 6100.
  • Substantially vertical opening 6108 may be an elongated portion of an opening formed in hydrocarbon layer 6100.
  • Hydrocarbon layer 6100 may be below overburden 540.
  • One or more substantially horizontal openings 6102 may also be placed in hydrocarbon layer 6100.
  • Horizontal openings 6102 may, in some embodiments, contain perforated liners.
  • the horizontal openings 6102 may be coupled to vertical opening 6108.
  • Horizontal openings 6102 may be elongated portions that diverge from the elongated portion of vertical opening 6108.
  • Horizontal openings 6102 may be formed in hydrocarbon layer 6100 after vertical opening 6108 has been formed.
  • openings 6102 maybe angled upwards to facilitate flow of formation fluids towards the production conduit.
  • Each horizontal opening 6102 may lie above or below an adjacent horizontal opening.
  • six horizontal openings 6102 may be formed in hydrocarbon layer 6100.
  • Three horizontal openings 6102 may face
  • horizontal openings 6102 180°, or in a substantially opposite direction, from three additional horizontal openings 6102.
  • Two horizontal openings facing substantially opposite directions may lie in a substantially identical vertical plane within the formation.
  • Any number of horizontal openings 6102 may be coupled to a single vertical opening 6108, depending on, but not limited to, a thickness of hydrocarbon layer 6100, a type of formation, a desired heating rate in the formation, and a desired production rate.
  • Production conduit 6106 may be placed substantially vertically within vertical opening 6108.
  • Production conduit 6106 may be substantially centered within vertical opening 6108.
  • Pump 6107 may be coupled to production conduit 6106.
  • Such pump may be used, in some embodiments, to pump formation fluids from the bottom of the well.
  • Pump 6107 may be a rod pump, progressing cavity pump (PCP), centrifugal pump, jet pump, gas lift pump, submersible pump, rotary pump, etc.
  • One or more heaters 6104 may be placed within each horizontal opening 6102. Heaters 6104 may be placed in hydrocarbon layer 6100 through vertical opening 6108 and into horizontal opening 6102.
  • heater 6104 may be used to generate heat along a length of the heater within vertical opening 6108 and horizontal opening 6102. In other embodiments, heater 6104 may be used to generate heat only within horizontal opening 6102. In certain embodiments, heat generated by heater 6104 may be varied along its length and/or varied between vertical opening 6108 and horizontal opening 6102. For example, less heat may be generated by heater 6104 in vertical opening 6108 and more heat may be generated by the heater in horizontal opening 6102. It may be advantageous to have at least some heating within vertical opening 6108. This may maintain fluids produced from the formation in a vapor phase in production conduit 6106 and/or may upgrade the produced fluids within the production well. Having production conduit 6106 and heaters 6104 installed into a fo ⁇ nation through a single opening in the fo ⁇ nation may reduce costs associated with forming openings in the fo ⁇ nation and installing production equipment and heaters within the formation.
  • FIG. 7 depicts a schematic view from an elevated position of the embodiment of FIG. 6.
  • One or more vertical openings 6108 may be formed in hydrocarbon layer 6100. Each of vertical openings 6108 may lie along a single plane in hydrocarbon layer 6100. Horizontal openings 6102 may extend in a plane substantially pe ⁇ endicular to the plane of vertical openings 6108. Additional horizontal openings 6102 may lie in a plane below the horizontal openings as shown in the schematic depiction of FIG. 6.
  • a number of vertical openings 6108 and/or a spacing between vertical openings 6108 may be determined by, for example, a desired heating rate or a desired production rate. In some embodiments, spacing between vertical openings may be about 4 m to about 30 m.
  • a length of a horizontal opening 6102 may be up to about 1600 m. However, a length of horizontal openings 6102 may vary depending on, for example, a maximum installation cost, an area of hydrocarbon layer 6100, or a maximum producible heater length.
  • a formation having one or more thin hydrocarbon layers may be treated.
  • such formations may be freated with heat sources that are positioned substantially horizontal within and/or adjacent to the thin hydrocarbon layer or thin hydrocarbon layers.
  • a relatively thin hydrocarbon layer may be at a substantial depth below a ground surface.
  • a formation may have an overburden of up to about 650 m in depth. The cost of drilling a large number of substantially vertical wells within a formation to a significant depth may be expensive. It may be advantageous to place heaters horizontally within these formations to heat large portions of the formation for lengths up to about 1600 m. Using horizontal heaters may reduce the number of vertical wells that are needed to place a sufficient number of heaters within the formation.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an embodiment of hydrocarbon containing layer 200 that may be at a near-horizontal angle with respect to an upper surface of ground 204.
  • An angle of hydrocarbon containing layer 200 may vary.
  • hydrocarbon containing layer 200 may dip or be steeply dipping. Economically viable production of a steeply dipping hydrocarbon containing layer may not be possible using presently available mining methods.
  • a dipping or relatively steeply dipping hydrocarbon containing layer may be subjected to an in situ conversion process.
  • a set of production wells may be disposed near a highest portion of a dipping hydrocarbon layer of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Hydrocarbon portions adjacent to and below the production wells may be heated to pyrolysis temperature.
  • Pyrolysis fluid may be produced from the production wells.
  • Vapors may be produced from the hydrocarbon containing layer by transporting vapor through the previously pyrolyzed hydrocarbons.
  • Vapor phase transport of fluids produced in the formation may eliminate a need to have deep production wells in addition to the set of production wells. A number of production wells required to process the formation may be reduced. Reducing the number of production wells required for production may increase economic viability of an in situ conversion process.
  • directional drilling may be used to form an opening in the formation for a heater well or production well. Directional drilling may include drilling an opening in which the route/course of the opening may be planned before drilling. Such an opening may usually be drilled with rotary equipment. In directional drilling, a route/course of an opening may be controlled by deflection wedges, etc.
  • a wellbore may be formed using a drill equipped with a steerable motor and an accelerometer.
  • the steerable motor and accelerometer may allow the wellbore to follow a layer in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • a steerable motor may maintain a substantially constant distance between heater well 202 and a boundary of hydrocarbon containing layer 200 throughout drilling of the opening.
  • geosteered drilling may be used to drill a wellbore in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Geosteered drilling may include determining or estimating a distance from an edge of hydrocarbon containing layer 200 to the wellbore with a sensor.
  • the sensor may monitor variations in characteristics or signals in the formation. The characteristic or signal variance may allow for determination of a desired drill path.
  • the sensor may monitor resistance, acoustic signals, magnetic signals, gamma rays, and/or other signals within the formation.
  • a drilling apparatus for geosteered drilling may include a steerable motor.
  • the steerable motor may be controlled to maintain a predetermined distance from an edge of a hydrocarbon containing layer based on data collected by the sensor.
  • wellbores may be formed in a formation using other techniques.
  • Wellbores may be formed by impaction techniques and/or by sonic drilling techniques.
  • the method used to form wellbores may be determined based on a number of factors.
  • the factors may include, but are not limited to, accessibility of the site, depth of the wellbore, properties of the overburden, and properties of the hydrocarbon containing layer or layers.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment of a plurality of heater wells 210 formed in hydrocarbon layer 212.
  • Hydrocarbon layer 212 may be a steeply dipping layer.
  • One or more of heater wells 210 may be formed in the formation such that two or more of the heater wells are substantially parallel to each other, and/or such that at least one heater well is substantially parallel to a boundary of hydrocarbon layer 212.
  • one or more of heater wells 210 may be formed in hydrocarbon layer 212 by a magnetic steering method.
  • An example of a magnetic steering method is illustrated in U.S. Patent No. 5,676,212 to Kuckes, which is inco ⁇ orated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
  • Magnetic steering may include drilling heater well 210 parallel to an adjacent heater well. The adjacent well may have been previously drilled.
  • magnetic steering may include directing the drilling by sensing and/or determining a magnetic field produced in an adjacent heater well.
  • the magnetic field may be produced in the adjacent heater well by flowing a current through an insulated current- carrying wireline disposed in the adjacent heater well.
  • Magnetic steering may include directing the drilling by sensing and/or determining a magnetic field produced in an adjacent well.
  • the magnetic field may be produced in the adjacent well by flowing a current through an insulated cu ⁇ ent-ca ⁇ ying wireline disposed in the adjacent well.
  • magnetostatic steering may be used to form openings adjacent to a first opening.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,541,517 issued to Hartmann et al., which is inco ⁇ orated by reference as if fully set forth herein, describes a method for drilling a wellbore relative to a second wellbore that has magnetized casing portions.
  • a magnet or magnets When drilling a wellbore (opening), a magnet or magnets may be inserted into a first opening to provide a magnetic field used to guide a drilling mechanism that forms an adjacent opening or adjacent openings.
  • the magnetic field may be detected by a 3-axis fluxgate magnetometer in the opening being drilled.
  • a control system may use information detected by the magnetometer to determine and implement operation parameters needed to form an opening that is a selected distance away (e.g., parallel) from the first opening (within desired tolerances).
  • Some types of wells may require or need close tolerances. For example, freeze wells may need to be positioned parallel to each other with small or no variance in parallel alignment to allow for formation of a continuous frozen barrier around a freatment area. Also, vertical and/or horizontally positioned heater wells and/or production wells may need to be positioned parallel to each other with small or no variance in parallel alignment to allow for substantially unifonn heating and/or production from a treatment area in a formation.
  • FIG. 10 depicts a schematic representation of an embodiment of a magnetostatic drilling operation to form an opening that is a selected distance away from (e.g., substantially parallel to) a drilled opening.
  • Opening 514 may be formed in formation 6100.
  • Opening 514 may be a cased opening or an open hole opening.
  • Magnetic sfring 9678 may be inserted into opening 514.
  • Magnetic string 9678 may be unwound from a reel into opening 514.
  • magnetic string includes several segments 9680 of magnets within casing 6152.
  • casing 6152 may be a conduit made of a material that is not significantly influenced by a magnetic field (e.g., non-magnetic alloy such as non-magnetic stainless steel (e.g., 304, 310, 316 stainless steel), reinforced polymer pipe, or brass tubing).
  • the casing may be a conduit of a conductor-in-conduit heater, or it may be perforated liner or casing. If the casing is not significantly influenced by a magnetic field, then the magnetic flux will not be shielded.
  • the casing may be made of a material that is influenced by a magnetic field (e.g., carbon steel). The use of a material that is influenced by a magnetic field may weaken the strength of the magnetic field to be detected by drilling apparatus 9684 in adjacent opening 9685.
  • Magnets may be inserted in conduits 9681 in segments 9680.
  • Conduits 9681 may be threaded or seamless coiled tubing (e.g., tubing having an inside diameter of about 5 cm).
  • Members 9682 e.g., pins
  • a segment may be made of several north-south aligned magnets. Alignment of the magnets allows each segment to effectively be a long magnet.
  • a segment may include one magnet.
  • Magnets may be Alnico magnets or other types of magnets having significant magnetic strength. Two adjacent segments may be oriented to have opposite polarities so that the segments repel each other.
  • the magnetic string may include 2 or more magnetic segments. Segments may range in length from about 1.5 m to about 15 m. Magnetic segments may be formed from several magnets. Magnets used to form segments may have diameters greater than about 1 cm (about 4.5 cm). The magnets may be oriented so that the magnets are attracted to each other. For example, a segment may be made of 40 magnets each having a length of about 0.15 m. FIG. 11 depicts a schematic of a portion of magnetic string. Segments 9680 may be positioned such that adjacent segments 9680 have opposing polarities. In some embodiments, force may be applied to minimize distance 9692 between segments 9680. Additional segments may be added to increase a length of magnetic string 9678. Magnetic strings may be coiled after assembling.
  • Installation of the magnetic string may include uncoiling the magnetic string.
  • first segment 9697 may be positioned north-south in the conduit and second segment 9698 may be positioned south-north such that the south poles of segments 9697, 9698 are proximate each other.
  • Third segment 9696 may positioned in the conduit may be positioned in a north-south orientation such that the north poles of segments 9697, 9696 are proximate each other.
  • Magnet strings may include multiple south-south and north- north interfaces. As shown in FIG. 11, this configuration may induce a series of magnetic fields 9694.
  • Alternating the polarity of the segments within a magnetic string may provide several magnetic field differentials that allow for reduction in the amount of deviation that is a selected distance between the openings. Increasing a length of the segments within the magnetic string may increase the radial distance at which the magnetometer may detect a magnetic field. In some embodiments, the length of segments within the magnetic sfring may be varied. For example, more magnets may be used in the segment proximate the earth's surface than in segments positioned in the formation. In an embodiment, when the separation distance between two wellbores increases, then the segment length of the magnetic strings may also be increased, and vice versa. With shorter segment lengths, while the overall strength of the magnetic field is decreased, variations in the magnetic field occur more frequently, thus providing more guidance to the drilling operation. For example, segments having a length of about 6 m may induce a magnetic field sufficient to allow drilling of adjacent openings at distances of less than about 16 m. This configuration may allow a desired tolerance between the adjacent openings to be achieved.
  • the strength of the magnets used may affect a strength of the magnetic field induced.
  • a segment length of about 6 m may induce a magnetic field sufficient to drill adjacent openings at distances of less than about 6 m.
  • a segment length of about 6 m may induce a magnetic field sufficient to drill adjacent openings at distances of less than about 10 m
  • a length of the magnetic string may be based on an economic balance between cost of the string and the cost of having to reposition the sfring during drilling.
  • a string length may range from about 30 m to about 500 m.
  • a magnetic sfring may have a length of about 150 m.
  • the magnetic string may need to be repositioned if the openings being drilled are longer than the length of the string.
  • only the center well in this embodiment will include a more expensive nonmagnetic liner.
  • heated portion 310 may extend radially from heat source 300, as shown in FIG. 12.
  • a width of heated portion 310 in a direction extending radially from heat source 300, may be about 0 m to about 10 m.
  • a width of heated portion 310 may vary, however, depending upon, for example, heat provided by heat source 300 and the characteristics of the formation. Heat provided by heat source 300 will typically transfer through the heated portion to create a temperature gradient within the heated portion. For example, a temperature proximate the heater well will generally be higher than a temperature proximate an outer lateral boundary of the heated portion. A temperature gradient within the heated portion may vary within the heated portion depending on various factors (e.g., thermal conductivity of the formation, density, and porosity).
  • a temperature within at least a section of the heated portion may be within a pyrolysis temperature range.
  • a front at which pyrolysis occurs will in many instances travel outward from the heat source.
  • heat from the heat source may be allowed to transfer into a selected section of the heated portion such that heat from the heat source pyrolyzes at least some of the hydrocarbons within the selected section.
  • Pyrolysis may occur within selected section 315 of the heated portion, and pyrolyzation fluids will be generated in the selected section.
  • Selected section 315 may have a width radially extending from the inner lateral boundary of the selected section.
  • width of the selected section may be dependent on a number of factors. The factors may include, but are not limited to, time that heat source 300 is supplying energy to the fonnation, thermal conductivity properties of the formation, extent of pyrolyzation of hydrocarbons in the formation.
  • a width of selected section 315 may expand for a significant time after initialization of heat source 300.
  • a width of selected section 315 may initially be zero and may expand to 10 m or more after initialization of heat source 300.
  • An inner boundary of selected section 315 may be radially spaced from the heat source.
  • the inner boundary may define a volume of spent hydrocarbons 317.
  • Spent hydrocarbons 317 may include a volume of hydrocarbon material that is transformed to coke due to the proximity and heat of heat source 300. Coking may occur by pyrolysis reactions that occur due to a rapid increase in temperature in a short time period. Applying heat to a formation at a controlled rate may allow for avoidance of significant coking, however, some coking may occur in the vicinity of heat sources.
  • Spent hydrocarbons 317 may also include a volume of material that has been subjected to pyrolysis and the removal of pyrolysis fluids.
  • the volume of material that has been subjected to pyrolysis and the removal of pyrolysis fluids may produce insignificant amounts or no additional pyrolysis fluids with increases in temperature.
  • the inner lateral boundary may advance radially outwards as time progresses during operation of an in situ conversion process.
  • a plurality of heated portions may exist within a unit of heat sources.
  • a unit of heat sources refers to a minimal number of heat sources that form a template that is repeated to create a pattern of heat sources within the formation.
  • the heat sources may be located within the formation such that supe ⁇ osition (overlapping) of heat produced from the heat sources occurs. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 13, transfer of heat from two or more heat sources 330 results in supe ⁇ osition of heat to region 332 between the heat sources 330.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat may occur between two, three, four, five, six, or more heat sources.
  • Region 332 is an area in which temperature is influenced by various heat sources.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat may provide the ability to efficiently raise the temperature of large volumes of a formation to pyrolysis temperatures.
  • the size of region 332 may be significantly affected by the spacing between heat sources.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat may increase a temperature in at least a portion of the formation to a temperature sufficient for pyrolysis of hydrocarbons within the portion.
  • Supe ⁇ osition of heat to region 332 may increase the quantity of hydrocarbons in a fo ⁇ nation that are subjected to pyrolysis.
  • Selected sections of a formation that are subjected to pyrolysis may include regions 334 brought into a pyrolysis temperature range by heat fransfer from substantially only one heat source. Selected sections of a formation that are subjected to pyrolysis may also include regions 332 brought into a pyrolysis temperature range by supe ⁇ osition of heat from multiple heat sources.
  • a pattern of heat sources will often include many units of heat sources. There will typically be many heated portions, as well as many selected sections within the pattern of heat sources. Supe ⁇ osition of heat within a pattern of heat sources may decrease the time necessary to reach pyrolysis temperatures within the multitude of heated portions. Supe ⁇ osition of heat may allow for a relatively large spacing between adjacent heat sources. In some embodiments, a large spacing may provide for a relatively slow heating rate of hydrocarbon material. The slow heating rate may allow for pyrolysis of hydrocarbon material with minimal coking or no coking within the formation away from areas in the vicinity of the heat sources. Heating from heat sources allows the selected section to reach pyrolysis temperatures so that all hydrocarbons within the selected section may be subject to pyrolysis reactions.
  • a majority of pyrolysis fluids are produced when the selected section is within a range from about 0 m to about 25 m from a heat source.
  • a heating rate may be controlled to minimize costs associated with heating a selected section.
  • the costs may include, for example, input energy costs and equipment costs.
  • a cost associated with heating a selected section may be minimized by reducing a heating rate when the cost associated with heating is relatively high and increasing the heating rate when the cost associated with heating is relatively low. For example, a heating rate of about 330 watts/m may be used when the associated cost is relatively high, and a heating rate of about 1640 watts/m may be used when the associated cost is relatively low.
  • the cost associated with heating may be relatively high at peak times of energy use, such as during the daytime.
  • energy use may be high in warm climates during the daytime in the summer due to energy use for air conditioning.
  • Low times of energy use may be, for example, at night or during weekends, when energy demand tends to be lower.
  • the heating rate may be varied from a higher heating rate during low energy usage times, such as during the night, to a lower heating rate during high energy usage times, such as during the day.
  • one or more production wells 104 will typically be placed within the portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Formation fluids may be produced through production well 104.
  • production well 104 may include a heat source. The heat source may heat the portions of the formation at or near the production well and allow for vapor phase removal of formation fluids. The need for high temperature pumping of liquids from the production well may be reduced or eliminated. Avoiding or limiting high temperature pumping of liquids may significantly decrease production costs.
  • Providing heating at or through the production well may: (1) inhibit condensation and/or refluxing of production fluid when such production fluid is moving in the production well proximate the overburden, (2) increase heat input into the formation, and/or (3) increase fo ⁇ nation permeability at or proximate the production well.
  • an amount of heat supplied to production wells is significantly less than an amount of heat applied to heat sources that heat the formation.
  • production wells may be provided in upper portions of hydrocarbon layers. As shown in FIG. 8, production wells 206 may extend into a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons near the top of heated portion 208. Extending production wells significantly into the depth of the heated hydrocarbon layer may be unnecessary.
  • Fluid generated within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may move a considerable distance through the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons as a vapor.
  • the considerable distance may be over 1000 m depending on various factors (e.g., permeability of the formation, properties of the fluid, temperature of the formation, and pressure gradient allowing movement of the fluid).
  • production wells may only need to be provided in every other unit of heat sources or every third, fourth, fifth, or sixth units of heat sources.
  • Embodiments of a production well may include valves that alter, maintain, and/or control a pressure of at least a portion of the formation.
  • Production wells may be cased wells.
  • Production wells may have production screens or perforated casings adjacent to production zones.
  • the production wells may be surrounded by sand, gravel or other packing materials adjacent to production zones.
  • Production wells 104 may be coupled to treatment facilities 108, as shown in FIG. 2.
  • production wells may be operated such that the production wells are at a lower pressure than other portions of the formation.
  • a vacuum may be drawn at the production wells. Maintaining the production wells at lower pressures may inhibit fluids in the formation from migrating outside of the in situ freatment area.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an embodiment of production well 6108 placed in hydrocarbon layer 6100.
  • Production well 6108 may be used to produce fo ⁇ nation fluids from hydrocarbon layer 6100.
  • Hydrocarbon layer 6100 may be treated using an in situ conversion process.
  • Production conduit 6106 may be placed within production well 6108.
  • production conduit 6106 is a hollow sucker rod placed in production well 6108.
  • Production conduit 6106 and production well 6108 may include non-corrosive materials such as steel.
  • production conduit 6106 may include heat source 6105.
  • Heat source 6105 may be a heater placed inside or outside production conduit 6106 or formed as part of the production conduit. Heat source
  • a skin-effect heater is an electric heater that uses eddy current heating to induce resistive losses in production conduit 6106 to heat the production conduit.
  • An example of a skin-effect heater is obtainable from Dagang Oil Products (China).
  • Heating of production conduit 6106 may inhibit condensation and/or refluxing in the production conduit or within production well 6108. In certain embodiments, heating of production conduit 6106 may inhibit plugging of pump 6107 by liquids (e.g., heavy hydrocarbons). For example, heat source 6105 may heat production conduit
  • heat source 6105 may heat production conduit 6106 and/or production well 6108 to temperatures of about 200 °C to about 250 °C to maintain produced fluids substantially in a vapor phase by inhibiting condensation and/or reflux of fluids in the production well.
  • Pump 6107 may be coupled to production conduit 6106. Pump 6107 may be used to pump formation fluids from hydrocarbon layer 6100 into production conduit 6106. Pump 6107 may be any pump used to pump fluids, such as a rod pump, PCP, jet pump, gas lift pump, centrifugal pump, rotary pump, or submersible pump.
  • Pump 6107 may be used to pump fluids through production conduit 6106 to a surface of the formation above overburden 540.
  • pump 6107 can be used to pump formation fluids that may be liquids.
  • Liquids may be produced from hydrocarbon layer 6100 prior to production well 6108 being heated to a temperature sufficient to vaporize liquids within the production well.
  • liquids produced from the formation tend to include water. Removing liquids from the formation before heating the formation, or during early times of heating before pyrolysis occurs, tends to reduce the amount of heat input that is needed to produce hydrocarbons from the formation.
  • formation fluids that are liquids may be produced through production conduit 6106 using pump 6107. Formation fluids that are vapors may be simultaneously produced through an annulus of production well 6108 outside of production conduit 6106.
  • Insulation may be placed on a wall of production well 6108 in a section of the production well within overburden 540.
  • the insulation may be cement or any other suitable low heat fransfer material. Insulating the overburden section of production well 6108 may inhibit transfer of heat from fluids being produced from the formation into the overburden.
  • a mixture may be produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the mixture may be produced through a heater well disposed in the formation. Producing the mixture through the heater well may increase a production rate of the mixture as compared to a production rate of a mixture produced through a non-heater well.
  • a non-heater well may include a production well.
  • a production well may be heated to increase a production rate.
  • a heated production well may inhibit condensation of higher carbon numbers (C 5 or above) in the production well.
  • a heated production well may inhibit problems associated with producing a hot, multi-phase fluid from a formation.
  • a heated production well may have an improved production rate as compared to a non-heated production well.
  • Heat applied to the formation adjacent to the production well from the production well may increase formation permeability adjacent to the production well by vaporizing and removing liquid phase fluid adjacent to the production well and/or by increasing the permeability of the formation adjacent to the production well by formation of macro and or micro fractures.
  • a heater in a lower portion of a production well may be turned off when supe ⁇ osition of heat from heat sources heats the formation sufficiently to counteract benefits provided by heating from within the production well.
  • a heater in an upper portion of a production well may remain on after a heater in a lower portion of the well is deactivated.
  • the heater in the upper portion of the well may inhibit condensation and reflux of formation fluid.
  • heated production wells may improve product quality by causing production through a hot zone in the formation adjacent to the heated production well.
  • a final phase of thermal cracking may exist in the hot zone adjacent to the production well.
  • Producing through a hot zone adjacent to a heated production well may allow for an increased olefin content in non-condensable hydrocarbons and/or condensable hydrocarbons in the formation fluids.
  • the hot zone may produce formation fluids with a greater percentage of non-condensable hydrocarbons due to thermal cracking in the hot zone.
  • the extent of thermal cracking may depend on a temperature of the hot zone and/or on a residence time in the hot zone.
  • a heater can be deliberately run hotter to promote the fiirther in situ upgrading of hydrocarbons. This may be an advantage in the case of heavy hydrocarbons in which some heavy hydrocarbons tend to flow into the production well before sufficient upgrading has occurred.
  • heating in or proximate a production well may be controlled such that a desired mixture is produced through the production well.
  • the desired mixture may have a selected yield of non-condensable hydrocarbons.
  • the selected yield of non-condensable hydrocarbons may be about 75 weight % non- condensable hydrocarbons or, in some embodiments, about 50 weight % to about 100 weight %.
  • the desired mixture may have a selected yield of condensable hydrocarbons.
  • the selected yield of condensable hydrocarbons may be about 75 weight % condensable hydrocarbons or, in some embodiments, about 50 weight % to about 95 weight %.
  • a temperature and a pressure may be controlled within the formation to inhibit the production of carbon dioxide and increase production of carbon monoxide and molecular hydrogen during synthesis gas production.
  • the mixture is produced through a production well (or heater well), which may be heated to inhibit the production of carbon dioxide.
  • a mixture produced from a first portion of the formation may be recycled into a second portion of the formation to inhibit the production of carbon dioxide.
  • the mixture produced from the first portion may be at a lower temperature than the mixture produced from the second portion of the formation.
  • a desired volume ratio of molecular hydrogen to carbon monoxide in synthesis gas may be produced from the formation.
  • the desired volume ratio may be about 2.0:1.
  • the volume ratio may be maintained between about 1.8:1 and 2.2:1 for synthesis gas.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a pattern of heat sources 400 and production wells 402 that may be used to treat a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Heat sources 400 may be arranged in a unit of heat sources such as triangular pattern 401. Heat sources 400, however, may be arranged in a variety of patterns including, but not limited to, squares, hexagons, and other polygons.
  • the pattern may include a regular polygon to promote uniform heating of the formation in which the heat sources are placed.
  • the pattern may also be a line drive pattern.
  • a line drive pattern generally includes a first linear array of heater wells, a second linear array of heater wells, and a production well or a linear array of production wells between the first and second linear a ⁇ ay of heater wells.
  • a distance from a node of a polygon to a centroid of the polygon is smallest for a 3 -sided polygon and increases with increasing number of sides of the polygon.
  • the distance from a node to the centroid for an equilateral triangle is (length/2)/(square root(3)/2) or 0.5774 times the length.
  • the distance from a node to the centroid is (length/2)/(square root(2)/2) or 0.7071 times the length.
  • the distance from a node to the centroid is (Iength/2)/(l/2) or the length.
  • the difference in distance between a heat source and a midpoint to a second heat source (length/2) and the distance from a heat source to the centroid for an equilateral pattern (0.5774 times the length) is significantly less for the equilateral triangle pattern than for any higher order polygon pattern.
  • the small difference means that supe ⁇ osition of heat may develop more rapidly and that the formation may rise to a more uniform temperature between heat sources using an equilateral triangle pattern rather than a higher order polygon pattern.
  • Triangular patterns tend to provide more uniform heating to a portion of the formation in comparison to other patterns such as squares and/or hexagons. Triangular patterns tend to provide faster heating to a predetermined temperature in comparison to other patterns such as squares or hexagons.
  • the use of triangular patterns may result in smaller volumes of a formation being overheated.
  • a plurality of units of heat sources such as triangular pattern 401 may be a ⁇ anged substantially adjacent to each other to form a repetitive pattern of units over an area of the formation.
  • triangular patterns 401 may be arranged substantially adjacent to each other in a repetitive pattern of units by inverting an orientation of adjacent triangles 401.
  • Production wells may be disposed in the formation in a repetitive pattern of units.
  • production well 402 may be disposed proximate a center of every third triangle 401 arranged in the pattern.
  • Production well 402 may be disposed in every triangle 401 or within just a few triangles.
  • a production well may be placed within every 13, 20, or 30 heater well triangles.
  • a ratio of heat sources in the repetitive pattern of units to production wells in the repetitive pattern of units may be more than approximately 5 (e.g., more than 6, 7, 8, or 9).
  • three or more production wells may be located within an area defined by a repetitive pattern of units.
  • production wells 410 may be located within an area defined by repetitive pattern of units 412.
  • Production wells 410 may be located in the formation in a unit of production wells.
  • the location of production wells 402, 410 within a pattern of heat sources 400 may be determined by, for example, a desired heating rate of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, a heating rate of the heat sources, the type of heat sources used, the type of relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons (and its thickness), the composition of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, permeability of the formation, the desired composition to be produced from the formation, and/or a desired production rate.
  • One or more injection wells may be disposed within a repetitive pattern of units. For example, as shown in
  • injection wells 414 may be located within an area defined by repetitive pattern of units 416. Injection wells 414 may also be located in the formation in a unit of injection wells. For example, the unit of injection wells may be a triangular pattern. Injection wells 414, however, may be disposed in any other pattern. In certain embodiments, one or more production wells and one or more injection wells may be disposed in a repetitive pattern of units. For example, as shown in FIG. 15, production wells 418 and injection wells 420 may be located within an area defined by repetitive pattern of units 422. Production wells 418 may be located in the formation in a unit of production wells, which may be arranged in a first triangular pattern.
  • injection wells 420 may be located within the formation in a unit of production wells, which are a ⁇ anged in a second triangular pattern.
  • the first triangular pattern may be different than the second triangular pattern.
  • areas defined by the first and second triangular patterns may be different.
  • One or more monitoring wells may be disposed within a repetitive pattern of units.
  • Monitoring wells may include one or more devices that measure temperature, pressure, and/or fluid properties.
  • logging tools may be placed in monitoring well wellbores to measure properties within a formation. The logging tools may be moved to other monitoring well wellbores as needed.
  • the monitoring well wellbores may be cased or uncased wellbores.
  • monitoring wells 424 may be located within an area defined by repetitive pattern of units 426. Monitoring wells 424 may be located in the formation in a unit of monitoring wells, which may be a ⁇ anged in a triangular pattern. Monitoring wells 424, however, may be disposed in any of the other patterns within repetitive pattern of units 426.
  • a geometrical pattern of heat sources 400 and production wells 402 is described herein by example.
  • a pattern of heat sources and production wells will in many instances vary depending on, for example, the type of relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to be treated.
  • heater wells may be aligned along one or more layers along strike or along dip.
  • heat sources may be at an angle to one or more layers (e.g., orthogonally or diagonally).
  • a triangular pattern of heat sources may treat a hydrocarbon layer having a thickness of about 10 m or more.
  • a line and/or staggered line pattern of heat sources may treat the hydrocarbon layer.
  • heating wells may be placed close to an edge of the layer (e.g., in a staggered line instead of a line placed in the center of the layer) to increase the amount of hydrocarbons produced per unit of energy input.
  • a portion of input heating energy may heat non-hydrocarbon portions of the formation, but the staggered pattern may allow supe ⁇ osition of heat to heat a majority of the hydrocarbon layers to pyrolysis temperatures.
  • the thin formation is heated by placing one or more heater wells in the layer along a center of the thickness, a significant portion of the hydrocarbon layers may not be heated to pyrolysis temperatures.
  • placing heater wells closer to an edge of the layer may increase the volume of layer undergoing pyrolysis per unit of energy input.
  • heater wells may be substantially horizontal while production wells may be vertical, or vice versa.
  • wells may be aligned along dip or strike or oriented at an angle between dip and strike.
  • the spacing between heat sources may vary depending on a number of factors. The factors may include, but are not limited to, the type of a relatively low permeability formation, the selected heating rate, and or the selected average temperature to be obtained within the heated portion. In some well pattern embodiments, the spacing between heat sources may be within a range of about 5 m to about 25 m. In some well pattern embodiments, spacing between heat sources may be within a range of about 8 m to about 15 m.
  • the spacing between heat sources may influence the composition of fluids produced from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • a computer-implemented simulation may be used to determine optimum heat source spacings within a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • At least one property of a portion of relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons can usually be measured. The measured property may include, but is not limited to, hydrogen content, atomic hydrogen to carbon ratio, oxygen content, atomic oxygen to carbon ratio, water content, thickness of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, and/or the amount of stratification of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons into separate layers of rock and hydrocarbons.
  • a computer-implemented simulation may include providing at least one measured property to a computer system.
  • One or more sets of heat source spacings in the formation may also be provided to the computer system.
  • a spacing between heat sources may be less than about 30 m.
  • a spacing between heat sources may be less than about 15 m.
  • the simulation may include determining properties of fluids produced from the portion as a function of time for each set of heat source spacings.
  • the produced fluids may include formation fluids such as pyrolyzation fluids or synthesis gas.
  • the determined properties may include, but are not limited to, API gravity, carbon number distribution, olefin content, hydrogen content, carbon monoxide content, and/or carbon dioxide content.
  • the determined set of properties of the produced fluid may be compared to a set of selected properties of a produced fluid. Sets of properties that match the set of selected properties may be determined.
  • heat source spacings may be matched to heat source spacings associated with desired properties.
  • unit cell 404 will often include a number of heat sources 400 disposed within a formation around each production well 402.
  • An area of unit cell 404 may be determined by midlines 406 that may be equidistant and pe ⁇ endicular to a line connecting two production wells 402. Vertices 408 of the unit cell may be at the intersection of two midlines 406 between production wells 402.
  • Heat sources 400 may be disposed in any arrangement within the area of unit cell 404.
  • heat sources 400 may be located within the formation such that a distance between each heat source varies by less than approximately 10 %, 20 %, or 30 %.
  • heat sources 400 may be disposed such that an approximately equal space exists between each of the heat sources.
  • Other arrangements of heat sources 400 within unit cell 404 may be used.
  • a ratio of heat sources 400 to production wells 402 may be determined by counting the number of heat sources 400 and production wells 402 within unit cell 404 or over the total field.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an embodiment of unit cell 404.
  • Unit cell 404 includes heat sources 400 and production well 402.
  • Unit cell 404 may have six full heat sources 400a and six partial heat sources 400b.
  • Full heat sources 400a may be closer to production well 402 than partial heat sources 400b.
  • an entirety of each of full heat sources 400a may be located within unit cell 404.
  • Partial heat sources 400b may be partially disposed within unit cell 404. Only a portion of heat source 400b disposed within unit cell 404 may provide heat to a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons disposed within unit cell 404.
  • a remaining portion of heat source 400b disposed outside of unit cell 404 may provide heat to a remaining portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons outside of unit cell 404.
  • partial heat source 400b may be counted as one-half of full heat source 400a. In other unit cell embodiments, fractions other than 1/2 (e.g., 1/3) may more accurately describe the amount of heat applied to a portion from a partial heat source based on geometrical considerations.
  • the total number of heat sources 400 in unit cell 404 may include six full heat sources 400a that are each counted as one heat source, and six partial heat sources 400b that are each counted as one-half of a heat source.
  • a ratio of heat sources 400 to production wells 402 in unit cell 404 may be determined as 9:1.
  • a ratio of heat sources to production wells may be varied, however, depending on, for example, the desired heating rate of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, the heating rate of the heat sources, the type of heat source, the type of a relatively low permeability formation, the composition of relatively low pe ⁇ neability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, the desired composition of the produced fluid, and/or the desired production rate.
  • An appropriate ratio of heat sources to production wells may include ratios greater than about 5:1. In some embodiments, an appropriate ratio of heat sources to production wells may be about 10:1, 20:1, 50:1, or greater. If larger ratios are used, then project costs tend to decrease since less wells and equipment are needed.
  • a selected section is generally the volume of formation that is within a perimeter defined by the location of the outermost heat sources (assuming that the formation is viewed from above). For example, if four heat sources were located in a single square pattern with an area of about 100 m 2 (with each source located at a comer of the square), and if the formation had an average thickness of approximately 5 m across this area, then the selected section would be a volume of about 500 m 3 (i.e., the area multiplied by the average formation thickness across the area). In many commercial applications, many heat sources (e.g., hundreds or thousands) may be adjacent to each other to heat a selected section, and therefore only the outermost heat sources (i.e., edge heat sources) would define the perimeter of the selected section.
  • Each computational system 6250 typically includes components such as one or more central processing units (CPU) 6252 with associated memory mediums, represented by floppy disks or compact discs (CDs) 6260.
  • the memory mediums may store program instructions for computer programs, wherein the program instructions are executable by CPU 6252.
  • Computational system 6250 may further include one or more display devices such as monitor 6254, one or more alphanumeric input devices such as keyboard 6256, and one or more directional input devices such as mouse 6258.
  • Computational system 6250 is operable to execute the computer programs to implement (e.g., control, design, simulate, and/or operate) in situ processing of formation systems and methods.
  • Computational system 6250 preferably includes one or more memory mediums on which computer programs according to various embodiments may be stored.
  • the term "memory medium” may include an installation medium, e.g., CD-ROM or floppy disks 6260, a computational system memory such as DRAM, SRAM, EDO DRAM, SDRAM,
  • DDR SDRAM DDR SDRAM, Rambus RAM, etc.
  • a non-volatile memory such as a magnetic media (e.g., a hard drive) or optical storage.
  • the memory medium may include other types of memory as well, or combinations thereof.
  • the memory medium may be located in a first computer that is used to execute the programs.
  • the memory medium may be located in a second computer, or other computers, connected to the first computer (e.g., over a network). In the latter case, the second computer provides the program instructions to the first computer for execution.
  • computational system 6250 may take various forms, including a personal computer, mainframe computational system, workstation, network appliance, Internet appliance, personal digital assistant (PDA), television system, or other device.
  • the term "computational system” can be broadly defined to encompass any device, or system of devices, having a processor that executes instructions from a memory medium.
  • the memory medium preferably stores a software program or programs for event-triggered transaction processing.
  • the software program(s) may be implemented in any of various ways, including procedure-based techniques, component-based techniques, and/or object-oriented techniques, among others.
  • the software program may be implemented using ActiveX controls, C++ objects, JavaBeans, Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC), or other technologies or methodologies, as desired.
  • a CPU such as host CPU 6252, executing code and data from the memory medium, includes a system/process for creating and executing the software program or programs according to the methods and/or block diagrams described below.
  • the computer programs executable by computational system 6250 may be implemented in an object-oriented programming language.
  • object-oriented programming language data and related methods can be grouped together or encapsulated to form an entity known as an object. All objects in an object-oriented programming system belong to a class, which can be thought of as a category of like objects that describes the characteristics of those objects. Each object is created as an instance of the class by a program. The objects may therefore be said to have been instantiated from the class.
  • the class sets out variables and methods for objects that belong to that class.
  • the definition of the class does not itself create any objects.
  • the class may define initial values for its variables, and it normally defines the methods associated with the class (e.g., includes the program code which is executed when a method is invoked). The class may thereby provide all of the program code that will be used by objects in the class, hence maximizing re-use of code that is shared by objects in the class.
  • FIG. 18 a block diagram of one embodiment of computational system 6270 including processor 6293 coupled to a variety of system components through bus bridge 6292 is shown. Other embodiments are possible and contemplated.
  • main memory 6296 is coupled to bus bridge 6292 through memory bus 6294
  • graphics controller 6288 is coupled to bus bridge 6292 through AGP bus 6290.
  • a plurality of PCI devices 6282 and 6284 are coupled to bus bridge 6292 through PCI bus 6276.
  • Secondary bus bridge 6274 may further be provided to accommodate an electrical interface to one or more EISA or ISA devices 6280 through EISA/ISA bus 6278.
  • Processor 6293 is coupled to bus bridge 6292 through CPU bus 6295 and to optional L2 cache 6297.
  • Bus bridge 6292 provides an interface between processor 6293, main memory 6296, graphics controller
  • bus bridge 6292 identifies the target of the operation (e.g., a particular device or, in the case of PCI bus 6276, that the target is on PCI bus 6276).
  • Bus bridge 6292 routes the operation to the targeted device.
  • Bus bridge 6292 generally translates an operation from the protocol used by the source device or bus to the protocol used by the target device or bus.
  • secondary bus bridge 6274 may further inco ⁇ orate additional functionality, as desired.
  • An input/output confroller (not shown), either external from or integrated with secondary bus bridge 6274, may also be included within computational system 6270 to provide operational support for keyboard and mouse 6272 and for various serial and parallel ports, as desired.
  • An external cache unit (not shown) may further be coupled to CPU bus 6295 between processor 6293 and bus bridge 6292 in other embodhnents. Alternatively, the external cache may be coupled to bus bridge 6292 and cache control logic for the external cache may be integrated into bus bridge 6292.
  • L2 cache 6297 is further shown in a backside configuration to processor 6293.
  • L2 cache 6297 may be separate from processor 6293, integrated into a cartridge (e.g., slot 1 or slot A) with processor 6293, or even integrated onto a semiconductor substrate with processor 6293.
  • Main memory 6296 is a memory in which application programs are stored and from which processor 6293 primarily executes.
  • a suitable main memory 6296 comprises DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory).
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM Synchronous DRAM
  • DDR Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • RDRAM Rambus DRAM
  • PCI devices 6282 and 6284 are illustrative of a variety of peripheral devices such as, for example, network interface cards, video accelerators, audio cards, hard or floppy disk drives or drive controllers, SCSI (Small
  • ISA device 6280 is illustrative of various types of peripheral devices, such as a modem, a sound card, and a variety of data acquisition cards such as GPIB or field bus interface cards.
  • Graphics confroller 6288 is provided to confrol the rendering of text and images on display 6286.
  • Graphics controller 6288 may embody a typical graphics accelerator generally known in the art to render three- dimensional data structures that can be effectively shifted into and from main memory 6296.
  • Graphics controller 6288 may therefore be a master of AGP bus 6290 in that it can request and receive access to a target interface within bus bridge 6292 to thereby obtain access to main memory 6296.
  • a dedicated graphics bus accommodates rapid retrieval of data from main memory 6296.
  • graphics confroller 6288 may generate PCI protocol transactions on AGP bus 6290.
  • the AGP interface of bus bridge 6292 may thus include functionality to support both AGP protocol transactions as well as PCI protocol target and initiator transactions.
  • Display 6286 is any electronic display upon which an image or text can be presented.
  • a suitable display 6286 includes a cathode ray tube ("CRT"), a liquid crystal display (“LCD”), etc.
  • computational system 6270 may be a multiprocessing computational system including additional processors (e.g., processor 6291 shown as an optional component of computational system 6270).
  • processor 6291 may be similar to processor 6293. More particularly, processor 6291 may be an identical copy of processor 6293.
  • Processor 6291 may be connected to bus bridge 6292 via an independent bus (as shown in FIG. 18) or may share CPU bus 6295 with processor 6293.
  • processor 6291 may be coupled to an optional L2 cache 6298 similar to L2 cache 6297.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a flow chart of a computer-implemented method for treating a hydrocarbon formation based on a characteristic of the formation.
  • At least one characteristic 6370 may be input into computational system 6250.
  • Computational system 6250 may process at least one characteristic 6370 using a software executable to determine a set of operating conditions 6372 for treating the formation with in situ process 6310.
  • the software executable may process equations relating to formation characteristics and/or the relationships between formation characteristics.
  • At least one characteristic 6370 may include, but is not limited to, an overburden thickness, depth of the formation, type of formation, permeability, density, porosity, moisture content, and other organic maturity indicators, oil saturation, water saturation, volatile matter content, oil chemistry, net-to-gross ratio, carbon content, hydrogen content, oxygen content, sulfur content, nitrogen content, mineralology, soluble compound content, elemental composition, hydrogeology, water zones, gas zones, barren zones, mechanical properties, or top seal character.
  • Computational system 6250 may be used to control in situ process 6310 using determined set of operating conditions 6372.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment used to control an in situ conversion process (ICP) in formation 6600.
  • Barrier well 6602, monitor well 6604, production well 6606, and heater well 6608 may be placed in formation 6600.
  • Ba ⁇ ier well 6602 may be used to confrol water conditions within formation 6600.
  • Monitoring well 6604 may be used to monitor subsurface conditions in the formation, such as, but not limited to, pressure, temperature, product quality, or fracture progression.
  • Production well 6606 may be used to produce formation fluids (e.g., oil, gas, and water) from the formation.
  • Heater well 6608 may be used to provide heat to the formation.
  • Formation conditions such as, but not limited to, pressure, temperature, fracture progression (monitored, for instance, by acoustical sensor data), and fluid quality (e.g., product quality or water quality) may be monitored through one or more of wells 6602, 6604, 6606, and 6608.
  • fluid quality e.g., product quality or water quality
  • Surface data such as pump status (e.g., pump on or off), fluid flow rate, surface pressure/temperature, and heater power may be monitored by instruments placed at each well or certain wells.
  • subsurface data such as pressure, temperature, fluid quality, and acoustical sensor data may be monitored by instruments placed at each well or certain wells.
  • Surface data 6610 from barrier well 6602 may include pump status, flow rate, and surface pressure/temperature.
  • Surface data 6612 from production well 6606 may include pump status, flow rate, and surface pressure/temperature.
  • Subsurface data 6614 from barrier well 6602 may include pressure, temperature, water quality, and acoustical sensor data.
  • Subsurface data 6616 from monitoring well 6604 may include pressure, temperature, product quality, and acoustical sensor data.
  • Subsurface data 6618 from production well 6606 may include pressure, temperature, product quality, and acoustical sensor data.
  • 6608 may mclude pressure, temperature, and acoustical sensor data.
  • Surface data 6610 and 6612 and subsurface data 6614, 6616, 6618, and 6620 may be monitored as analog data 6621 from one or more measuring instruments.
  • Analog data 6621 may be converted to digital data 6623 in analog-to-digital converter 6622.
  • Digital data 6623 may be provided to computational system 6250.
  • one or more measuring instruments may provide digital data to computational system 6250.
  • Computational system 6250 may include a distributed central processing unit (CPU). Computational system 6250 may process digital data 6623 to inte ⁇ ret analog data 6621. Output from computational system 6250 may be provided to remote display 6624, data storage 6626, display 6628, or to a surface facility 6630. Surface facility 6630 may include, for example, a hydrotreating plant, a liquid processing plant, or a gas processing plant. Computational system 6250 may provide digital output 6632 to digital-to-analog converter 6634. Digital-to-analog converter 6634 may converter digital output 6632 to analog output 6636. Analog output 6636 may include instructions to control one or more conditions of formation 6600.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • Analog output 6636 may include instructions to control the ICP within formation 6600.
  • Analog output 6636 may include instructions to adjust one or more parameters of the ICP. The one or more parameters may include, but are not limited to, pressure, temperature, product composition, and product quality.
  • Analog output 6636 may include instructions for confrol of pump status 6640 or flow rate 6642 at ba ⁇ ier well 6602.
  • Analog output 6636 may include instructions for control of pump status 6644 or flow rate 6646 at production well 6606.
  • Analog output 6636 may also include instructions for control of heater power 6648 at heater well 6608.
  • Analog output 6636 may include instructions to vary one or more conditions such as pump status, flow rate, or heater power.
  • Analog output 6636 may also include instructions to turn on and/or off pumps, heaters, or monitoring instruments located at each well.
  • Remote input data 6638 may also be provided to computational system 6250 to control conditions within formation 6600.
  • Remote input data 6638 may include data used to adjust conditions of formation 6600.
  • Remote input data 6638 may include data such as, but not limited to, elecfricity cost, gas or oil prices, pipeline tariffs, data from simulations, plant emissions, or refinery availability.
  • Remote input data 6638 may be used by computational system 6250 to adjust digital output 6632 to a desired value.
  • surface facility data 6650 may be provided to computational system 6250.
  • An in situ conversion process may be monitored using a feedback confrol process. Conditions within a formation may be monitored and used within the feedback confrol process.
  • a formation being treated using an in situ conversion process may undergo changes in mechanical properties due to the conversion of solids and viscous liquids to vapors, fracture propagation (e.g., to overburden, underburden, water tables, etc.), increases in pe ⁇ neability or porosity and decreases in density, moisture evaporation, and/or thermal instability of matrix minerals (leading to dehydration and decarbonation reactions and shifts in stable mineral assemblages).
  • Remote monitoring techniques that will sense these changes in reservoir properties may include, but are not limited to, 4D (4 dimension) time lapse seismic monitoring, 3D/3C (3 dimension/3 component) seismic passive acoustic monitoring of fracturing, time lapse 3D seismic passive acoustic monitoring of fracturing, electrical resistivity, thermal mapping, surface or downhole tilt meters, surveying permanent surface monuments, chemical sniffing or laser sensors for surface gas abundance, and gravimetrics.
  • More direct subsurface-based monitoring techniques may include high temperature downhole instrumentation (such as thermocouples and other temperature sensing mechanisms, stress sensors, or instrumentation in the producer well to detect gas flows on a finely incremental basis).
  • a "base" seismic monitoring may be conducted, and then subsequent seismic results can be compared to determine changes.
  • Simulation methods on a computer system may be used to model an in situ process for treating a formation. Simulations may determine and/or predict operating conditions (e.g., pressure, temperature, etc.), products that may be produced from the formation at given operating conditions, and/or product characteristics
  • a computer simulation may be used to model fluid mechanics (including mass fransfer and heat fransfer) and kinetics within the formation to determine characteristics of products produced during heating of the formation.
  • a formation may be modeled using commercially available simulation programs such as STARS, THERM, FLUENT, or CFX.
  • combinations of simulation programs may be used to more accurately determine or predict characteristics of the in situ process.
  • Results of the simulations may be used to determine operating conditions within the formation prior to actual treatment of the formation. Results of the simulations may also be used to adjust operating conditions during treatment of the formation based on a change in a property of the formation and/or a change in a desired property of a product produced from the formation.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a flowchart of an embodiment of method 9470 for modeling an in situ process for treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons using a computer system.
  • At least one property 9472 of the fo ⁇ nation may include providing at least one property 9472 of the fo ⁇ nation to the computer system.
  • Properties of the fo ⁇ nation may include, but are not limited to, porosity, pe ⁇ neability, saturation, thermal conductivity, volumetric heat capacity, compressibility, composition, and number and types of phases in the formation. Properties may also include chemical components, chemical reactions, and kinetic parameters.
  • At least one operating condition 9474 of the process may also be provided to the computer system.
  • operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, pressure, temperature, heating rate, heat input rate, process time, weight percentage of gases, production characteristics (e.g., flow rates, locations, compositions), and peripheral water recovery or injection.
  • operating conditions may include characteristics of the well pattern such as producer well location, producer well orientation, ratio of producer wells to heater wells, heater well spacing, type of heater well pattern, heater well orientation, and distance between an overburden and horizontal heater wells.
  • a method may include assessing at least one process characteristic 9478 of the in situ process using simulation method 9476 on the computer system. At least one process characteristic may be assessed as a function of time from at least one property of the formation and at least one operating condition.
  • Process characteristics may include properties of a produced fluid such as API gravity, olefin content, carbon number distribution, ethene to ethane ratio, atomic carbon to hydrogen ratio, and ratio of non condensable hydrocarbons to condensable hydrocarbons (gas/oil ratio). Process characteristics may also include a pressure and temperature in the formation, total mass recovery from the formation, and or production rate of fluid produced from the fo ⁇ nation.
  • a simulation method may include a numerical simulation method used/performed on the computer system.
  • the numerical simulation method may employ finite difference methods to solve fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and chemical reaction equations as a function of time.
  • a finite difference method may use a body-fitted grid system with unstructured grids to model a formation.
  • An unstructured grid employs a wide variety of shapes to model a fo ⁇ nation geometry, in contrast to a structured grid.
  • a body-fitted finite difference simulation method may calculate fluid flow and heat transfer in a formation. Heat transfer mechanisms may include conduction, convection, and radiation.
  • a finite difference simulation method may determine values for heat injection rate data.
  • a body-fitted finite difference simulation method may be well suited for simulating systems that include sha ⁇ interfaces in physical properties or conditions.
  • a body-fitted finite difference simulation method may be more accurate, in certain circumstances, than space-fitted methods due to the use of finer, unstructured grids in body-fitted methods.
  • the temperature profile in and near a heater well may be relatively sha ⁇ .
  • a region near a heater well may be refened to as a "near wellbore region.”
  • the size or radius of a near wellbore region may depend on the type of formation.
  • a general criteria for determining or estimating the radius of a "near wellbore region" may be a distance at which heat transfer by the mechanism of convection contributes significantly to overall heat transfer.
  • Heat fransfer in the near wellbore region is typically limited to contributions from conductive and/or radiative heat fransfer. Convective heat transfer tends to contribute significantly to overall heat fransfer at locations where fluids flow within the fo ⁇ nation (i.e., convective heat transfer is significant where the flow of mass contributes to heat fransfer).
  • the radius of a near wellbore region in a formation decreases with both increasing convection and increasing variation of thennal properties with temperature in the formation.
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may have a relatively small near wellbore region due to the contribution of convection for heat fransfer and a large variation of thermal properties with temperature.
  • the near wellbore region in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may have a radius of about 1 m to about 2 m. In other embodiments, the radius may be between about 2 m and about 4 m.
  • a body-fitted finite difference simulation method may calculate the heat input rate that corresponds to a given temperature in a heater well. The method may also calculate the temperature distributions both inside the wellbore and at the near wellbore region.
  • CFX supplied by AEA Technologies in the United Kingdom is an example of a commercially available body-fitted finite difference simulation method.
  • FLUENT is another commercially available body-fitted finite difference simulation method from FLUENT, Inc. located in Riverside, New Hampshire.
  • FLUENT may simulate models of a formation that include porous media and heater wells.
  • the porous media models may include one or more materials and/or phases with variable fractions. The materials may have user-specified temperature dependent thermal properties and densities.
  • the user may also specify the initial spatial distribution of the materials in a model.
  • a combustion reaction may only involve a reaction between carbon and oxygen.
  • the volume fraction and porosity of the formation tend to decrease.
  • a gas phase may be modeled by one or more species in FLUENT, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon dioxide.
  • the simulation method may include a numerical simulation method on a computer system that uses a space-fitted finite difference method with structured grids.
  • the space-fitted finite difference simulation method may be a reservoir simulation method.
  • a reservoir simulation method may calculate fluid mechanics, mass balances, heat fransfer, and/or kinetics in the formation.
  • a reservoir simulation method may be particularly useful for modeling multiphase porous media in which convection (e.g., the flow of hot fluids) is a relatively important mechanism of heat transfer.
  • STARS is an example of a reservoir simulation method provided by Computer Modeling Group, Ltd. of Alberta, Canada. STARS is designed for simulating steam flood, steam cycling, steam-with-additives, dry and wet combustion, along with many types of chemical additive processes, using a wide range of grid and porosity models in both field and laboratory scales. STARS includes options such as thermal applications, steam injection, fireflood, horizontal wells, dual porosity/permeability, directional permeability, and flexible grids. STARS allows for complex temperature dependent models of thermal and physical properties. STARS may also simulate pressure dependent chemical reactions. STARS may simulate a formation using a combination of structured space-fitted grids and unstructured body-fitted grids.
  • a simulation method may use properties of a fo ⁇ nation.
  • the properties of a formation for a model of an in situ process depend on the type of formation.
  • a porosity value may be used to model an amount of kerogen and hydrated mineral matter in the formation.
  • the kerogen and hydrated mineral matter used in a model may be determined or approximated by the amount of kerogen and hydrated mineral matter necessary to generate the oil, gas and water produced in laboratory experiments.
  • the remainder of the volume of the oil shale may be modeled as inert mineral matter, which may be assumed to remain intact at all simulated temperatures.
  • hydrated mineral matter decomposes to produce water and minerals.
  • kerogen pyrolyzes during the simulation to produce hydrocarbons and other compounds resulting in a rise in fluid porosity.
  • the change in porosity during a simulation may be determined by monitoring the amount of solids that are treated/transformed, and fluids that are generated.
  • the amount of coal in the formation for the model may be determined by laboratory pyrolysis experiments. Laboratory pyrolysis experiments may determine the amount of coal in an actual formation.
  • the remainder of the volume may be modeled as inert mineral matter or ash.
  • the porosity of the ash may be between approximately 5% and approximately 10%. Absorbed and/or adsorbed fluid components, such as initial moisture, may be modeled as part of a solid phase. As moisture desorbs, the fluid porosity tends to increase. The value of the fluid porosity affects the results of the simulation since it may be used to model the change in permeability.
  • An embodiment of a model of a tar sands formation may include an inert mineral matter phase and a fluid phase that includes heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the porosity of a tar sands formation may be modeled as a function of the pressure of the formation and its mechanical properties. For example, the porosity, ⁇ , at a pressure, P, in a tar sands formation may be given by EQN. 2:
  • Some embodiments of a simulation method may require an initial permeability of a formation and a relationship for the dependence of permeability on conditions of the formation.
  • An initial permeability of a formation may be determined from experimental measurements of a sample (e.g., a core sample) of a formation.
  • a ratio of vertical permeability to horizontal permeability may be adjusted to take into consideration clearing in the formation.
  • the porosity of a formation may be used to model the change in permeability of the formation during a simulation.
  • the permeability of oil shale often increases with temperature due to the loss of solid matter from the decomposition of mineral matter and the pyrolysis of kerogen.
  • the permeability of a coal formation often increases with temperature due to the loss of solid matter from pyrolysis.
  • the dependence of porosity on permeability may be described by an analytical relationship.
  • the effect of pyrolysis on permeability, K may be governed by a Carman-Kozeny type formula shown in EQN. 3:
  • K( ⁇ j) Ko ( ⁇ f / ⁇ f ,oX power [ (1 - ⁇ f0 ) / (1 - ⁇ ⁇
  • ⁇ f is the current fluid porosity
  • ⁇ ffi is the initial fluid porosity
  • K 0 is the permeability at initial fluid porosity
  • CKpower is a user-defined exponent.
  • the value of CKpower may be fitted by matching or approximating the pressure gradient in an experiment in a formation.
  • the pe ⁇ neability dependence may be expressed as shown in EQN. 4:
  • K 0 and ⁇ 0 are the initial permeability and porosity
  • k m prepare ⁇ is a user-defined grid dependent permeability multiplier.
  • a tabular relationship rather than an analytical expression may be used to model the dependence of permeability on porosity.
  • the ratio of vertical to horizontal permeability for tar sands formations may be determined from experimental data.
  • expressions for the dependence of permeability on porosity in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be used in a simulation method.
  • the thermal conductivity of a model of a formation may be expressed in terms of the the ⁇ nal conductivities of constituent materials.
  • the thermal conductivity may be expressed in terms of solid phase components and fluid phase components.
  • the solid phase in oil shale formations and coal formations may be composed of inert mineral matter and organic solid matter.
  • One or more fluid phases in the formations may include, for example, a water phase, an oil phase, and a gas phase.
  • the dependence of the thermal conductivity on constituent materials in an oil shale formation may be modeled according to EQN. 5:
  • k lh (7) ⁇ f (k lhw x S w + k th0 x S 0 + k lllg x S g ) + (1 - ⁇ ) x k lh (T) + ( ⁇ - ⁇ f ) x k th
  • ⁇ is the porosity of the formation
  • ⁇ f is the instantaneous fluid porosity
  • k lh T) is the thermal conductivity of rock (inert mineral matter)
  • k ⁇ T) is the thermal conductivity of solid-phase components.
  • the the ⁇ nal conductivity, from EQN. 5, may be a function of temperature due to the temperature dependence of the solid phase components.
  • the thermal conductivity also changes with temperature due to the change in composition of the fluid phase and porosity.
  • a model may take into account the effect of different geological strata on properties of the formation.
  • a property of a formation may be calculated for a given mineralogical composition.
  • the thermal conductivity of a model of a tar sands formation may be calculated from EQN. 6:
  • thermal conductivity in a relatively low pe ⁇ neability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be modeled with expressions in a simulation method.
  • the volumetric heat capacity, P b C p may also be modeled as a direct function of temperature.
  • the volumetric heat capacity also depends on the composition of the formation material through the density, which is affected by temperature.
  • properties of the formation may include one or more phases with one or more chemical components.
  • fluid phases may include water, oil, and gas.
  • Solid phases may include mineral matter and organic matter.
  • Each of the fluid phases in an in situ process may include a variety of chemical components such as hydrocarbons, H 2 , C0 2 , etc.
  • the chemical components may be products of one or more chemical reactions, such as pyrolysis reactions, that occur in the formation.
  • Some embodiments of a model of an in situ process may include modeling individual chemical components known to be present in a formation. However, inclusion of chemical components in a model of an in situ process may be limited by available experimental composition and kinetic data for the components. In addition, a simulation method may also place numerical and solution time limitations on the number of components that may be modeled.
  • one or more chemical components may be modeled as a single component called a pseudo-component.
  • the oil phase may be modeled by two volatile pseudo-components, a light oil and a heavy oil.
  • the oil and at least some of the gas phase components are generated by pyrolysis of organic matter in the formation.
  • the light oil and the heavy oil may be modeled as having an API gravity that is consistent with laboratory or experimental field data.
  • the light oil may have an API gravity of between about 20° and about 70°.
  • the heavy oil may have an API gravity less than about 20°.
  • hydrocarbon gases in a formation of one or more carbon numbers may be modeled as a single pseudo-component.
  • non-hydrocarbon gases and hydrocarbon gases may be modeled as a single component.
  • hydrocarbon gases between a carbon number of one to a carbon number of five and nitrogen and hydrogen sulfide may be modeled as a single component.
  • the multiple components modeled as a single component have relatively similar molecular weights.
  • a molecular weight of the hydrocarbon gas pseudo-component may be set such that the pseudo-component is similar to a hydrocarbon gas generated in a laboratory pyrolysis experiment at a specified pressure.
  • the composition of the generated hydrocarbon gas may vary with pressure.
  • pressure increases, the ratio of a higher molecular weight component to a lower molecular component tends to increase.
  • the ratio of hydrocarbon gases with carbon numbers between about three and about five to hydrocarbon gases with one and two carbon numbers tends to increase. Consequently, the molecular weight of the pseudo-component that models a mixture of component gases may vary with pressure.
  • TABLE 1 lists components in a model of in situ process in a coal formation according to one embodiment.
  • TABLE 2 lists components in a model of an in situ process in an oil shale formation according to an embodiment.
  • TABLE 1 CHEMICAL COMPONENTS IN A MODEL OF A COAL FORMATION.
  • the hydrocarbon gases produced by the pyrolysis of coal may be grouped into a pseudo-component, HCgas.
  • the HCgas component may have critical properties intermediate between methane and ethane.
  • the pseudo-component, HCgas, generated from pyrolysis in an oil shale formation, as shown in TABLE 2 may have critical properties very close to those of ethane.
  • the HCgas pseudo-components may model hydrocarbons between a carbon number of about one and a carbon number of about five.
  • the molecular weight of the pseudo-component in TABLE 2 generally reflects the composition of the hydrocarbon gas that was generated in a laboratory experiment at a pressure of about 6.9 bars absolute.
  • the solid phase in a formation may be modeled with one or more components.
  • the components may include coal and char, as shown in TABLE 1.
  • the components in a kerogen formation may include kerogen and a hydrated mineral phase (hydramin), as shown in TABLE 2.
  • the hydrated mineral component may be included to model water and carbon dioxide generated in an oil shale formation at temperatures below a pyrolysis temperature of kerogen.
  • the hydrated minerals for example, may include illite and nahcolite.
  • Kerogen may be the source of most or all of the hydrocarbon fluids generated by the pyrolysis. Kerogen may also be the source of some of the water and carbon dioxide that is generated at temperatures below a pyrolysis temperature.
  • the solid phase model may also include one or more intermediate components that are artifacts of the reactions that model the pyrolysis.
  • a coal formation may include two intermediate components, coalbtm and prechar, as shown in TABLE 1.
  • An oil shale formation may include at least one intermediate component, prechar, as shown in TABLE 2.
  • the prechar solid-phase components may model carbon residue in a formation that may contain H 2 and low molecular weight hydrocarbons. Coalbtm accounts for intermediate unpyrolyzed compounds that tend to appear and disappear during the course of pyrolysis.
  • the number of intermediate components may be increased to improve the match or agreement between simulation results and experimental results.
  • a model of an in situ process may include one or more chemical reactions.
  • a number of chemical reactions are known to occur in an in situ process for a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the chemical reactions may belong to one of several categories of reactions. The categories may include, but not be limited to, generation of pre-pyrolysis water and carbon dioxide, generation of hydrocarbons, coking and cracking of hydrocarbons, fo ⁇ nation of synthesis gas, and combustion and oxidation of coke.
  • the rate of change of the concentration of species X due to a chemical reaction for example:
  • Species X in the chemical reaction undergoes chemical transformation to the products.
  • [X] is the concentration of species X
  • t is the time
  • k is the reaction rate constant
  • n is the order of the reaction.
  • the reaction rate constant, k may be defined by the Arrhenius equation:
  • A is the frequency factor
  • E a is the activation energy
  • R is the universal gas constant
  • T is the temperature.
  • Kinetic parameters such as k, A, E a , and n, may be determined from experimental measurements.
  • a simulation method may include one or more rate laws for assessing the change in concentration of species in an in situ process as a function of time. Experimentally determined kinetic parameters for one or more chemical reactions may be used as input to the simulation method.
  • the number and categories of reactions in a model of an in situ process may depend on the availability of experimental kinetic data and/or numerical limitations of a simulation method. Generally, chemical reactions and kinetic parameters for a model may be chosen such that simulation results match or approximate quantitative and qualitative experimental trends.
  • reactions that model the generation of pre-pyrolysis water and carbon dioxide account for the bound water, carbon dioxide, and carbon monoxide generated in a temperature range below a pyrolysis temperature.
  • pre-pyrolysis water may be generated from hydrated mineral matter.
  • the temperature range may be between about 100 °C and about 270 °C. In other embodiments, the temperature range may be between about 80 °C and about 300 °C. Reactions in the temperature range below a pyrolysis temperature may account for between about 45% and about 60% of the total water generated and up to about 30% of the total carbon dioxide observed in laboratory experiments of pyrolysis.
  • the pressure dependence of the chemical reactions may be modeled.
  • a single reaction with variable stoichiometric coefficients may be used to model the generation of pre-pyrolysis fluids.
  • the pressure dependence may be modeled with two or more reactions with pressure dependent kinetic parameters such as frequency factors.
  • reaction that generates pre-pyrolysis fluids from oil shale is a function of pressure.
  • the amount of water generated generally decreases with pressure while the amount of carbon dioxide generated generally increases with pressure.
  • the generation of pre-pyrolysis fluids may be modeled with two reactions to account for the pressure dependence.
  • One reaction may be dominant at high pressures while the other may be prevalent at lower pressures.
  • a molar stoichiometry of two reactions according to one embodiment may be written as follows:
  • TABLE 3 shows that pressure dependence of Reactions (7) and (8) is taken into account by the frequency factor.
  • the frequency-factor increases with increasing pressure for Reaction (7), which results in an increase in the rate of product formation with pressure.
  • the rate of product formation increases due to the increase in the rate constant.
  • the frequency-factor decreases with increasing pressure for Reaction (8), which results in a decrease in the rate of product formation with increasing pressure. Therefore, the values of the frequency-factor in TABLE 3 indicate that Reaction (7) dominates at high pressures while Reaction (8) dominates at low pressures.
  • the molar balances for Reactions (7) and (8) indicate that Reaction (7) generates less water and more carbon dioxide than Reaction (8).
  • a reaction enthalpy may be used by a simulation method such as STARS to assess the thermodynamic properties of a formation.
  • the reaction enthalpy is a negative number if a chemical reaction is endothermic and positive if a chemical reaction is exothermic.
  • the generation of hydrocarbons in a pyrolysis temperature range in a formation may be modeled with one or more reactions.
  • One or more reactions may model the amount of hydrocarbon fluids and carbon residue that are generated in a pyrolysis temperature range.
  • Hydrocarbons generated may include light oil, heavy oil, and non-condensable gases.
  • Pyrolysis reactions may also generate water, H 2 , and C0 2 .
  • Experimental results indicate that the composition of products generated in a pyrolysis temperature range may depend on operating conditions such as pressure. For example, the production rate of hydrocarbons generally decreases with pressure. In addition, the amount of produced hydrogen gas generally decreases substantially with pressure, the amount of carbon residue generally increases with pressure, and the amount of condensable hydrocarbons generally decreases with pressure.
  • the amount of non-condensable hydrocarbons generally increases with pressure such that the sum of condensable hydrocarbons and non-condensable hydrocarbons generally remains approximately constant with a change in pressure.
  • the API gravity of the generated hydrocarbons increases with pressure.
  • the generation of hydrocarbons in a pyrolysis temperature range in an oil shale formation may be modeled with two reactions.
  • One of the reactions may be dominant at high pressures, the other prevailing at low pressures.
  • the molar stoichiometry of the two reactions may be as follows:
  • one or more reactions may model the cracking and coking in a formation.
  • Cracking reactions involve the reaction of condensable hydrocarbons (e.g., light oil and heavy oil) to form lighter compounds (e.g., light oil and non-condensable gases) and carbon residue.
  • the coking reactions model the polymerization and condensation of hydrocarbon molecules. Coking reactions lead to fo ⁇ nation of char, lower molecular weight hydrocarbons, and hydrogen. Gaseous hydrocarbons may undergo coking reactions to form carbon residue and H 2 .
  • Coking and cracking may account for the deposition of coke in the vicinity of heater wells where the temperature may be substantially greater than a pyrolysis temperature.
  • the molar stoichiometry of the cracking and coking reactions in an oil shale formation may be as follows:
  • Kinetics parameters for Reactions 11 to 15 are listed in TABLE 5.
  • the kinetics parameters of the cracking reactions were chosen to match or approximate the oil and gas production observed in laboratory experiments.
  • the kinetics parameter of the coking reaction was derived from experimental data on pyrolysis reactions in a coal experiment.
  • reactions may model the generation of water at a temperature below or within a pyrolysis temperature range and the generation of hydrocarbons at a temperature in a pyrolysis temperature range in a coal formation.
  • the reactions may include:
  • Reaction (16) models the generation of water in a temperature range below a pyrolysis temperature.
  • Reaction (17) models the generation of hydrocarbons, such as oil and gas, generated in a pyrolysis temperature range.
  • Reaction (18) models gas generated at temperatures between about 370 °C and about 600°C.
  • Coking and cracking in a coal formation may be modeled by one or more reactions in both the liquid phase and the gas phase.
  • the molar stoichiometry of two cracking reactions in the liquid and gas phase may be according to one embodiment:
  • Reaction (21) may model the coking of methane and ethane observed in field experiments when low carbon number hydrocarbon gases are injected into a hot coal formation.
  • the kinetic parameters of reactions 19-21 are tabulated in TABLE 7.
  • the kinetic parameters for cracking were derived from literature data.
  • the kinetic parameters for the coking reaction were derived from laboratory data on cracking.
  • the generation of synthesis gas in a formation may be modeled by one or more reactions.
  • the molar stoichiometry of four synthesis gas reactions may be according to one embodiment:
  • a combustion and oxidation reaction of coke to carbon dioxide may be modeled in a formation.
  • the molar stoichiometry of a reaction according to one embodiment may be:
  • Experimentally derived kinetic parameters include a frequency factor of 1.0 x 10 4 (day) "1 , an activation energy of 58,614 KJ/mole, an order of 1, and a reaction enthalpy of 427,977 KJ/mole.
  • a model of a tar sands formation may be modeled with the following components: bitumen (heavy oil), light oil, HCgas 1, HCgas2, water, char, and prechar.
  • bitumen dashed oil
  • HCgas 1 heavy oil
  • HCgas2 light oil
  • char char
  • prechar prechar
  • Reaction (28) Prechar -> HCgas2 + H 2 0 + char Reaction 27 models the pyrolysis of bitumen to oil and gas components.
  • Reaction (27) may be modeled as a 2 nd order reaction and Reaction (28) may be modeled as a 7 th order reaction.
  • the reaction enthalpy of Reactions (27) and (28) may be zero.
  • a model of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be include one or more phases, one or more components, and one or more chemical reactions.
  • a method of modeling an in situ process of freating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons using a computer system may include simulating a heat input rate to the fo ⁇ nation from two or more heat sources.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates method 9360 for simulating heat transfer in a formation.
  • Simulation method 9361 may simulate heat input rate 9368 from two or more heat sources in the formation.
  • the simulation method may be a body-fitted finite difference simulation method.
  • the heat may be allowed to transfer from the heat sources to a selected section of the formation.
  • the supe ⁇ osition of heat from the two or more heat sources may pyrolyze at least some hydrocarbons within the selected section of the formation.
  • two or more heat sources may be simulated with a model of heat sources with symmetry boundary conditions.
  • the method may further include providing at least one desired parameter 9366 of the in situ process to the computer system.
  • the desired parameter may be a desired temperature in the formation.
  • the desired parameter may be a maximum temperature at specific locations in the formation.
  • the desired parameter may be a desired heating rate or a desired product composition. Desired parameters may also include other parameters such as a desired pressure, process time, production rate, time to obtain a given production rate, and product composition.
  • Process characteristics 9362 determined by simulation method 9361 may be compared 9364 to at least one desired parameter 9366.
  • the method may further include controlling 9363 the heat input rate from the heat sources (or some other process parameter) to achieve at least one desired parameter. Consequently, the heat input rate from the two or more heat sources during a simulation may be time dependent.
  • heat injection into a formation may be initiated by imposing a constant flux per unit area at the interface between a heater and the formation. When a point in the formation, such as the interface, reaches a specified maximum temperature, the heat flux may be varied to maintain the maximum temperature.
  • the specified maximum temperature may correspond to the maximum temperature allowed for a heater well casing (e.g., a maximum operating temperature for the metallurgy in the heater well). In one embodiment, the maximum temperature may be between about 600 °C and about 700 °C. In other embodiments, the maximum temperature may be between about 700 °C and about 800 °C. In some embodiments, the maximum temperature may be greater than about 800 °C.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates a model for simulating a heat fransfer rate in a formation.
  • Model 9370 represents an aerial view of 1112 th of a seven spot heater pattern in a formation.
  • the pattern is composed of body-fitted grid elements 9371.
  • the model includes horizontal heater 9372 and producer 9374.
  • a pattern of heaters in a formation is modeled by imposing symmetry boundary conditions. The elements near the heaters and in the region near the heaters are substantially smaller than other portions of the formation to more effectively model a steep temperature profile.
  • an in situ process may be modeled with more than one simulation methods.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates a flowchart of an embodiment of method 8630 for modeling an in situ process for treating a relatively low permeability fonnation containing heavy hydrocarbons using a computer system.
  • At least one heat input property 8632 may be provided to the computer system.
  • the computer system may include first simulation method 8634.
  • At least one heat input property 8632 may include a heat transfer property of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • the heat transfer property of the formation may include heat capacities or thermal conductivities of one or more components in the formation.
  • at least one heat input property 8632 includes an initial heat input property of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • Initial heat input properties may also include, but are not limited to, volumefric heat capacity, thermal conductivity, porosity, permeability, saturation, compressibility, composition, and the number and types of phases. Properties may also include chemical components, chemical reactions, and kinetic parameters.
  • first simulation method 8634 may simulate heating of the formation.
  • the first simulation method may simulate heating the wellbore and the near wellbore region.
  • Simulation of heating of the formation may assess (i.e., estimate, calculate, or determine) heat injection rate data 8636 for the formation.
  • heat injection rate data may be assessed to achieve at least one desired parameter of the formation, such as a desired temperature or composition of fluids produced from the formation.
  • First simulation method 8634 may use at least one heat input property 8632 to assess heat injection rate data 8636 for the formation.
  • First simulation method 8634 may be a numerical simulation method.
  • the numerical simulation may be a body- fitted finite difference simulation method.
  • first simulation method 8634 may use at least one heat input property 8632, which is an initial heat input property. First simulation method 8634 may use the initial heat input property to assess heat input properties at later times during treatment (e.g., heating) of the formation.
  • Heat injection rate data 8636 may be used as input into second simulation method 8640. In some embodiments, heat injection rate data 8636 may be modified or altered for input into second simulation method
  • heat injection rate data 8636 may be modified as a boundary condition for second simulation method 8640. At least one property 8638 of the formation may also be input for use by second simulation method 8640. Heat injection rate data 8636 may include a temperature profile in the formation at any time during heating of the formation. Heat injection rate data 8636 may also include heat flux data for the formation. Heat injection rate data 8636 may also include properties of the formation.
  • Second simulation method 8640 may be a numerical simulation and/or a reservoir simulation method.
  • second simulation method 8640 may be a space-fitted finite difference simulation (e.g., STARS).
  • Second simulation method 8640 may include simulations of fluid mechanics, mass balances, and/or kinetics within the formation.
  • the method may further include providing at least one property 8638 of the formation to the computer system.
  • At least one property 8638 may include chemical components, reactions, and kinetic parameters for the reactions that occur within the formation.
  • At least one property 8638 may also include other properties of the formation such as, but not limited to, permeability, porosities, and/or a location and orientation of heat sources, injection wells, or production wells.
  • Second simulation method 8640 may assess at least one process characteristic 8642 as a function of time based on heat injection rate data 8636 and at least one property 8638. In some embodiments, second simulation method 8640 may assess an approximate solution for at least one process characteristic 8642. The approximate solution may be a calculated estimation of at least one process characteristic 8642 based on the heat injection rate data and at least one property. The approximate solution may be assessed using a numerical method in second simulation method 8640. At least one process characteristic 8642 may include one or more parameters produced by treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ.
  • At least one process characteristic 8642 may include, but is not limited to, a production rate of one or more produced fluids, an API gravity of a produced fluid, a weight percentage of a produced component, a total mass recovery from the formation, and operating conditions in the formation such as pressure or temperature.
  • first simulation method 8634 and second simulation method 8640 may be used to predict process characteristics using parameters based on laboratory data.
  • experimentally based parameters may include chemical components, chemical reactions, kinetic parameters, and one or more formation properties.
  • the simulations may further be used to assess operating conditions that can be used to produce desired properties in fluids produced from the formation.
  • the simulations may be used to predict changes in process characteristics based on changes in operating conditions and/or formation properties.
  • one or more of the heat input properties may be initial values of the heat input properties.
  • one or more of the properties of the formation may be initial values of the properties.
  • the heat input properties and the reservoir properties may change during a simulation of the formation using the first and second simulation methods.
  • the chemical composition, porosity, permeability, volumetric heat capacity, thermal conductivity, and/or saturation may change with time. Consequently, the heat input rate assessed by the first simulation method may not be adequate input for the second simulation method to achieve a desired parameter of the process.
  • the method may further include assessing modified heat injection rate data at a specified time of the second simulation. At least one heat input property 8641 of the formation assessed at the specified time of the second simulation method may be used as input by first simulation method 8634 to calculate the modified heat input data. Alternatively, the heat input rate may be controlled to achieve a desired parameter during a simulation of the formation using the second simulation method.
  • one or more model parameters for input into a simulation method may be based on laboratory or field test data of an in situ process for freating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9390 for calibrating model parameters to match or approximate laboratory or field data for an in situ process.
  • the method may include providing one or more model parameters 9392 for the in situ process.
  • the model parameters may include properties of the formation.
  • the model parameters may also include relationships for the dependence of properties on the changes in conditions, such as temperature and pressure, in the formation.
  • model parameters may include a relationship for the dependence of porosity on pressure in the formation.
  • Model parameters may also include an expression for the dependence of permeability on porosity.
  • Model parameters may include an expression for the dependence of thermal conductivity on composition of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • model parameters may include chemical components, the number and types of reactions in the formation, and kinetic parameters.
  • Kinetic parameters may include the order of a reaction, activation energy, reaction enthalpy, and frequency factor.
  • the method may include assessing one or more simulated process characteristics 9396 based on the one or more model parameters. Simulated process characteristics 9396 may be assessed using simulation method 9394. Simulation method 9394 may be a body-fitted finite difference simulation method. Alternatively, simulation method 9394 may be a reservoir simulation method.
  • simulated process characteristics 9396 may be compared 9398 to real process characteristics 9400.
  • Real process characteristics may be process characteristics obtained from laboratory or field tests of an in situ process. Comparing process characteristics may include comparing the simulated process characteristics with the real process characteristics as a function of time. Differences between a simulated process characteristic and a real process characteristic may be associated with one or more model parameters. For example, a higher ratio of gas to oil of produced fluids from a real in situ process may be due to a lack of pressure dependence of kinetic parameters.
  • the method may further include modifying 9399 the one or more model parameters such that at least one simulated process characteristic matches or approximates at least one real process characteristic.
  • One or more model parameters may be modified to account for a difference between a simulated process characteristic and a real process characteristic. For example, an additional chemical reaction may be added to account for pressure dependence or a discrepancy of an amount of a particular component in produced fluids.
  • Some embodiments may include assessing one or more modified simulated process characteristics from simulation method 9394 based on modified model parameters 9397.
  • Modified model parameters may mclude one or both of model parameters 9392 that have been modified and that have not been modified.
  • the simulation method may use modified model parameters 9397 to assess at least one operating condition of the in situ process to achieve at least one desired parameter.
  • Method 9390 may be used to calibrate model parameters for generation reactions of pre-pyrolysis fluids and generation of hydrocarbons from pyrolysis.
  • field test results may show a larger amount of H 2 produced from the formation than the simulation results.
  • the discrepancy may be due to the generation of synthesis gas in the formation in the field test.
  • Synthesis gas may be generated from water in the formation, particularly near heater wells. The temperatures near heater wells may approach a synthesis gas generating temperature range even when the majority of the formation is below synthesis gas generating temperatures. Therefore, the model parameters for the simulation method may be modified to include some synthesis gas reactions.
  • model parameters may be calibrated to account for the pressure dependence of the production of low molecular weight hydrocarbons in a formation.
  • the pressure dependence may arise in both laboratory and field scale experiments.
  • fluids tend to remain in a laboratory vessel or a formation for longer periods of time.
  • the fluids tend to undergo increased cracking and/or coking with increased residence time in the laboratory vessel or the formation.
  • larger amounts of lower molecular weight hydrocarbons may be generated.
  • Increased cracking of fluids may be more pronounced in a field scale experiment (as compared to a lab experiment, or as compared to calculated cracking) due to longer residence times since fluids may be required to pass through significant distances (e.g., tens of meters) of formation before being produced from a formation.
  • Simulations may be used to calibrate kinetics parameters that account for the pressure dependence. For example, pressure dependence may be accounted for by introducing cracking and coking reactions into a simulation. The reactions may include pressure dependent kinetic parameters to account for the pressure dependence. Kinetics parameters may be chosen to match or approximate hydrocarbon production reactions parameters from experiments.
  • a simulation method based on a set of model parameters may be used to design an in situ process.
  • a field test of an in situ process based on the design may be used to calibrate the model parameters.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates a flowchart of an embodiment of method 9405 for calibrating model parameters.
  • Method 9405 may include assessing at least one operating condition 9414 of the in situ process using simulation method 9410 based on one or more model parameters.
  • Operating conditions may include pressure, temperature, heating rate, heat input rate, process time, weight percentage of gases, peripheral water recovery or injection.
  • Operating conditions may also include characteristics of the well pattern such as producer well location, producer well orientation, ratio of producer wells to heater wells, heater well spacing, type of heater well pattern, heater well orientation, and distance between an overburden and horizontal heater wells.
  • at least one operating condition may be assessed such that the in situ process achieves at least one desired parameter.
  • at least one operating condition 9414 may be used in real in situ process 9418.
  • the real in situ process may be a field test, or a field operation, operating with at least one operating condition.
  • the real in situ process may have one or more real process characteristics 9420.
  • Simulation method 9410 may assess one or more simulated process characteristics 9412.
  • simulated process characteristics 9412 may be compared 9416 to real process characteristics 9420.
  • the one or more model parameters may be modified such that at least one simulated process characteristic 9412 from a simulation of the in situ process matches or approximates at least one real process characteristic 9420 from the in situ process.
  • the in situ process may then be based on at least one operating condition.
  • the method may further include assessing one or more modified simulated process characteristics based on the modified model parameters 9417.
  • simulation method 9410 may be used to control the in situ process such that the in situ process has at least one desired parameter.
  • a first simulation method may be more effective than a second simulation method in assessing process characteristics under a first set of conditions.
  • the second simulation method may be more effective in assessing process characteristics under a second set of conditions.
  • a first simulation method may include a body-fitted finite difference simulation method.
  • a first set of conditions may include, for example, a relatively sha ⁇ interface in an in situ process.
  • a first simulation method may use a finer grid than a second simulation method.
  • the first simulation method may be more effective in modeling a sha ⁇ interface.
  • a sha ⁇ interface refers to a relatively large change in one or more process characteristics in a relatively small region in the formation.
  • a sha ⁇ interface may include a relatively steep temperature gradient that may exist in a near wellbore region of a heater well.
  • a relatively steep gradient in pressure and composition, due to pyrolysis, may also exist in the near wellbore region.
  • a sha ⁇ interface may also be present at a combustion or reaction front as it propagates through a formation.
  • a steep gradient in temperature, pressure, and composition may be present at a reaction front.
  • a second simulation method may include a space-fitted finite difference simulation method such as a reservoir simulation method.
  • a second set of conditions may include conditions in which heat transfer by convection is significant.
  • a second set of conditions may also include condensation of fluids in a fo ⁇ nation.
  • model parameters for the second simulation method may be calibrated such that the second simulation method effectively assesses process characteristics under both the first set and the second set of conditions.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9430 for calibrating model parameters for a second simulation method using a first simulation method.
  • Method 9430 may include providing one or more model parameters 9431 to a computer system.
  • One or more first process characteristics 9434 based on one or more model parameters 9431 may be assessed using first simulation method 9432 in memory on the computer system.
  • First simulation method 9432 may be a body-fitted finite difference simulation method.
  • the model parameters may include relationships for the dependence of properties such as porosity, permeability, thermal conductivity, and heat capacity on the changes in conditions (e.g., temperature and pressure) in the formation.
  • model parameters may include chemical components, the number and types of reactions in the fo ⁇ nation, and kinetic parameters.
  • Kinetic parameters may include the order of a reaction, activation energy, reaction enthalpy, and frequency factor.
  • Process characteristics may include, but are not limited to, a temperature profile, pressure, composition of produced fluids, and a velocity of a reaction or combustion front.
  • one or more second process characteristics 9440 based on one or more model parameters 9431 may be assessed using second simulation method 9438.
  • Second simulation method 9438 may be a space-fitted finite difference simulation method, such as a reservoir simulation method.
  • One or more first process characteristics 9434 may be compared 9436 to one or more second process characteristics 9440.
  • the method may further include modifying one or more model parameters 9431 such that at least one first process characteristic 9434 matches or approximates at least one second process characteristic 9440.
  • the order or the activation energy of the one or more chemical reactions may be modified to account for differences between the first and second process characteristics.
  • a single reaction may be expressed as two or more reactions.
  • one or more third process characteristics based on the one or more modified model parameters 9442 may be assessed using the second simulation method.
  • simulations of an in situ process for treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be used to design and/or control a real in situ process.
  • Design and/or confrol of an in situ process may include assessing at least one operating condition that achieves a desired parameter of the in situ process.
  • FIG. 29 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9450 for the design and/or confrol of an in situ process.
  • the method may include providing to the computer system one or more values of at least one operating condition 9452 of the in situ process for use as input to simulation method 9454.
  • the simulation method may be a space-fitted finite difference simulation method such as a reservoir simulation method or it may be a body-fitted simulation method such as FLUENT.
  • At least one operating condition may include, but is not limited to, pressure, temperature, heating rate, heat input rate, process time, weight percentage of gases, peripheral water recovery or injection, production rate, and time to reach a given production rate.
  • operating conditions may include characteristics of the well pattern such as producer well location, producer well orientation, ratio of producer wells to heater wells, heater well spacing, type of heater well pattern, heater well orientation, and distance between an overburden and horizontal heater wells.
  • the method may include assessing one or more values of at least one process characteristic 9456 corresponding to one or more values of at least one operating condition 9452 from one or more simulations using simulation method 9454.
  • a value of at least one process characteristic may include the process characteristic as a function of time.
  • a desired value of at least one process characteristic 9460 for the in situ process may also be provided to the computer system.
  • An embodiment of the method may further include assessing 9458 desired value of at least one operating condition 9462 to achieve desired value of at least one process characteristic 9460. Desired value of at least one operating condition 9462 may be assessed from the values of at least one process characteristic 9456 and values of at least one operating condition 9452.
  • desired value 9462 may be obtained by inte ⁇ olation of values 9456 and values 9452.
  • a value of at least one process characteristic may be assessed from the desired value of at least one operating condition 9462 using simulation method 9454.
  • an operating condition to achieve a desired parameter may be assessed by comparing a process characteristic as a function of time for different operating conditions.
  • the method may include operating the in situ system using the desired value of at least one additional operating condition.
  • a desired value of at least one operating condition to achieve the desired value of at least one process characteristic may be assessed by using a relationship between at least one process characteristic and at least one operating condition of the in situ process.
  • the relationship may be assessed from a simulation method.
  • the relationship may be stored on a database accessible by the computer system.
  • the relationship may include one or more values of at least one process characteristic and co ⁇ esponding values of at least one operating condition.
  • the relationship may be an analytical function.
  • a desired process characteristic may be a selected composition of fluids produced from a formation.
  • a selected composition may correspond to a ratio of non-condensable hydrocarbons to condensable hydrocarbons.
  • increasing the pressure in the formation may increase the ratio of non- condensable hydrocarbons to condensable hydrocarbons of produced fluids.
  • the pressure in the formation may be confrolled by increasing the pressure at a production well in an in situ process. In an alternate embodiment, another operating condition may be confrolled simultaneously (e.g., the heat input rate).
  • the pressure co ⁇ esponding to the selected composition may be assessed from two or more simulations at two or more pressures. In one embodiment, at least one of the pressures of the simulations may be estimated from EQN. 29:
  • a and B are parameters dependent on the value of the desired process characteristic for a given type of formation. Values of A and B may be assessed from experimental data for a process characteristic in a given fonnation and may be used as input to EQN. 29. The pressure corresponding to the desired value of the process characteristic may then be estimated for use as input into a simulation.
  • the two or more simulations may provide a relationship between pressure and the composition of produced fluids.
  • the pressure corresponding to the desired composition may be inte ⁇ olated from the relationship.
  • a simulation at the inte ⁇ olated pressure may be performed to assess a composition and one or more additional process characteristics.
  • the accuracy of the inte ⁇ olated pressure may be assessed by comparing the selected composition with the composition from the simulation.
  • the pressure at the production well may be set to the inte ⁇ olated pressure to obtain produced fluids with the selected composition.
  • the pressure of a formation may be readily confrolled at certain stages of an in situ process.
  • pressure control may be relatively difficult. For example, during a relatively short period of time after heating has begun the permeability of the formation may be relatively low.
  • the heat fransfer front at which pyrolysis occurs may be at a relatively large distance from a producer well (i.e., the point at which pressure may be confrolled). Therefore, there may be a significant pressure drop between the producer well and the heat fransfer front. Consequently, adjusting the pressure at a producer well may have a relatively small influence on the pressure at which pyrolysis occurs at early stages of the in situ process.
  • the pressure of the producer well corresponds to the pressure in the formation. Therefore, the pressure at the producer well may be used to control the pressure at which pyrolysis occurs.
  • a similar procedure may be followed to assess heater well pattern and producer well pattern characteristics that correspond to a desired process characteristic. For example, a relationship between the spacing of the heater wells and composition of produced fluids may be obtained from two or more simulations with different heater well spacings. Simulations may use expressions similar to EQNS. 2-6 for modeling the properties of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Chemical reactions in the formation may be modeled with equations similar to EQNS. 27 and 28, for example. The heat injection rate may be calculated using CFX. A constant heat input rate of about 1640 Watts/m may be imposed at the casing interface.
  • the heat input rate may be controlled to maintain the temperature of the interface at about 760 °C.
  • the approximate heat input rate to maintain the interface temperature at about 760 °C may be used as input into STARS.
  • STARS may then be used to simulate in situ treatment of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Data from simulations may be used to predict or assess operating conditions and/or process characteristics for in situ freatment of relatively low permeability formations containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • a simulation method on a computer system may be used in a method for modeling one or more stages of a process for treating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ.
  • the simulation method may be, for example, a reservoir simulation method.
  • the simulation method may simulate heating of the formation, fluid flow, mass transfer, heat fransfer, and chemical reactions in one or more of the stages of the process.
  • the simulation method may also simulate removal of contaminants from the formation, recovery of heat from the formation, and injection of fluids into the fo ⁇ nation.
  • Method 9588 of modeling the one or more stages of a freatment process is depicted in a flow chart in FIG. 30.
  • the one or more stages may include heating stage 9574, pyrolyzation stage 9576, synthesis gas generation stage 9579, remediation stage 9582, and/or shut-in stage 9585.
  • the method may include providing at least one property 9572 of the formation to the computer system.
  • operating conditions 9573, 9577, 9580, 9583, and/or 9586 for one or more of the stages of the in situ process may be provided to the computer system. Operating conditions may include, but not be limited to, pressure, temperature, heating rates, etc.
  • operating conditions of a remediation stage may include a flow rate of ground water and injected water into the formation, size of treatment area, and type of drive fluid.
  • the method may include assessing process characteristics 9575, 9578, 9581, 9584, and/or 9587 of the one or more stages using the simulation method.
  • Process characteristics may include properties of a produced fluid such as API gravity and gas/oil ratio.
  • Process characteristics may also include a pressure and temperature in the formation, total mass recovery from the formation, and production rate of fluid produced from the formation.
  • a process characteristic of the remediation stage may include the type and concentration of contaminants remaining in the formation.
  • a simulation method may be used to assess operating conditions of at least one of the stages of an in situ process that results in desired process characteristics.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9701 for designing and controlling heating stage 9706, pyrolyzation stage 9708, synthesis gas generating stage 9714, remediation stage 9720, and/or shut-in stage 9726 of an in situ process with a simulation method on a computer system.
  • the method may include providing sets of operating conditions 9702, 9712, 9718,
  • in situ treatment of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may substantially change physical and mechanical properties of the formation. The physical and mechanical properties may be affected by chemical properties of a formation, operating conditions, and process characteristics.
  • Deformation characteristics may include, but are not limited to, subsidence, compaction, heave, and shear deformation.
  • Subsidence is a vertical decrease in the surface of a formation over a treated portion of a formation.
  • Heave is a vertical increase at the surface above a freated portion of a formation.
  • Surface displacement may result from several concurrent subsurface effects, such as the thermal expansion of layers of the formation, the compaction of the richest and weakest layers, and the constraining force exerted by cooler rock that su ⁇ ounds the treated portion of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • the surface above the treated portion may show a heave due to thermal expansion of incompletely pyrolyzed formation material in the treated portion of the formation.
  • the pore pressure is the pressure of the liquid and gas that exists in the pores of a formation.
  • the pore pressure may be influenced by the thermal expansion of the organic matter in the formation and the withdrawal of fluids from the formation. The decrease in the pore pressure tends to increase the effective stress in the treated portion. Since the pore pressure affects the effective sfress on the treated portion of a formation, pore pressure influences the extent of subsurface compaction in the formation.
  • Compaction another deformation characteristic, is a vertical decrease of a subsurface portion above or in the treated portion of the formation.
  • shear deformation of layers both above and in the treated portion of the formation may also occur.
  • deformation may adversely affect the in situ treatment process. For example, deformation may seriously damage surface facilities and wellbores.
  • an in situ freatment process may be designed and confrolled such that the adverse influence of deformation is minimized or substantially eliminated.
  • Computer simulation methods may be useful for design and control of an in situ process since simulation methods may predict deformation characteristics. For example, simulation methods may predict subsidence, compaction, heave, and shear deformation in a formation from a model of an in situ process.
  • the models may include physical, mechanical, and chemical properties of a formation. Simulation methods may be used to study the influence of properties of a formation, operating conditions, and process characteristics on deformation characteristics of the formation.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates model 9518 of a formation that may be used in simulations of deformation characteristics according to one embodiment.
  • the formation model is a vertical cross-section that may include treated portions 9524 with thickness 9532 and width or radius 9528.
  • Treated portion 9524 may include several layers or regions that vary in mineral composition and richness of organic matter.
  • treated portion 9524 may include layers of lean kerogenous chalk, rich kerogenous chalk, and silicified kerogenous chalk.
  • freated portion 9524 may be a dipping coal seam that is at an angle to the surface of the formation.
  • the model may also include untreated portions such as overburden 9521 and base rock 9526.
  • Overburden 9521 may have thickness 9530. Overburden 9521 may also include one or more portions, for example, portion 9520 and portion 9522 that differ in composition. For example, portion 9522 may have a composition similar to freated portion 9524 prior to treatment. Portion 9520 may be composed of organic material, soil, rock, etc. Base rock 9526 may include barren rock with at least some organic material.
  • an in situ process may be designed such that it includes an untreated portion or strip between treated portions of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates a schematic of a strip development according to one embodiment.
  • the formation includes freated portion 9523 and treated portion 9525 with thicknesses 9531 and widths 9533 (thicknesses 9531 and widths 9533 may vary between portion 9523 and portion 9525).
  • Untreated portion 9527 with width 9529 separates freated portion 9523 from treated portion 9525.
  • width 9529 is substantially less than widths 9533 since only smaller sections need to remain untreated to provide structural support.
  • the use of an untreated portion may decrease the amount of subsidence, heave, compaction, or shear deformation at and above the freated portions of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • an in situ treatment process may be represented by a three-dimensional model.
  • FIG. 34 depicts a schematic illustration of a freated portion that may be modeled with a simulation.
  • the treated portion includes a well pattern with heat sources 9524 and producers 9526.
  • Dashed lines 9528 correspond to three planes of symmetry that may divide the pattern into six equivalent sections.
  • Solid lines between heat sources 9524 merely depict the pattern of heat sources (i.e., the solid lines do not represent actual equipment between the heat sources).
  • a geomechanical model of the pattern may include one of the six symmetry segments.
  • FIG. 35 depicts a horizontal cross section of a model of a fo ⁇ nation for use by a simulation method according to one embodiment.
  • the model includes grid elements 9530.
  • Treated portion 9532 is located in the lower left corner of the model.
  • Grid elements in the freated portion may be sufficiently small to take into account the large variations in conditions in the treated portion.
  • distance 9537 and distance 9539 may be sufficiently large such that the deformation furthest from the freated portion is substantially negligible.
  • a model may be approximated by a shape, such as a cylinder. The diameter and height of the cylinder may correspond to the size and height of the treated portion.
  • heat sources may be modeled by line sources that inject heat at a fixed rate.
  • the heat sources may generate a reasonably accurate temperature distribution in the vicinity of the heat sources.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9532 for modeling deformation due to freatment of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in situ.
  • the method may include providing at least one property 9534 of the formation to a computer system.
  • the formation may include a freated portion and an untreated portion.
  • Properties may include mechanical, chemical, thermal, and physical properties of the portions of the formation.
  • the mechanical properties may include compressive sfrength, confining pressure, creep parameters, elastic modulus, Poisson's ratio, cohesion stress, friction angle, and cap eccentricity.
  • Thermal and physical properties may include a coefficient of thermal expansion, volumetric heat capacity, and the ⁇ nal conductivity. Properties may also include the porosity, permeability, saturation, compressibility, and density of the formation.
  • Chemical properties may include, for example, the richness and/or organic content of the portions of the formation.
  • At least one operating condition 9535 may be provided to the computer system.
  • operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, pressure, temperature, process time, rate of pressure increase, heating rate, and characteristics of the well pattern.
  • an operating condition may include the overburden thickness and thickness and width or radius of the treated portion of the formation.
  • An operating condition may also include untreated portions between freated portions of the formation, along with the horizontal distance between freated portions of a formation.
  • the properties may include initial properties of the formation.
  • the model may include relationships for the dependence of the mechanical, thermal, and physical properties on conditions such as temperature, pressure, and richness in the portions of the formation.
  • the compressive sfrength in the freated portion of the formation may be a function of richness, temperature, and pressure.
  • the volumefric heat capacity may depend on the richness and the coefficient of thermal expansion may be a function of the temperature and richness.
  • the permeability, porosity, and density may be dependent upon the richness of the formation.
  • physical and mechanical properties for a model of a formation may be assessed from samples extracted from a geological fo ⁇ nation targeted for freatment.
  • Properties of the samples may be measured at various temperatures and pressures.
  • mechanical properties may be measured using uniaxial, triaxial, and creep experiments.
  • chemical properties e.g., richness
  • the dependence of properties on temperature, pressure, and richness may then be assessed from the measurements.
  • the properties may be mapped on to a model using known sample locations.
  • FIG. 37 depicts a profile of richness versus depth in a model of an oil shale formation. The treated portion is represented by region 9545. Similarly, the overburden and base rock are represented by region 9547 and region 9549, respectively.
  • richness is measured in m 3 of kerogen per metric ton of oil shale.
  • assessing deformation using a simulation method may require a material or constitutive model.
  • a constitutive model relates the stress in the formation to the strain or displacement. Mechanical properties may be entered into a suitable constitutive model to calculate the deformation of the formation.
  • the Drucker-Prager-with-cap material model may be used to model the time- independent deformation of the formation.
  • the time-dependent creep or secondary creep strain of the formation may also be modeled.
  • the time-dependent creep in a formation may be modeled with a power law in EQN. 30:
  • ⁇ is the secondary creep strain
  • C is a creep multiplier
  • ⁇ i is the axial stress
  • ⁇ 3 is the confining pressure
  • D is a stress exponent
  • t is the time.
  • the values of C and D may be obtained from fitting experimental data.
  • the creep rate may be expressed by EQN. 31 :
  • A is a multiplier obtained from fitting experimental data and ⁇ u is the ultimate sfrength in uniaxial compression.
  • the method shown in FIG. 36 may further include assessing 9536 at least one process characteristic 9538 of the freated portion of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • At least one process characteristic 9538 may include a pore pressure disfribution, a heat input rate, or a time dependent temperature disfribution in the treated portion of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • At least one process characteristic may be assessed by a simulation method. For example, a heat input rate may be estimated using a body-fitted finite difference simulation package such as FLUENT.
  • the pore pressure distribution may be assessed from a space-fitted or body-fitted simulation method such as STARS. In other embodiments, the pore pressure may be assessed by a finite element simulation method such as ABAQUS.
  • the finite element simulation method may employ line sinks of fluid to simulate the performance of production wells.
  • process characteristics such as temperature disfribution and pore pressure distribution may be approximated by other means.
  • the temperature disfribution may be imposed as an average boundary condition in the calculation of deformation characteristics.
  • the temperature distribution may be estimated from results of detailed calculations of a heating rate of a formation.
  • a freated portion may be heated to a pyrolyzation temperature for a specified period of time by heat sources and the temperature disfribution assessed during heating of the freated portion.
  • the heat sources may be uniformly disfriaded and inject a constant amount of heat.
  • the temperature distribution inside most of the freated portion may be substantially uniform during the specified period of time.
  • Some heat may be allowed to diffuse from the freated portion into the overburden, base rock, and lateral rock.
  • the freated portion may be maintained at a selected temperature for a selected period of time after the specified period of time by injecting heat from the heat sources as needed.
  • the pore pressure disfribution may also be imposed as an average boundary condition.
  • the initial pore pressure disfribution may be assumed to be lithostatic.
  • the pore pressure distribution may then be gradually reduced to a selected pressure during the remainder of the simulation of the deformation characteristics.
  • the method may include assessing at least one deformation characteristic 9542 of the formation using simulation method 9540 on the computer system as a function of time. At least one deformation characteristic may be assessed from at least one property 9534, at least one process characteristic 9538, and at least one operating condition 9535. In certain embodiments, process characteristic 9538 may be assessed by a simulation or process characteristic 9538 may be measured. Deformation characteristics may include, but are not limited to, subsidence, compaction, heave, and shear deformation in the formation.
  • Simulation method 9540 may be a finite element simulation method for calculating elastic, plastic, and time dependent behavior of materials.
  • ABAQUS is a commercially available finite element simulation method from Hibbitt, Karlsson & Sorensen, Inc. located in Pawtucket, Rhode Island.
  • ABAQUS is capable of describing the elastic, plastic, and time dependent (creep) behavior of a broad class of materials such as mineral matter, soils, and metals.
  • ABAQUS may treat materials whose properties may be specified by user-defined constitutive laws.
  • ABAQUS may also calculate heat fransfer and treat the effect of pore pressure variations on rock deformation.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9544 for designing and controlling an in situ process using a computer system.
  • the method may include providing to the computer system at least one set of operating conditions 9546 for the in situ process.
  • operating conditions may include pressure, temperature, process time, rate of pressure increase, heating rate, characteristics of the well pattern, the overburden thickness, thickness and width of the freated portion of the formation and or untreated portions between treated portions of the formation, and the horizontal distance between freated portions of a formation.
  • At least one desired deformation characteristic 9548 for the in situ process may be provided to the computer system.
  • the desfred deformation characteristic may be a selected subsidence, selected heave, selected compaction, or selected shear deformation.
  • at least one additional operating condition 9551 may be assessed using simulation method 9550 that achieves at least one desired deformation characteristic 9548.
  • a desired deformation characteristic may be a value that does not adversely effect the operation of an in situ process. For example, a minimum overburden necessary to achieve a desired maximum value of subsidence may be assessed.
  • at least one additional operating condition 9551 may be used to operate an in situ process 9552.
  • operating conditions to obtain desired deformation characteristics may be assessed from simulations of an in situ process based on multiple operating conditions.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of method 9554 for assessing operating conditions to obtain desired deformation characteristics.
  • the method may include providing one or more values of at least one operating condition 9556 to a computer system for use as input to simulation method 9558.
  • the simulation method may be a finite element simulation method for calculating elastic, plastic, and creep behavior.
  • the method may further include assessing one or more values of deformation characteristics 9560 using simulation method 9558 based on the one or more values of at least one operating condition 9556.
  • a value of at least one deformation characteristic may include the deformation characteristic as a function of time.
  • a desired value of at least one deformation characteristic 9564 for the in situ process may also be provided to the computer system.
  • An embodiment of the method may include assessing 9562 desired value of at least one operating condition 9566 to achieve desired value of at least one deformation characteristic 9564.
  • Desired value of at least one operating condition 9566 may be assessed from the values of at least one deformation characteristic 9560 and the values of at least one operating condition 9556.
  • desired value 9566 may be obtained by inte ⁇ olation of values 9560 and values 9556.
  • a value of at least one deformation characteristic may be assessed 9565 from the desired value of at least one operating condition 9566 using simulation method 9558.
  • an operating condition to achieve a desired deformation characteristic may be assessed by comparing a deformation characteristic as a function of time for different operating conditions.
  • a desired value of at least one operating condition to achieve the desired value of at least one deformation characteristic may be assessed using a relationship between at least one deformation characteristic and at least one operating condition of the in situ process.
  • the relationship may be assessed using a simulation method.
  • Such relationship may be stored on a database accessible by the computer system.
  • the relationship may include one or more values of at least one deformation characteristic and co ⁇ esponding values of at least one operating condition.
  • the relationship may be an analytical function.
  • FIG. 40 illustrates the influence of operating pressure on subsidence in a cylindrical model of a formation from a finite element simulation.
  • the thickness of the freated portion is 189 m
  • the radius of the treated portion is 305 m
  • the overburden thickness is 201 m.
  • FIG. 40 shows the vertical surface displacement in meters over a period of years.
  • Curve 9568 corresponds to an operating pressure of 27.6 bars absolute and curve 9569 to an operating pressure of 6.9 bars absolute.
  • FIGS. 41 and 42 illustrate the influence of the use of an untreated portion between two freated portions.
  • FIG. 41 is the subsidence in a rectangular slab model with a freated portion thickness of 189 m, freated portion width of 649 m, and overburden thickness of 201 m.
  • FIG. 41 is the subsidence in a rectangular slab model with a freated portion thickness of 189 m, freated portion width of 649 m, and overburden thickness of 201 m.
  • FIG. 42 represents the subsidence in a rectangular slab model with two freated portions separated by an untreated portion, as pictured in FIG. 33.
  • the thickness of the freated portion and the overburden are the same as the model corresponding to FIG. 41.
  • the width of each freated portion is one half of the width of the freated portion of the model in FIG. 41. Therefore, the total width of the freated portions is the same for each model.
  • the operating pressure in each case is 6.9 bars absolute.
  • the surface displacements in FIGS. 41 and 42 are only illustrative. A comparison of FIGS. 41 and 42, however, shows that the use of an untreated portion reduces the subsidence by about 25%. In addition, the initial heave is also reduced.
  • FIG. 43 represents the shear deformation of the formation at the location of selected heat sources as a function of depth.
  • Curve 9570 and curve 9571 represent the shear deformation as a function of depth at 10 months and 12 months, respectively.
  • the curves which correspond to the predicted shape of the heat injection wells, show that shear deformation increases with depth in the fo ⁇ nation.
  • a computer system may be used to operate an in situ process for freating a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the in situ process may include providing heat from one or more heat sources to at least one portion of the formation.
  • the in situ process may also include allowing the heat to fransfer from the one or more heat sources to a selected section of the formation.
  • FIG. 44 illustrates method 9480 for operating an in situ process using a computer system.
  • the method may include operating in situ process 9482 using one or more operating parameters. Operating parameters may include properties of the formation, such as heat capacity, density, permeability, thermal conductivity, porosity, and/or chemical reaction data.
  • operating parameters may include operating conditions.
  • Operating conditions may include, but are not limited to, thickness and area of heated portion of the formation, pressure, temperature, heating rate, heat input rate, process time, production rate, time to obtain a given production rate, weight percentage of gases, and/or peripheral water recovery or injection. Operating conditions may also include characteristics of the well pattern such as producer well location, producer well orientation, ratio of producer wells to heater wells, heater well spacing, type of heater well pattern, heater well orientation, and/or distance between an overburden and horizontal heater wells. Operating parameters may also include mechanical properties of the formation. Operating parameters may include deformation characteristics, such as fracture, strain, subsidence, heave, compaction, and/or shear deformation.
  • At least one operating parameter 9484 of in situ process 9482 may be provided to computer system 9486.
  • Computer system 9486 may be at or near in situ process 9482.
  • computer system 9486 may be at a location remote from in situ process 9482.
  • the computer system may include a first simulation method for simulating a model of in situ process 9482.
  • the first simulation method may include method 9470 illustrated in FIG. 21, method 9360 illustrated in FIG. 23, method 8630 illustrated in FIG. 25, method 9390 illustrated in FIG. 26, method 9405 illustrated in FIG. 27, method 9430 illustrated in FIG. 28, and/or method 9450 illustrated in FIG. 29.
  • the first simulation method may include a body-fitted finite difference simulation method such as FLUENT or space-fitted finite difference simulation method such as STARS.
  • the first simulation method may perform a reservoir simulation.
  • a reservoir simulation method may be used to determine operating parameters including, but not limited to, pressure, temperature, heating rate, heat input rate, process time, production rate, time to obtain a given production rate, weight percentage of gases, and peripheral water recovery or injection.
  • the first simulation method may also calculate deformation in a fo ⁇ nation.
  • a simulation method for calculating deformation characteristics may include a finite element simulation method such as ABAQUS.
  • the first simulation method may calculate fracture progression, strain, subsidence, heave, compaction, and shear deformation.
  • a simulation method used for calculating deformation characteristics may include method 9532 illustrated in FIG. 36 and/or method 9554 illustrated in FIG. 39.
  • the method may further include using at least one parameter 9484 with a first simulation method and the computer system to provide assessed information 9488 about in situ process 9482.
  • Operating parameters from the simulation may be compared to operating parameters of in situ process 9482.
  • Assessed information from a simulation may include a simulated relationship between one or more operating parameters with at least one parameter 9484.
  • the assessed information may include a relationship between operating parameters such as pressure, temperature, heating input rate, or heating rate and operating parameters relating to product quality.
  • assessed information may include inconsistencies between operating parameters from simulation and operating parameters from in situ process 9482.
  • the temperature, pressure, product quality, or production rate from the first simulation method may differ from in situ process 9482.
  • the source of the inconsistencies may be assessed from the operating parameters provided by simulation.
  • the source of the inconsistencies may include differences between certain properties used in a simulated model of in situ process 9482 and in situ process 9482. Certain properties may include, but are not limited to, thermal conductivity, heat capacity, density, permeability, or chemical reaction data. Certain properties may also include mechanical properties such as compressive sfrength, confining pressure, creep parameters, elastic modulus, Poisson's ratio, cohesion stress, friction angle, and cap eccentricity.
  • assessed info ⁇ nation may include adjustments in one or more operating parameters of in situ process 9482.
  • the adjustments may compensate for inconsistencies between simulated operating parameters and operating parameters from in situ process 9482.
  • Adjustments may be assessed from a simulated relationship between at least one parameter 9484 and one or more operating parameters.
  • an in situ process may have a particular hydrocarbon fluid production rate, e.g., 1 m 3 /day, after a particular period of time (e.g., 90 days).
  • a theoretical temperature at an observation well e.g., 100 °C
  • a measured temperature at an observation well e.g. 80 °C
  • a simulation on a computer system may be performed using the measured temperature.
  • the simulation may provide operating parameters of the in situ process that correspond to the measured temperature.
  • the operating parameters from simulation may be used to assess a relationship between, for example, temperature or heat input rate and the production rate of the in situ process. The relationship may indicate that the heat capacity or thermal conductivity of the formation used in the simulation is inconsistent with the formation.
  • the method may further include using assessed information 9488 to operate in situ process 9482.
  • "operate” refers to controlling or changing operating conditions of an in situ process.
  • the assessed information may indicate that the thermal conductivity of the formation in the above example is lower than the thermal conductivity used in the simulation. Therefore, the heat input rate to in situ process 9482 may be increased to operate at the theoretical temperature.
  • the method may include obtaining 9492 information 9494 from a second simulation method and the computer system using assessed information 9488 and desired parameter 9490.
  • the first simulation method may be the same as the second simulation method.
  • the first and second simulation methods may be different. Simulations may provide a relationship between at least one operating parameter and at least one other parameter. Additionally, obtained information 9494 may be used to operate in situ process 9482.
  • Obtained info ⁇ nation 9494 may include at least one operating parameter for use in the in situ process that achieves the desired parameter.
  • simulation method 9450 illustrated in FIG. 29 may be used to obtain at least one operating parameter that achieves the desired parameter.
  • a desired hydrocarbon fluid production rate for an in situ process may be 6 m 3 /day.
  • One or more simulations may be used to determine the operating parameters necessary to achieve a hydrocarbon fluid production rate of 6 ffiVday.
  • model parameters used by simulation method 9450 may be calibrated to account for differences observed between simulations and in situ process 9482.
  • simulation method 9390 illustrated in FIG. 26 may be used to calibrate model parameters.
  • simulation method 9554 illustrated in FIG. 39 may be used to obtain at least one operating parameter that achieves a desired deformation characteristic.
  • FIG. 45 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for controlling in situ process 9701 in a formation using a computer simulation method.
  • In situ process 9701 may include sensor 9702 for monitoring operating parameters.
  • Sensor 9702 may be located in a ba ⁇ ier well, a monitoring well, a production well, or a heater well.
  • Sensor 9702 may monitor operating parameters such as subsurface and surface conditions in the formation.
  • Subsurface conditions may include pressure, temperature, product quality, and deformation characteristics, such as fracture progression.
  • Sensor 9702 may also monitor surface data such as pump status (i.e., on or off), fluid flow rate, surface pressure/temperature, and heater power. The surface data may be monitored with instruments placed at a well.
  • At least one operating parameter 9704 measured by sensor 9702 may be provided to local computer system 9708.
  • operating parameter 9704 may be provided to remote computer system 9706.
  • Computer system 9706 may be, for example, a personal desktop computer system, a laptop, or personal digital assistant such as a palm pilot.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates several ways that information such as operating parameter 9704 may be transmitted from in situ process 9701 to remote computer system 9706.
  • Information may be transmitted by means of internet 9718, hardwire telephone lines 9720, and wireless communications 9722.
  • Wireless communications 9722 may include transmission via satellite 9724.
  • operating parameter 9704 may be provided to computer system 9708 or 9706 automatically during the freatment of a formation.
  • Computer systems 9706 and 9708 may include a simulation method for simulating a model of the in situ freatment process 9701. The simulation method may be used to obtain information 9710 about the in situ process.
  • a simulation of in situ process 9701 may be performed manually at a desired time.
  • a simulation may be performed automatically when a desired condition is met.
  • a simulation may be performed when one or more operating parameters reach, or fail to reach, a particular value at a particular time.
  • a simulation may be performed when the production rate fails to reach a particular value at a particular time.
  • information 9710 relating to in situ process 9701 may be provided automatically by computer system 9706 or 9708 for use in controlling in situ process 9701.
  • Information 9710 may include instructions relating to confrol of in situ process 9701.
  • Information 9710 may be fransmitted from computer system 9706 via internet, hardwire, wireless, or satellite transmission as illustrated in FIG. 46. Information 9710 may be provided to computer system 9712. Computer system 9712 may also be at a location remote from the in situ process. Computer system 9712 may process information 9710 for use in controlling in situ process 9701. For example, computer system 9712 may use information 9710 to determine adjustments in one or more operating parameters. Computer system 9712 may then automatically adjust 9716 one or more operating parameters of in situ process 9701. Alternatively, one or more operating parameters of in situ process 9701 may be displayed and then, optionally, adjusted manually 9714.
  • FIG. 47 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for controlling in situ process 9701 in a formation using information 9710.
  • Information 9710 may be obtained using a simulation method and a computer system.
  • Information 9710 may be provided to computer system 9712.
  • Information 9710 may include information that relates to adjusting one or more operating parameters.
  • Output 9713 from computer system 9712 may be provided to display 9722, data storage 9724, or surface facility 9723.
  • Output 9713 may also be used to automatically confrol conditions in the formation by adjusting one or more operating parameters.
  • Output 9713 may include instructions to adjust pump status and flow rate at a barrier well 9726, adjust pump status and flow rate at a production well 9728, and/or adjust the heater power at a heater well 9730. Output 9713 may also include instractions to heating pattern 9732 of in situ process 9701. For example, an instruction may be to add one or more heater wells at particular locations. In addition, output 9713 may include instructions to shut-in the formation 9734.
  • output 9713 may be viewed by operators of the in situ process on display 9722. The operators may then use output 9713 to manually adjust one or more operating parameters.
  • FIG. 48 illustrates a schematic of an embodiment for controlling in situ process 9701 in a formation using a simulation method and a computer system.
  • At least one operating parameter 9704 from in situ process 9701 may be provided to computer system 9736.
  • Computer system 9736 may include a simulation method for simulating a model of in situ process 9701.
  • Computer system 9736 may use the simulation method to obtain information 9738 about in situ process 9701.
  • Information 9738 may be provided to data storage 9740, display 9742, and analysis 9743. In an embodiment, information 9738 may be automatically provided to in situ process 9701. Information 9738 may then be used to operate in situ process 9701.
  • Analysis 9743 may include review of info ⁇ nation 9738 and/or use of information 9738 to operate in situ process 9701.
  • Analysis 9743 may include obtaining additional information 9750 using one or more simulations 9746 of in situ process 9701.
  • One or more simulations may be used to obtain additional or modified model parameters of in situ process 9701.
  • the additional or modified model parameters may be used to further assess in situ process 9701.
  • Simulation method 9390 illustrated in FIG. 26 may be used to determine additional or modified model parameters.
  • Method 9390 may use at least one operating parameter 9704 and information 9738 to calibrate model parameters. For example, at least one operating parameter 9704 may be compared to at least one simulated operating parameter. Model parameters may be modified such that at least one simulated operating parameter matches or approximates at least one operating parameter 9704.
  • analysis 9743 may include obtaining 9744 additional information 9748 about properties of in situ process 9701.
  • Properties may include, for example, thermal conductivity, heat capacity, porosity, or permeability of one or more portions of the formation.
  • Properties may also include chemical reaction data such as, chemical reactions, chemical components, and chemical reaction parameters. Properties may be obtained from the literature or from field or laboratory experiments. For example, properties of core samples of the freated fo ⁇ nation may be measured in a laboratory.
  • Additional information 9748 may be used to operate in situ process 9701. Alternatively, additional information 9743 may be used in one or more simulations 9746 to obtain additional information 9750.
  • additional information 9750 may include one or more operating parameters that may be used to operate in situ process 9701 with a desired operating parameter.
  • method 9450 illustrated in FIG. 29 may be used to determine operating parameters to achieve a desired parameter. The operating parameters may then be used to operate in situ process 9701.
  • An in situ process for treating a formation may include freating a selected section of the formation with a minimum average overburden thickness.
  • the minimum average overburden thickness may depend on a type of hydrocarbon resource and geological formation surrounding the hydrocarbon resource.
  • An overburden may, in some embodiments, be substantially impermeable so that fluids produced in the selected section are inhibited from passing to the ground surface through the overburden.
  • a minimum overburden thickness may be determined as the minimum overburden needed to inhibit the escape of fluids produced in the formation and to inhibit breakthrough to the surface due to increased pressure within the formation during in the situ conversion process.
  • Determining this minimum overburden thickness may be dependent on, for example, composition of the overburden, maximum pressure to be reached in the formation during the in situ conversion process, permeability of the overburden, composition of fluids produced in the formation, and/or temperatures in the formation or overburden.
  • a ratio of overburden thickness to hydrocarbon resource thickness may be used during selection of resources to produce using an in situ thermal conversion process.
  • Selected factors may be used to determine a minimum overburden thickness. These selected factors may include overall thickness of the overburden, lithology and/or rock properties of the overburden, earth sfresses, expected extent of subsidence and/or reservoir compaction, a pressure of a process to be used in the formation, and extent and connectivity of natural fracture systems surrounding the formation.
  • FIG. 49 illustrates a flow chart of a computer-implemented method for determining a selected overburden thickness.
  • Selected section properties 6366 may be input into computational system 6250. Properties of the selected section may include type of formation, density, permeability, porosity, earth sfresses, etc.
  • Selected section properties 6366 may be used by a software executable to determine minimum overburden thickness 6368 for the selected section.
  • the software executable may be, for example, ABAQUS.
  • the software executable may inco ⁇ orate selected factors.
  • Computational system 6250 may also run a simulation to determine minimum overburden thickness 6368.
  • the minimum overburden thickness may be determined so that fractures that allow formation fluid to pass to the ground surface will not form within the overburden during an in situ process.
  • a formation may be selected for freatment by computational system 6250 based on properties of the formation and/or properties of the overburden as determined herein.
  • Overburden properties 6364 may also be input into computational system 6250.
  • Properties of the overburden may include a type of material in the overburden, density of the overburden, permeability of the overburden, earth sfresses, etc.
  • Computational system 6250 may also be used to determine operating conditions and/or confrol operating conditions for an in situ process of freating a formation. Heating of the formation may be monitored during an in situ conversion process. Monitoring heating of a selected section may include continuously monitoring acoustical data associated with the selected section. Acoustical data may include seismic data or any acoustical data that may be measured, for example, using geophones, hydrophones, or other acoustical sensors.
  • a continuous acoustical monitoring system can be used to monitor (e.g., intermittently or constantly) the formation.
  • the formation can be monitored (e.g., using geophones at 2 kilohertz, recording measurements every 1/8 of a millisecond) for undesirable formation conditions.
  • a continuous acoustical monitoring system may be obtained from Oyo Instruments (Houston, TX).
  • Acoustical data may be acquired by recording information using underground acoustical sensors located within and/or proximate a freated formation area. Acoustical data may be used to dete ⁇ nine a type and/or location of fractures developing within the selected section.
  • Acoustical data may be input into a computational system to determine the type and/or location of fractures. Also, heating profiles of the formation or selected section may be determined by the computational system using the acoustical data.
  • the computational system may run a software executable to process the acoustical data.
  • the computational system may be used to determine a set of operating conditions for freating the formation in situ.
  • the computational system may also be used to control the set of operating conditions for freating the formation in situ based on the acoustical data.
  • Other properties, such as a temperature of the formation may also be input into the computational system.
  • An in situ conversion process may be confrolled by using some of the production wells as injection wells for injection of steam and/or other process modifying fluids (e.g., hydrogen, which may affect a product composition through in situ hydrogenation).
  • process modifying fluids e.g., hydrogen, which may affect a product composition through in situ hydrogenation
  • the heat injection profiles and hydrocarbon vapor production may be adjusted on a more discrete basis. It may be possible to adjust heat profiles and production on a bed-by-bed basis or in meter-by-meter increments. This may allow the ICP to compensate, for example, for different thermal properties and or organic contents in an interbedded lithology. Thus, cold and hot spots may be inhibited from forming, the formation may not be ove ⁇ ressurized, and/or the integrity of the formation may not be highly stressed, which could cause deformations and/or damage to wellbore integrity.
  • ICP in situ conversion process
  • the ICP may cause microseismic failures, or fractures, within the freatment zone from which a seismic wave may be emitted.
  • Treatment zone 6400 may be heated using heat provided from heater 6410 placed in heater well 6402. Pressure in treatment zone 6400 may be controlled by producing some formation fluid through heater wells 6402 and/or production wells. Heat from heater 6410 may cause failure 6406 in a portion of the fo ⁇ nation proximate freatment zone 6400. Failure 6406 may be a localized rock failure within a rock volume of the fo ⁇ nation. Failure 6406 may be an instantaneous failure.
  • Seismic disturbance 6408 may be an elastic or microseismic disturbance that propagates as a body wave in the formation surrounding the failure. Magnitude and direction of seismic disturbance as measured by sensors may indicate a type of macro-scale failure that occurs within the formation and/or treatment zone 6400. For example, seismic disturbance 6408 may be evaluated to indicate a location, orientation, and/or extent of one or more macro-scale failures that occurred in the formation due to heat freatment of the freatment zone 6400.
  • Seismic disturbance 6408 from one or more failures 6406 may be detected with one or more sensors 6412.
  • Sensor 6412 may be a geophone, hydrophone, accelerometer, and/or other seismic sensing device.
  • Sensors 6412 may be placed in monitoring well 6404 or monitoring wells.
  • Monitoring wells 6404 may be placed in the formation proximate heater well 6402 and treatment zone 6400. In certain embodiments, three monitoring wells 6404 are placed in the fo ⁇ nation such that a location of failure 6406 may be triangulated using sensors 6412 in each monitoring well.
  • sensors 6412 may measure a signal of seismic disturbance 6408.
  • the signal may include a wave or set of waves emitted from failure 6406.
  • the signals may be used to determine an approximate location of failure 6406.
  • An approximate time at which failure 6406 occurred, causing seismic disturbance 6408, may also be determined from the signal.
  • This approximate location and approximate time of failure 6406 may be used to detennine if failure 6406 can propagate into an undesired zone of the formation.
  • the undesired zone may include a water aquifer, a zone of the formation undesired for freatment, overburden 540 of the formation, and/or underburden 6416 of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • An aquifer may also lie above overburden 540 or below underburden 6416.
  • Overburden 540 and/or underburden 6416 may include one or more rock layers that can be fractured and allow formation fluid to undesirably escape from the in situ conversion process. Sensors 6412 may be used to monitor a progression of failure 6406 (i.e., an increase in extent of the failure) over a period of time.
  • a location of failure 6406 may be more precisely determined using a vertical disfribution of sensors 6412 along each monitoring well 6404.
  • the vertical disfribution of sensors 6412 may also include at least one sensor above overburden 540 and/or below underburden 6416.
  • underburden 6416 may be used to monitor penetration (or an absence of penetration) of a failure through the overburden or underburden.
  • a parameter for treatment of treatment zone 6400 confrolled through heater well 6402 may be altered to inhibit propagation of the failure.
  • the parameter of freatment may include a pressure in freatment zone 6400, a volume (or flow rate) of fluids injected into the freatment zone or removed from the freatment zone, or a heat input rate from heater 6410 into the treatment zone.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates a flow chart of an embodiment of a method used to monitor freatment of a formation.
  • Treatment plan 6420 may be provided for a freatment zone (e.g., freatment zone 6400 in FIGS. 50 and 51).
  • Parameters 6422 for treatment plan 6420 may include, but are not limited to, pressure in the freatment zone, heating rate of the treatment zone, and average temperature in the freatment zone.
  • Treatment parameters 6422 may be confrolled to treat through heat sources, production wells, and/or injection wells. A failure or failures may occur during freatment of the treatment zone for a given set of parameters. Seismic disturbances that indicate a failure may be detected by sensors placed in one or more monitoring wells in monitoring step 6424.
  • the seismic disturbances may be used to determine a location, a time, and/or extent of the one or more failures in determination step 6426.
  • Determination step 6426 may include imaging the seismic disturbances to determine a spatial location of a failure or failures and/or a time at which the failure or failures occurred.
  • the location, time, and/or extent of the failure or failures may be processed to determine if freatment parameters 6422 may be altered to inhibit the propagation of a failure or failures into an undesired zone of the formation in inte ⁇ retation step 6428.
  • a recording system may be used to continuously monitor signals from sensors placed in a formation.
  • the recording system may continuously record the signals from sensors.
  • the recording system may save the signals as data.
  • the data may be permanently saved by the recording system.
  • the recording system may simultaneously monitor signals from sensors.
  • the signals may be monitored at a selected sampling rate (e.g., about once every 0.25 milliseconds).
  • two recording systems may be used to continuously monitor signals from sensors.
  • a recording system may be used to record each signal from the sensors at the selected sampling rate for a desired time period.
  • a confroller may be used when the recording system is used to monitor a signal.
  • the confroller may be a computational system or computer. In an embodiment using two or more recording systems, the confroller may direct which recording system is used for a selected time period.
  • the confroller may include a global positioning satellite (GPS) clock.
  • GPS global positioning satellite
  • the GPS clock may be used to provide a specific time for a recording system to begin monitoring signals (e.g., a trigger time) and a time period for the monitoring of signals.
  • the controller may provide the specific time for the recording system to begin monitoring signals to a trigger box.
  • the trigger box may be used to supply a trigger pulse to a recording system to begin monitoring signals.
  • a storage device may be used to record signals monitored by a recording system.
  • the storage device may include a tape drive (e.g., a high-speed high-capacity tape drive) or any device capable of recording relatively large amounts of data at very short time intervals.
  • the storage device may receive data from the first recording system while the second recording system is monitoring signals from one or more sensors, or vice versa. This enables continuous data coverage so that all or substantially all microseismic events that occur will be detected.
  • heat progress through the formation may be monitored by measuring microseismic events caused by heating of various portions of the formation .
  • monitoring heating of a selected section of the formation may include electromagnetic monitoring of the selected section. Electromagnetic monitoring may include measuring a resistivity between at least two electrodes within the selected section. Data from electromagnetic monitoring may be input into a computational system and processed as described above.
  • a relationship between a change in characteristics of formation fluids with temperature in an in situ conversion process may be developed.
  • the relationship may relate the change in characteristics with temperature to a heating rate and temperature for the formation.
  • the relationship may be used to select a temperature which can be used in an isothermal experiment to determine a quantity and quality of a product produced by ICP in a formation without having to use one or more slow heating rate experiments.
  • the isothermal experiment may be conducted in a laboratory or similar test facility.
  • the isothermal experiment may be conducted much more quickly than experiments that slowly increase temperatures.
  • An appropriate selection of a temperature for an isothermal experiment may be significant for prediction of characteristics of formation fluids.
  • the experiment may include conducting an experiment on a sample of a formation.
  • the experiment may include producing hydrocarbons from the sample.
  • first order kinetics may be generally assumed for a reaction producing a product. Assuming first order kinetics and a linear heating rate, the change in concentration (a characteristic of a formation fluid being the concentration of a component) with temperature may be defined by the equation:
  • C is the concentration of a component
  • T is temperature in Kelvin
  • k 0 is the frequency factor of the reaction
  • m is the heating rate
  • E is the activation energy
  • R is the gas constant.
  • EQN. 32 may be solved for a concentration at a selected temperature based on an initial concentration at a first temperature. The result is the equation:
  • the heating rate may not be linear due to temperature limitations in heat sources and/or in heater wells. For example, heating may be reduced at higher temperatures so that a temperature in a heater well is maintained below a desired temperature (e.g., about 650° C). This may provide a non-linear heating rate that is relatively slower than a linear heating rate.
  • the non-linear heating rate may be expressed as:
  • n is typically less than 1 (e.g., about 0.75).
  • An isothermal experiment may be conducted at a selected temperature to determine a quality and a quantity of a product produced using an ICP in a fo ⁇ nation.
  • ⁇ QN. 36 may be solved for this value, giving the expression:
  • Tm is the selected temperature which co ⁇ esponds to converting half of the initial concenfration into product.
  • an equation such as ⁇ QN. 34 may be used with a heating rate that approximates a heating rate expected in a temperature range where in situ conversion of hydrocarbons is expected.
  • ⁇ QN. 37 may be used to determine a selected temperature based on a heating rate that may be expected for ICP in at least a portion of a formation. The heating rate may be selected based on parameters such as, but not limited to, heater well spacing, heater well installation economics (e.g., drilling costs, heater costs, etc.), and maximum heater output. At least one property of the formation may also be used to determine the heating rate.
  • At least one property may include, but is not limited to, a type of formation, fo ⁇ nation heat capacity, formation depth, permeability, the ⁇ nal conductivity, and total organic content.
  • the selected temperature may be used in an isothermal experiment to determine product quality and/or quantity.
  • the product quality and/or quantity may also be determined at a selected pressure in the isothermal experiment.
  • the selected pressure may be a pressure used for an ICP.
  • the selected pressure may be adjusted to produce a desired product quality and/or quantity in the isothermal experiment.
  • the adjusted selected pressure may be used in an ICP to produce the desired product quality and/or quality from the formation.
  • EQN a type of formation, fo ⁇ nation heat capacity, formation depth, permeability, the ⁇ nal conductivity, and total organic content.
  • a heating rate (m or m") used in an ICP based on results from an isothermal experiment at a selected temperature (7 //2 ).
  • isothermal experiments may be performed at a variety of temperatures.
  • the selected temperature may be chosen as a temperature at which a product of desired quality and or quantity is produced.
  • the selected temperature may be used in EQN. 37 to determine the desired heating rate during ICP to produce a product of the desired quality and/or quantity.
  • constants for an equation such as EQN. 37 may be determined by data from an experiment when the temperature is raised at a constant rate.
  • a temperature for isothermal experiments may be calculated. Isothermal experiments may be performed much more quickly than experiments at anticipated heating rates (i.e., relatively slow heating rates). Thus, the effect of variables (such as pressure) and the effect of applying additional gases (such as, for example, steam and hydrogen) may be determined by relatively fast experiments.
  • variables such as pressure
  • additional gases such as, for example, steam and hydrogen
  • a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be heated with a natural distributed combustor system located in the formation.
  • the generated heat may be allowed to fransfer to a selected section of the formation.
  • a natural distributed combustor may oxidize hydrocarbons in a formation in the vicinity of a wellbore to provide heat to a selected section of the formation.
  • a temperature sufficient to support oxidation may be at least about 200 °C or 250 °C.
  • the temperature sufficient to support oxidation will tend to vary depending on many factors (e.g., a composition of the hydrocarbons in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons, water content of the formation, and/or type and amount of oxidant).
  • Some water may be removed from the formation prior to heating. For example, the water may be pumped from the formation by dewatering wells.
  • the heated portion of the formation may be near or substantially adjacent to an opening in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the opening in the formation may be a heater well formed in the formation.
  • the heated portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may extend radially from the opening to a width of about 0.3 m to about 1.2 m.
  • the width may also be less than about 0.9 m.
  • a width of the heated portion may vary with time. In certain embodiments, the variance depends on factors including a width of formation necessary to generate sufficient heat during oxidation of carbon to maintain the oxidation reaction without providing heat from an additional heat source.
  • an oxidizing fluid may be provided into the opening to oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbons at a reaction zone or a heat source zone within the formation. Oxidation of the hydrocarbons will generate heat at the reaction zone.
  • the generated heat will in most embodiments fransfer from the reaction zone to a pyrolysis zone in the fo ⁇ nation.
  • the generated heat fransfers at a rate between about 650 watts per meter and 1650 watts per meter as measured along a depth of the reaction zone.
  • energy supplied to the heater for initially heating the fo ⁇ nation to the temperature sufficient to support oxidation may be reduced or turned off. Energy input costs may be significantly reduced using natural disfricited combustors, thereby providing a significantly more efficient system for heating the fo ⁇ nation.
  • a conduit may be disposed in the opening to provide oxidizing fluid into the opening.
  • the conduit may have flow orifices or other flow control mechanisms (i.e., slits, venturi meters, valves, etc.) to allow the oxidizing fluid to enter the opening.
  • flow orifices includes openings having a wide variety of cross-sectional shapes including, but not limited to, circles, ovals, squares, rectangles, triangles, slits, or other regular or irregular shapes.
  • the flow orifices may be critical flow orifices in some embodiments.
  • the flow orifices may provide a substantially constant flow of oxidizing fluid into the opening, regardless of the pressure in the opening.
  • the number of flow orifices may be limited by the diameter of the orifices and a desired spacing between orifices for a length of the conduit. For example, as the diameter of the orifices decreases, the number of flow orifices may increase, and vice versa. In addition, as the desired spacing increases, the number of flow orifices may decrease, and vice versa.
  • the diameter of the orifices may be determined by a pressure in the conduit and/or a desired flow rate through the orifices. For example, for a flow rate of about 1.7 standard cubic meters per minute and a pressure of about 7 bars absolute, an orifice diameter may be about 1.3 mm with a spacing between orifices of about 2 m.
  • Orifices may plug more readily than larger diameter orifices. Orifices may plug for a variety of reasons. The reasons may include, but are not limited to, contaminants in the fluid flowing in the conduit and/or solid deposition within or proximate the orifices.
  • the number and diameter of the orifices are chosen such that a more even or nearly uniform heating profile will be obtained along a depth of the opening in the formation.
  • a depth of a heated formation that is intended to have an approximately uniform heating profile may be greater than about 300 m, or even greater than about 600 m. Such a depth may vary, however, depending on, for example, a type of formation to be heated and/or a desired production rate.
  • flow orifices may be disposed in a helical pattern around the conduit within the opening.
  • the flow orifices may be spaced by about 0.3 m to about 3 m between orifices in the helical pattern. In some embodhnents, the spacing may be about 1 m to about 2 m or, for example, about 1.5 m.
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid into the opening may be confrolled such that a rate of oxidation at the reaction zone is controlled. Transfer of heat between incoming oxidant and outgoing oxidation products may heat the oxidizing fluid.
  • the fransfer of heat may also maintain the conduit below a maximum operatmg temperature of the conduit.
  • FIG. 53 illustrates an embodiment of a natural disfriaded combustor that may heat a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Conduit 512 may be placed into opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Conduit 512 may have inner conduit 513.
  • Oxidizing fluid source 508 may provide oxidizing fluid 517 into inner conduit 513.
  • Inner conduit 513 may have critical flow orifices 515 along its length.
  • Critical flow orifices 515 may be disposed in a helical pattern (or any other pattern) along a length of inner conduit 513 in opening 514.
  • critical flow orifices 515 may be arranged in a helical pattern with a distance of about 1 m to about 2.5 m between adjacent orifices.
  • Inner conduit 513 may be sealed at the bottom.
  • Oxidizing fluid 517 may be provided into opening 514 through critical flow orifices 515 of inner conduit 513.
  • Critical flow orifices 515 may be designed such that substantially the same flow rate of oxidizing fluid 517 may be provided through each critical flow orifice.
  • Critical flow orifices 515 may also provide substantially uniform flow of oxidizing fluid 517 along a length of conduit 512. Such flow may provide substantially uniform heating of hydrocarbon layer 516 along the length of conduit 512.
  • Packing material 542 may enclose conduit 512 in overburden 540 of the formation. Packing material 542 may inhibit flow of fluids from opening 514 to surface 550. Packing material 542 may include any material that inhibits flow of fluids to surface 550 such as cement or consolidated sand or gravel. A conduit or opening through the packing may provide a path for oxidation products to reach the surface.
  • Oxidation products 519 typically enter conduit 512 from opening 514.
  • Oxidation products 519 may include carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, oxides of sulfur, carbon monoxide, and/or other products resulting from a reaction of oxygen with hydrocarbons and/or carbon.
  • Oxidation products 519 may be removed through conduit 512 to surface 550.
  • Oxidation product 519 may flow along a face of reaction zone 524 in opening 514 until proximate an upper end of opening 514 where oxidation product 519 may flow into conduit 512.
  • Oxidation products 519 may also be removed through one or more conduits disposed in opening 514 and/or in hydrocarbon layer 516. For example, oxidation products 519 may be removed through a second conduit disposed in opening
  • Removing oxidation products 519 through a conduit may inhibit oxidation products 519 from flowing to a production well disposed in the formation.
  • Critical flow orifices 515 may also inhibit oxidation products 519 from entering inner conduit 513.
  • a flow rate of oxidation product 519 may be balanced with a flow rate of oxidizing fluid 517 such that a substantially constant pressure is maintained within opening 514.
  • a flow rate of oxidizing fluid may be between about 0.5 standard cubic meters per minute to about 5 standard cubic meters per minute, or about 1.0 standard cubic meters per minute to about 4.0 standard cubic meters per minute, or, for example, about 1.7 standard cubic meters per minute.
  • a flow rate of oxidizing fluid into the formation may be incrementally increased during use to accommodate expansion of the reaction zone.
  • a pressure in the opening may be, for example, about 8 bars absolute. Oxidizing fluid 517.
  • Heated portion 518 may have been initially heated to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation by an electric heater, as shown in FIG. 54.
  • an electric heater may be placed inside or strapped to the outside of conduit 513.
  • controlling the pressure within opening 514 may inhibit oxidation product and/or oxidation fluids from flowing into the pyrolysis zone of the formation. In some instances, pressure within opening
  • 514 may be confrolled to be slightly greater than a pressure in the formation to allow fluid within the opening to pass into the formation but to inhibit formation of a pressure gradient that allows the transport of the fluid a significant distance into the formation.
  • oxidation product 519 (and excess oxidation fluid such as air) may be inhibited from flowing through the formation and/or to a production well within the formation. Instead, oxidation product 519 and/or excess oxidation fluid may be removed from the formation. In some embodiments, the oxidation product and/or excess oxidation fluid are removed through conduit 512. Removing oxidation product and/or excess oxidation fluid may allow heat from oxidation reactions to transfer to the pyrolysis zone without significant amounts of oxidation product and or excess oxidation fluid entering the pyrolysis zone. In certain embodiments, some pyrolysis product near reaction zone 524 may be oxidized in reaction zone 524 in addition to the carbon.
  • Oxidation of the pyrolysis product in reaction zone 524 may provide additional heating of hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • oxidation product from the oxidation of pyrolysis product may be removed near the reaction zone (e.g., through a conduit such as conduit 512). Removing the oxidation product of a pyrolysis product may inhibit contamination of other pyrolysis products in the formation with oxidation product.
  • Conduit 512 may, in some embodiments, remove oxidation product 519 from opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Oxidizing fluid 517 in inner conduit 513 may be heated by heat exchange with conduit 512. A portion of heat fransfer between conduit 512 and inner conduit 513 may occur in overburden section 540.
  • Oxidation product 519 may be cooled by fransfemng heat to oxidizing fluid 517. Heating the incoming oxidizing fluid 517 tends to improve the efficiency of heating the formation.
  • Oxidizing fluid 517 may transport through reaction zone 524, or heat source zone, by gas phase diffusion and/or convection. Diffusion of oxidizing fluid 517 through reaction zone 524 may be more efficient at the relatively high temperatures of oxidation. Diffusion of oxidizing fluid 517 may inhibit development of localized overheating and fingering in the formation. Diffusion of oxidizing fluid 517 through hydrocarbon layer 516 is generally a mass fransfer process. In the absence of an external force, a rate of diffusion for oxidizing fluid 517 may depend upon concentration, pressure, and/or temperature of oxidizing fluid 517 within hydrocarbon layer 516. The rate of diffusion may also depend upon the diffusion coefficient of oxidizing fluid 517 through hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • the diffusion coefficient may be determined by measurement or calculation based on the kinetic theory of gases.
  • random motion of oxidizing fluid 517 may transfer the oxidizing fluid tiirough hydrocarbon layer 516 from a region of high concenfration to a region of low concenfration.
  • reaction zone 524 may slowly extend radially to greater diameters from opening 514 as hydrocarbons are oxidized.
  • Reaction zone 524 may, in many embodiments, maintain a relatively constant width.
  • reaction zone 524 may extend radially at a rate of less than about 0.91 m per year for a relatively low permeability fo ⁇ nation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Reaction zone 524 may extend at slower rates for richer formations and at faster rates for leaner formations with more inorganic material since more hydrocarbons per volume are available for combustion in the hydrocarbon rich formations.
  • a flow rate of oxidizing fluid 517 into opening 514 may be increased as a diameter of reaction zone 524 increases to maintain the rate of oxidation per unit volume at a substantially steady state.
  • a temperature within reaction zone 524 may be maintained substantially constant in some embodiments.
  • the temperature within reaction zone 524 may be between about 650 °C to about 900 °C or, for example, about 760 °C.
  • the temperature may be maintained below a temperature that results in production of oxides of nifrogen (NO x ). Oxides of nifrogen are often produced at temperatures above about 1200 °C.
  • the temperature within reaction zone 524 may be varied to achieve a desired heating rate of selected section 526.
  • the temperature within reaction zone 524 may be increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing a flow rate of oxidizing fluid 517 into opening 514.
  • a temperature of conduit 512, inner conduit 513, and/or any metallurgical materials within opening 514 may be controlled to not exceed a maximum operating temperature of the material. Maintaining the temperature below the maximum operating temperature of a material may inhibit excessive deformation and/or corrosion of the material.
  • An increase in the diameter of reaction zone 524 may allow for relatively rapid heating of hydrocarbon layer 516. As the diameter of reaction zone 524 increases, an amount of heat generated per time in reaction zone 524 may also increase.
  • Increasing an amount of heat generated per time in the reaction zone will in many instances increase a heating rate of hydrocarbon layer 516 over a period of time, even without increasing the temperature in the reaction zone or the temperature at conduit 513.
  • increased heating may be achieved over time without installing additional heat sources and without increasing temperatures adjacent to wellbores.
  • the heating rates may be increased while allowing the temperatures to decrease (allowing temperatures to decrease may often lengthen the life of the equipment used).
  • the natural disfricited combustor may save significantly on energy costs.
  • an economical process may be provided for heating formations that would otherwise be economically unsuitable for heating by other types of heat sources.
  • Using natural disfricited combustors may allow fewer heaters to be inserted into a formation for heating a desired volume of the formation as compared to heating the formation using other types of heat sources. Heating a formation using natural disfricited combustors may allow for reduced equipment costs as compared to heating the formation using other types of heat sources.
  • Heat generated at reaction zone 524 may fransfer by thermal conduction to selected section 526 of hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • generated heat may fransfer from a reaction zone to the selected section to a lesser extent by convective heat fransfer.
  • Selected section 526 sometimes referred as the "pyrolysis zone,” may be substantially adjacent to reaction zone 524.
  • Removing oxidation product (and excess oxidation fluid such as air) may allow the pyrolysis zone to receive heat from the reaction zone without being exposed to oxidation product, or oxidants, that are in the reaction zone.
  • Oxidation product and/or oxidation fluids may cause the formation of undesirable products if they are present in the pyrolysis zone.
  • Removing oxidation product and/or oxidation fluids may allow a reducing environment to be maintained in the pyrolysis zone.
  • FIG. 53 depicts an embodiment of a natural disfriaded combustor.
  • a flow of oxidizing fluid 517 may be confrolled along a length of opening 514 or reaction zone 524. Opening 514 may be referred to as an "elongated opening," such that reaction zone 524 and opening 514 may have a common boundary along a determined length of the opening.
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid may be confrolled using one or more orifices 515 (the orifices may be critical flow orifices).
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid may be confrolled by a diameter of orifices 515, a number of orifices 515, and or by a pressure within inner conduit 513 (a pressure behind orifices 515). Controlling the flow of oxidizing fluid may confrol a temperature at a face of reaction zone 524 in opening 514. For example, an increased flow of oxidizing fluid 517 will tend to increase a temperature at the face of reaction zone 524. Increasing the flow of oxidizing fluid into the opening tends to increase a rate of oxidation of hydrocarbons in the reaction zone. Since the oxidation of hydrocarbons is an exothermic reaction, increasing the rate of oxidation tends to increase the temperature in the reaction zone.
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid 517 may be varied along the length of inner conduit 513 (e.g., using critical flow orifices 515) such that the temperature at the face of reaction zone 524 is variable.
  • the temperature at the face of reaction zone 524, or within opening 514, may be varied to confrol a rate of heat transfer within reaction zone 524 and/or a heating rate within selected section 526.
  • Increasing the temperature at the face of reaction zone 524 may increase the heating rate within selected section 526.
  • a property of oxidation product 519 may be monitored (e.g., oxygen content, nifrogen content, temperature, etc.).
  • the property of oxidation product 519 may be monitored and used to confrol input properties (e.g., oxidizing fluid input) into the natural disfricited combustor.
  • a rate of diffusion of oxidizing fluid 517 through reaction zone 524 may vary with a temperature of and adjacent to the reaction zone. In general, the higher the temperature, the faster a gas will diffuse because of the increased energy in the gas.
  • a temperature within the opening may be assessed (e.g., measured by a thermocouple) and related to a temperature of the reaction zone.
  • the temperature within the opening may be confrolled by controlling the flow of oxidizing fluid into the opening from inner conduit 513. For example, increasing a flow of oxidizing fluid into the opening may increase the temperature within the opening.
  • Decreasing the flow of oxidizing fluid into the opening may decrease the temperature within the opening.
  • a flow of oxidizing fluid may be increased until a selected temperature below the metallurgical temperature limits of the equipment being used is reached.
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid can be increased until a working temperature limit of a metal used in a conduit placed in the opening is reached.
  • the temperature of the metal may be directly measured using a thermocouple or other temperature measurement device.
  • reaction zone 524 production of carbon dioxide within reaction zone 524 may be inhibited.
  • An increase in a concenfration of hydrogen in the reaction zone may inhibit production of carbon dioxide within the reaction zone.
  • the concenfration of hydrogen may be increased by transferring hydrogen into the reaction zone.
  • hydrogen may be transfened into the reaction zone from selected section 526.
  • Hydrogen may be produced during the pyrolysis of hydrocarbons in the selected section. Hydrogen may fransfer by diffusion and/or convection into the reaction zone from the selected section. In addition, additional hydrogen may be provided into opening 514 or another opening in the formation through a conduit placed in the opening. The additional hydrogen may fransfer into the reaction zone from opening 514. In some natural disfricited combustor embodiments, heat may be supplied to the formation from a second heat source in the wellbore of the natural disfricited combustor.
  • an electric heater e.g., an insulated conductor heater or a conductor-in-conduit heater
  • an additional electric heater may be placed in an opening in the formation to provide additional heat to the formation.
  • the electric heater may be used to provide heat to the formation so that heat provided from the combination of the electric heater and the natural distributed combustor is maintained at a constant heat input rate. Heat input into the formation from the electric heater may be varied as heat input from the natural disfricited combustor varies, or vice versa. Providing heat from more than one type of heat source may allow for substantially uniform heating of the formation.
  • up to 10%, 25%, or 50% of the total heat input into the formation may be provided from electric heaters.
  • a percentage of heat input into the formation from electric heaters may be varied depending on, for example, electricity cost, natural disfricited combustor heat input, etc.
  • Heat from electric heaters can be used to compensate for low heat output from natural disfricited combustors to maintain a substantially constant heating rate in the formation. If electrical costs rise, more heat may be generated from natural distributed combustors to reduce the amount of heat supplied by electric heaters.
  • heat from electric heaters may vary due to the source of electricity (e.g., solar or wind power). In such an embodiments, more or less heat may be provided by natural disfricited combustors to compensate for changes in electrical heat input.
  • an electric heater may be used to inhibit a natural disfricited combustor from "burning out.”
  • a natural disfricited combustor may "bum out” if a portion of the formation cools below a temperature sufficient to support combustion. Additional heat from the electric heater may be needed to provide heat to the portion and/or another portion of the formation to heat a portion to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons and maintain the natural disfricited combustor heating process.
  • electric heaters may be used to provide more heat to a formation proximate an upper portion and/or a lower portion of the formation. Using the additional heat from the electric heaters may compensate for heat losses in the upper and/or lower portions of the formation. Providing additional heat with the electric heaters proximate the upper and/or lower portions may produce more uniform heating of the formation. In some embodiments, electric heaters may be used for similar pu ⁇ oses (e.g., provide heat at upper and/or lower portions, provide supplemental heat, provide heat to maintain a minimum combustion temperature, etc.) in combination with other types of fueled heater, such as flameless disfricited combustors or downhole combustors.
  • pu ⁇ oses e.g., provide heat at upper and/or lower portions, provide supplemental heat, provide heat to maintain a minimum combustion temperature, etc.
  • exhaust fluids from a fueled heater may be used in an air compressor located at a surface of the formation proximate an opening used for the fueled heater.
  • the exhaust fluids may be used to drive the air compressor and reduce a cost associated with compressing air for use in the fueled heater. Electricity may also be generated using the exhaust fluids in a turbine or similar device.
  • fluids (e.g., oxidizing fluid and/or fuel) used for one or more fueled heaters may be provided using a compressor or a series of compressors.
  • a compressor may provide oxidizing fluid and/or fuel for one heater or more than one heater.
  • oxidizing fluid and/or fuel may be provided from a centralized facility for use in a single heater or more than one heater. Pyrolysis of hydrocarbons, or other heat-controlled processes, may take place in heated selected section 526. Selected section 526 may be at a temperature between about 270 °C and about 400 °C for pyrolysis. The temperature of selected section 526 may be increased by heat transfer from reaction zone 524.
  • a temperature within opening 514 may be monitored with a thermocouple disposed in opening 514.
  • a thermocouple may be coupled to conduit 512 and or disposed on a face of reaction zone 524. Power input or oxidant introduced into the formation may be confrolled based upon the monitored temperature to maintain the temperature in a selected range. The selected range may vary or be varied depending on location of the thermocouple, a desired heating rate of hydrocarbon layer 516, and other factors. If a temperature within opening 514 falls below a minimum temperature of the selected temperature range, the flow rate of oxidizing fluid 517 may be increased to increase combustion and thereby increase the temperature within opening 514.
  • one or more natural disfricited combustors may be placed along strike of a hydrocarbon layer and/or horizontally. Placing natural disfricited combustors along strike or horizontally may reduce pressure differentials along the heated length of the heat source. Reduced pressure differentials may make the temperature generated along a length of the heater more uniform and easier to control.
  • oxidation product 519 presence of air or oxygen (0 2 ) in oxidation product 519 may be monitored.
  • an amount of nifrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxides of nifrogen, oxides of sulfur, etc. may be monitored in oxidation product 519.
  • Monitoring the composition and or quantity of exhaust products e.g., oxidation product 519) may be useful for heat balances, for process diagnostics, process confrol, etc.
  • FIG. 55 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor having a second conduit 6200 disposed in opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Second conduit 6200 may be used to remove oxidation products from opening 514.
  • Second conduit 6200 may have orifices 515 disposed along its length. In certain embodiments, oxidation products are removed from an upper region of opening 514 through orifices 515 disposed on second conduit 6200. Orifices 515 may be disposed along the length of conduit 6200 such that more oxidation products are removed from the upper region of opening 514.
  • orifices 515 on second conduit 6200 may face away from orifices 515 on conduit 513. The orientation may inhibit oxidizing fluid provided through conduit 513 from passing directly into second conduit 6200.
  • conduit 6200 may have a higher density of orifices 515 (and/or relatively larger diameter orifices 515) towards the upper region of opening 514.
  • the preferential removal of oxidation products from the upper region of opening 514 may produce a substantially uniform concenfration of oxidizing fluid along the length of opening 514. Oxidation products produced from reaction zone 524 tend to be more concentrated proximate the upper region of opening 514. The large concenfration of oxidation products 519 in the upper region of opening 514 tends to dilute a concenfration of oxidizing fluid 517 in the upper region.
  • Removing a significant portion of the more concentrated oxidation products from the upper region of opening 514 may produce a more uniform concenfration of oxidizing fluid 517 throughout opening 514.
  • Having a more uniform concenfration of oxidizing fluid throughout the opening may produce a more unifo ⁇ n driving force for oxidizing fluid to flow into reaction zone 524.
  • the more uniform driving force may produce a more unifo ⁇ n oxidation rate within reaction zone 524, and thus produce a more uniform heating rate in selected section 526 and/or a more uniform temperature within opening 514.
  • the concentration of air and/or oxygen in the reaction zone may be confrolled.
  • a more even disfribution of oxygen (or oxygen concenfration) in the reaction zone may be desirable.
  • the rate of reaction may be confrolled as a function of the rate in which oxygen diffuses in the reaction zone.
  • the rate of oxygen diffusion correlates to the oxygen concentration.
  • controlling the oxygen concenfration in the reaction zone e.g., by controlling oxidizing fluid flow rates, the removal of oxidation products along some or all of the length of the reaction zone, and/or the disfribution of the oxidizing fluid along some or all of the length of the reaction zone
  • conductor 580 is placed in opening 514.
  • Conductor 580 may extend from first end 6170 of opening 514 to second end 6172 of opening 514.
  • conductor 580 may be placed in opening 514 within hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • One or more low resistance sections 584 may be coupled to conductor 580 and used in overburden 540. In some embodiments, conductor 580 and/or low resistance sections 584 may extend above the surface of the formation.
  • an electric current may be applied to conductor 580 to increase a temperature of the conductor. Heat may transfer from conductor 580 to heated portion 518 of hydrocarbon layer 516. Heat may transfer from conductor 580 to heated portion 518 substantially by radiation. Some heat may also transfer by convection or conduction. Current may be provided to the conductor until a temperature within heated portion 518 is sufficient to support the oxidation of hydrocarbons within the heated portion. As shown in FIG. 56, oxidizing fluid may be provided into conductor 580 from oxidizing fluid source 508 at one or both ends 6170, 6172 of opening 514. A flow of the oxidizing fluid from conductor 580 into opening 514 may be controlled by orifices 515.
  • the orifices may be critical flow orifices.
  • the flow of oxidizing fluid from orifices 515 may be controlled by a diameter of the orifices, a number of orifices, and/or by a pressure within conductor 580 (i.e., a pressure behind the orifices).
  • Reaction of oxidizing fluids with hydrocarbons in reaction zone 524 may generate heat.
  • the rate of heat generated in reaction zone 524 may be confrolled by a flow rate of the oxidizing fluid into the fonnation, the rate of diffusion of oxidizing fluid through the reaction zone, and/or a removal rate of oxidation products from the formation.
  • oxidation products from the reaction of oxidizing fluid with hydrocarbons in the formation are removed through one or both ends of opening 514.
  • a conduit may be placed in opening 514 to remove oxidation products. All or portions of the oxidation products may be recycled and/or reused in other oxidation type heaters (e.g., natural distributed combustors, surface burners, downhole combustors, etc.).
  • Heat generated in reaction zone 524 may fransfer to a surrounding portion (e.g., selected section) of the formation.
  • the fransfer of heat between reaction zone 524 and selected section may be substantially by conduction.
  • the transferred heat may increase a temperature of the selected section above a minimum mobilization temperature of the hydrocarbons and/or a minimum pyrolysis temperature of the hydrocarbons.
  • a conduit may be placed in the opening.
  • the opening may extend through the fo ⁇ nation contacting a surface of the earth at a first location and a second location.
  • Oxidizing fluid may be provided to the conduit from the oxidizing fluid source at the first location and/or the second location after a portion of the fo ⁇ nation that has been heated to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons by the oxidizing fluid.
  • FIG. 57 illustrates an embodiment of a section of overburden with a natural disfricited combustor as described in FIG. 53.
  • Overburden casing 541 may be disposed in overburden 540 of hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Overburden casing 541 may be su ⁇ ounded by materials (e.g., an insulating material such as cement) that inhibit heating of overburden 540.
  • Overburden casing 541 may be made of a metal material such as, but not limited to, carbon steel or 304 stainless steel.
  • Overburden casing 541 may be placed in reinforcing material 544 in overburden 540.
  • Reinforcing material 544 may be, but is not limited to, cement, gravel, sand, and or concrete.
  • Packing material 542 may be disposed between overburden casing 541 and opening 514 in the formation.
  • Packing material 542 may be any substantially non-porous material (e.g., cement, concrete, grout, etc.).
  • Packing material 542 may inhibit flow of fluid outside of conduit 512 and between opening 514 and surface 550.
  • Inner conduit 513 may introduce fluid into opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Conduit 512 may remove combustion product (or excess oxidation fluid) from opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Diameter of conduit 512 may ⁇ be determined by an amount of the combustion product produced by oxidation in the natural distributed combustor. For example, a larger diameter may be required for a greater amount of exhaust product produced by the natural distributed combustor heater.
  • a portion of the fo ⁇ nation adjacent to a wellbore may be heated to a temperature and at a heating rate that converts hydrocarbons to coke or char adjacent to the wellbore by a first heat source.
  • Coke and or char may be formed at temperatures above about 400 °C. In the presence of an oxidizing fluid, the coke or char will oxidize.
  • the wellbore may be used as a natural disfriaded combustor subsequent to the formation of coke and/or char. Heat may be generated from the oxidation of coke or char.
  • FIG. 58 illustrates an embodiment of a natural disfricited combustor heater.
  • Insulated conductor 562 may be coupled to conduit 532 and placed in opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Insulated conductor 562 may be disposed internal to conduit 532 (thereby allowing retrieval of insulated conductor 562), or, alternately, coupled to an external surface of conduit 532.
  • Insulating material for the conductor may include, but is not limited to, mineral coating and/or ceramic coating.
  • Conduit 532 may have critical flow orifices 515 disposed along its length within opening 514. Electrical cunent may be applied to insulated conductor 562 to generate radiant heat in opening 514. Conduit 532 may serve as a return for cunent. Insulated conductor 562 may heat portion 518 of hydrocarbon layer 516 to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons.
  • Oxidizing fluid source 508 may provide oxidizing fluid into conduit 532.
  • Oxidizing fluid may be provided into opening 514 through critical flow orifices 515 in conduit 532.
  • Oxidizing fluid may oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbon layer in reaction zone 524.
  • a portion of heat generated at reaction zone 524 may transfer to selected section 526 by convection, radiation, and/or conduction.
  • Oxidation product may be removed through a separate conduit placed in opening 514 or through opening 543 in overburden casing 541.
  • FIG. 59 illustrates an embodiment of a natural distributed combustor heater with an added fuel conduit.
  • Fuel conduit 536 may be placed in opening 514.
  • Fuel conduit may be placed adjacent to conduit 533 in certain embodiments.
  • Fuel conduit 536 may have critical flow orifices 535 along a portion of the length within opening 514.
  • Conduit 533 may have critical flow orifices 515 along a portion of the length within opening 514.
  • the critical flow orifices 535, 515 may be positioned so that a fuel fluid provided through fuel conduit 536 and an oxidizing fluid provided through conduit 533 do not react to heat the fuel conduit and the conduit.
  • Heat from reaction of the fuel fluid with oxidizing fluid may heat fuel conduit 536 and/or conduit 533 to a temperature sufficient to begin melting metallurgical materials in fuel conduit 536 and/or conduit 533 if the reaction takes place proximate fuel conduit 536 and or conduit 533.
  • Critical flow orifices 535 on fuel conduit 536 and critical flow orifices 515 on conduit 533 may be positioned so that the fuel fluid and the oxidizing fluid do not react proximate the conduits.
  • conduits 536 and 533 may be positioned such that orifices that spiral around the conduits are oriented in opposite directions.
  • Reaction of the fuel fluid and the oxidizing fluid may produce heat.
  • the fuel fluid may be methane, ethane, hydrogen, or synthesis gas that is generated by in situ conversion in another part of the formation.
  • the produced heat may heat portion 518 to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons.
  • a flow of fuel fluid into opening 514 may be turned down or may be turned off.
  • the supply of fuel may be continued throughout the heating of the formation.
  • the oxidizing fluid may oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbons at reaction zone 524.
  • Generated heat may fransfer heat to selected section 526 by radiation, convection, and/or conduction.
  • An oxidation product may be removed through a separate conduit placed in opening 514 or through opening 543 in overburden casing 541.
  • FIG. 54 illustrates an embodiment of a system that may heat a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Electric heater 510 may be disposed within opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516. Opening 514 may be formed through overburden 540 into hydrocarbon layer 516. Opening 514 may be at least about 5 cm in diameter. Opening 514 may, as an example, have a diameter of about 13 cm. Electric heater 510 may heat at least portion 518 of hydrocarbon layer 516 to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation (e.g., about
  • Portion 518 may have a width of about 1 m.
  • An oxidizing fluid may be provided into the opening through conduit'512 or any other appropriate fluid transfer mechanism.
  • Conduit 512 may have critical flow orifices 515 disposed along a length of the conduit.
  • Conduit 512 may be a pipe or tube that provides the oxidizing fluid into opening 514 from oxidizing fluid source 508.
  • a portion of conduit 512 that may be exposed to high temperatures is a stainless steel tube and a portion of the conduit that will not be exposed to high temperatures (i.e., a portion of the tube that extends through the overburden) is carbon steel.
  • the oxidizing fluid may include air or any other oxygen containing fluid (e.g., hydrogen peroxide, oxides of nifrogen, ozone). Mixtures of oxidizing fluids may be used.
  • An oxidizing fluid mixture may be a fluid including fifty percent oxygen and fifty percent nifrogen.
  • the oxidizing fluid may include compounds that release oxygen when heated, such as hydrogen peroxide.
  • the oxidizing fluid may oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbons in the formation.
  • FIG. 60 illustrates an embodiment of a system that heats a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Heat exchanger 520 may be disposed external to opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516. Opening 514 may be formed through overburden 540 into hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Heat exchanger 520 may provide heat from another surface process, or it may include a heater (e.g., an electric or combustion heater).
  • Oxidizing fluid source 508 may provide an oxidizing fluid to heat exchanger 520.
  • Heat exchanger 520 may heat an oxidizing fluid (e.g., above 200 °C or to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons). The heated oxidizing fluid may be provided into opening 514 through conduit 521.
  • Conduit 521 may have critical flow orifices 515 disposed along a length of the conduit.
  • the heated oxidizing fluid may heat, or at least contribute to the heating of, at least portion 518 of the formation to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons.
  • the oxidizing fluid may oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbons in the formation. After temperature in the formation is sufficient to support oxidation, use of heat exchanger 520 may be reduced or phased out.
  • An embodiment of a natural distributed combustor may include a surface combustor (e.g., a flame-ignited heater).
  • a fuel fluid may be oxidized in the combustor.
  • the oxidized fuel fluid may be provided into an opening in the formation from the heater through a conduit. Oxidation products and unreacted fuel may return to the surface through another conduit.
  • one of the conduits may be placed within the other conduit.
  • the oxidized fuel fluid may heat, or conttibute to the heating of, a portion of the formation to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons. Upon reaching the temperature sufficient to support oxidation, the oxidized fuel fluid may be replaced with an oxidizing fluid.
  • the oxidizing fluid may oxidize at least a portion of the hydrocarbons at a reaction zone within the formation.
  • An electric heater may heat a portion of the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons to a temperature sufficient to support oxidation of hydrocarbons.
  • the portion may be proximate or substantially adjacent to the opening in the formation.
  • the portion may radially extend a width of less than approximately 1 m from the opening.
  • An oxidizing fluid may be provided to the opening for oxidation of hydrocarbons.
  • Oxidation of the hydrocarbons may heat the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons in a process of natural disfricited combustion. Electrical cunent applied to the electric heater may subsequently be reduced or may be turned off. Natural disfricited combustion may be used in conjunction with an electric heater to provide a reduced input energy cost method to heat the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons compared to using only an electric heater.
  • An insulated conductor heater may be a heater element of a heat source.
  • the insulated conductor heater is a mineral insulated cable or rod.
  • An insulated conductor heater may be placed in an opening in a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • the insulated conductor heater may be placed in an uncased opening in the relatively low pe ⁇ neability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons. Placing the heater in an uncased opening in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may allow heat fransfer from the heater to the formation by radiation as well as conduction. Using an uncased opening may facilitate retrieval of the heater from the well, if necessary.
  • an insulated conductor heater may be placed within a casing in the formation; may be cemented within the formation; or may be packed in an opening with sand, gravel, or other fill material.
  • the insulated conductor heater may be supported on a support member positioned within the opening.
  • the support member may be a cable, rod, or a conduit (e.g., a pipe).
  • the support member may be made of a metal, ceramic, inorganic material, or combinations thereof. Portions of a support member may be exposed to formation fluids and heat during use, so the support member may be chemically resistant and thermally resistant.
  • Ties, spot welds, and/or other types of connectors may be used to couple the insulated conductor heater to the support member at various locations along a length of the insulated conductor heater.
  • the support member may be attached to a wellhead at an upper surface of the formation.
  • the insulated conductor heater is designed to have sufficient structural sfrength so that a support member is not needed.
  • the insulated conductor heater will in many instances have some flexibility to inhibit thermal expansion damage when heated or cooled.
  • insulated conductor heaters may be placed in wellbores without support members and or cenfralizers.
  • An insulated conductor heater without support members and/or cenfralizers may have a suitable combination of temperature and conosion resistance, creep sfrength, length, thickness (diameter), and metallurgy that will inhibit failure of the insulated conductor during use.
  • insulated conductors that are heated to a working temperature of about 700 °C, are less than about 150 m in length, are made of 310 stainless steel may be used without support members.
  • FIG. 61 depicts a perspective view of an end portion of an embodiment of insulated conductor heater 562.
  • An insulated conductor heater may have any desired cross-sectional shape, such as, but not limited to round (as shown in FIG. 61), friangular, ellipsoidal, rectangular, hexagonal, or irregular shape.
  • An insulated conductor heater may include conductor 575, electrical insulation 576, and sheath 577.
  • Conductor 575 may resistively heat when an electrical cunent passes through the conductor.
  • An alternating or direct cunent may be used to heat conductor 575. In an embodiment, a 60-cycle AC cunent is used.
  • electrical insulation 576 may inhibit cunent leakage and arcing to sheath 577. Electrical insulation 576 may also thermally conduct heat generated in conductor 575 to sheath 577. Sheath 577 may radiate or conduct heat to the formation.
  • Insulated conductor heater 562 may be 1000 m or more in length. In an embodiment of an insulated conductor heater, insulated conductor heater 562 may have a length from about 15 m to about 950 m. Longer or shorter insulated conductors may also be used to meet specific application needs. In embodiments of insulated conductor heaters, purchased insulated conductor heaters have lengths of about 100 m to 500 m (e.g., 230 m).
  • dimensions of sheaths and/or conductors of an insulated conductor may be selected so that the insulated conductor has enough sfrength to be self supporting even at upper working temperature limits.
  • Such insulated cables may be suspended from wellheads or supports positioned near an interface between an overburden and a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons without the need for support members extending into the hydrocarbon formation along with the insulated conductors.
  • a higher frequency cunent may be used to take advantage of the skin effect in certain metals.
  • a 60 cycle AC cunent may be used in combination with conductors made of metals that exhibit pronounced skin effects.
  • conductors made of metals that exhibit pronounced skin effects.
  • fenomagnetic metals like iron alloys and nickel may exhibit a skin effect.
  • the skin effect confines the cunent to a region close to the outer surface of the conductor, thereby effectively increasing the resistance of the conductor.
  • a high resistance may be desired to decrease the operating cunent, minimize ohmic losses in surface cables, and minimize the cost of surface facilities.
  • Insulated conductor 562 may be designed to operate at power levels of up to about 1650 watts/meter. Insulated conductor heater 562 may typically operate at a power level between about 500 watts/meter and about 1150 watts/meter when heating a formation. Insulated conductor heater 562 may be designed so that a maximum voltage level at a typical operating temperature does not cause substantial thermal and/or electrical breakdown of electrical insulation 576. The insulated conductor heater 562 may be designed so that sheath 577 does not exceed a temperature that will result in a significant reduction in conosion resistance properties of the sheath material. In an embodiment of insulated conductor heater 562, conductor 575 may be designed to reach temperatures within a range between about 650 °C and about 870 °C.
  • the sheath 577 may be designed to reach temperatures within a range between about 535 °C and about 760 °C. Insulated conductors having other operating ranges may be formed to meet specific operational requirements. In an embodiment of insulated conductor heater 562, conductor 575 is designed to operate at about 760 °C, sheath 577 is designed to operate at about 650 °C, and the insulated conductor heater is designed to dissipate about 820 watts/meter. Insulated conductor heater 562 may have one or more conductors 575. For example, a single insulated conductor heater may have three conductors within electrical insulation that are sunounded by a sheath. FIG. 61 depicts insulated conductor heater 562 having a single conductor 575.
  • the conductor may be made of metal.
  • the material used to form a conductor may be, but is not limited to, nichrome, nickel, and a number of alloys made from copper and nickel in increasing nickel concentrations from pure copper to Alloy 30, Alloy 60, Alloy 180, and Monel. Alloys of copper and nickel may advantageously have better electrical resistance properties than substantially pure nickel or copper.
  • the conductor may be chosen to have a diameter and a resistivity at operating temperatures such that its resistance, as derived from Ohm's law, makes it electrically and structurally stable for the chosen power dissipation per meter, the length of the heater, and/or the maximum voltage allowed to pass through the conductor.
  • the conductor may be designed using Maxwell's equations to make use of skin effect.
  • the conductor may be made of different materials along a length of the insulated conductor heater.
  • a first section of the conductor may be made of a material that has a significantly lower resistance than a second section of the conductor.
  • the first section may be placed adjacent to a formation layer that does not need to be heated to as high a temperature as a second formation layer that is adjacent to the second section.
  • the resistivity of various sections of conductor may be adjusted by having a variable diameter and/or by having conductor sections made of different materials.
  • a diameter of conductor 575 may typically be between about 1.3 mm to about 10.2 mm. Smaller or larger diameters may also be used to have conductors with desired resistivity characteristics.
  • the conductor is made of Alloy 60 that has a diameter of about 5.8 mm.
  • Electrical insulator 576 of insulated conductor heater 562 may be made of a variety of materials. Pressure may be used to place electrical insulator powder between conductor 575 and sheath 577. Low flow characteristics and other properties of the powder and/or the sheaths and conductors may inhibit the powder from flowing out of the sheaths. Commonly used powders may include, but are not limited to, MgO, A1 2 0 3 , Zirconia, BeO, different chemical variations of Spinels, and combinations thereof. MgO may provide good thermal conductivity and electrical insulation properties. The desired electrical insulation properties include low leakage cunent and high dielectric sfrength.
  • a low leakage cunent decreases the possibility of thermal breakdown and the high dielectric strength decreases the possibility of arcing across the insulator. Thermal breakdown can occur if the leakage cunent causes a progressive rise in the temperature of the insulator leading also to arcing across the insulator.
  • An amount of impurities 578 in the electrical insulator powder may be tailored to provide required dielectric sfrength and a low level of leakage cunent. Impurities 578 added may be, but are not limited to, CaO, Fe 2 0 3 , A1 2 0 3 , and other metal oxides.
  • Low porosity of the electrical insulation tends to reduce leakage cunent and increase dielectric strength. Low porosity may be achieved by increased packing of the MgO powder during fabrication or by filling of the pore space in the MgO powder with other granular materials, for example, A1 2 0 3 .
  • Impurities 578 added to the electrical insulator powder may have particle sizes that are smaller than the particle sizes of the powdered electrical insulator.
  • the small particles may occupy pore space between the larger particles of the electrical insulator so that the porosity of the electrical insulator is reduced.
  • powdered electrical insulators that may be used to form electrical insulation 576 are "H" mix manufactured by Idaho Laboratories Co ⁇ oration (Idaho Falls, Idaho) or Standard MgO used by Pyrotenax Cable Company (Trenton, Ontario) for high temperature applications.
  • other powdered electrical insulators may be used.
  • Sheath 577 of insulated conductor heater 562 may be an outer metallic layer. Sheath 577 may be in
  • Sheath 577 may need to be made of a material having a high resistance to conosion at elevated temperatures. Alloys that may be used in a desired operating temperature range of the sheath include, but are not limited to, 304 stainless steel, 310 stainless steel, Incoloy 800, and Inconel 600. The thickness of the sheath has to be sufficient to last for three to ten years in a hot and conosive environment. A thickness of the sheath may generally vary between about 1 mm and about 2.5 mm.
  • sheath 577 may be used as sheath 577 to provide good chemical resistance to sulfidation conosion in a heated zone of a formation for a period of over 3 years. Larger or smaller sheath thicknesses may be used to meet specific application requirements.
  • An insulated conductor heater may be tested after fabrication.
  • the insulated conductor heater may be required to withstand 2-3 times an operating voltage at a selected operating temperature.
  • selected samples of produced insulated conductor heaters may be required to withstand 1000 VAC at 760 °C for one month.
  • short flexible transition conductor 571 may be connected to lead-in conductor 572 using connection 569 made during heater installation in the field.
  • Transition conductor 571 may be a flexible, low resistivity, stranded copper cable that is sunounded by rubber or polymer insulation. Transition conductor 571 may typically be between about 1.5 m and about 3 m, although longer or shorter transition conductors may be used to accommodate particular needs. Temperature resistant cable may be used as transition conductor 571.
  • Transition conductor 571 may also be connected to a short length of an insulated conductor heater that is less resistive than a primary heating section of the insulated conductor heater. The less resistive portion of the insulated conductor heater may be refened to as "cold pin" 568.
  • Cold pin 568 may be designed to dissipate about one-tenth to about one-fifth of the power per unit length as is dissipated in a unit length of the primary heating section.
  • Cold pins may typically be between about 1.5 m and about 15 m, although shorter or longer lengths may be used to accommodate specific application needs.
  • the conductor of a cold pin section is copper with a diameter of about 6.9 mm and a length of 9.1 m.
  • the electrical insulation is the same type of insulation used in the primary heating section.
  • a sheath of the cold pin may be made of Inconel 600. Chloride conosion cracking in the cold pin region may occur, so a chloride conosion resistant metal such as Inconel 600 may be used as the sheath.
  • small, epoxy filled canister 573 may be used to create a connection between fransition conductor 571 and cold pin 568.
  • Cold pins 568 may be connected to the primary heating sections of insulated conductor 562 heaters by "splices" 567.
  • the length of cold pin 568 may be sufficient to significantly reduce a temperature of insulated conductor heater 562.
  • the heater section of the insulated conductor heater 562 may operate from about 530 °C to about 760 °C, splice 567 may be at a temperature from about 260 °C to about
  • the temperature at the lead-in cable connection to the cold pin may be from about 40 °C to about 90 °C.
  • a cold pin may also be placed at a bottom end of the insulated conductor heater. The cold pin at the bottom end may in many instances make a bottom termination easier to manufacture.
  • Splice material may have to withstand a temperature equal to half of a target zone operating temperature.
  • Density of electrical insulation in the splice should in many instances be high enough to withstand the required temperature and the operating voltage.
  • Splice 567 may be required to withstand 1000 VAC at 480 °C.
  • Splice material may be high temperature splices made by Idaho Laboratories Co ⁇ oration or by Pyrotenax Cable Company.
  • a splice may be an internal type of splice or an external splice.
  • An internal splice is typically made without welds on the sheath of the insulated conductor heater. The lack of weld on the sheath may avoid potential weak spots (mechanical and/or electrical) on the insulated cable heater.
  • An external splice is a weld made to couple sheaths of two insulated conductor heaters together. An external splice may need to be leak tested prior to insertion of the insulated cable heater into a formation.
  • Laser welds or orbital TIG (tungsten inert gas) welds may be used to form external splices.
  • An additional strain relief assembly may be placed around an external splice to improve the splice's resistance to bending and to protect the external splice against partial or total parting.
  • an insulated conductor assembly such as the assembly depicted in FIG. 63 and FIG. 62, may have to withstand a higher operating voltage than normally would be used. For example, for heaters greater than about 700 m in length, voltages greater than about 2000 V may be needed for generating heat with the insulated conductor, as compared to voltages of about 480 V that may be used with heaters having lengths of less than about 225 m. In such cases, it may be advantageous to form insulated conductor 562, cold pin 568, fransition conductor 571, and lead-in conductor 572 into a single insulated conductor assembly. In some embodiments, cold pin 568 and canister 573 may not be required as shown in FIG. 62.
  • splice 567 can be used to directly couple insulated conductor 562 to fransition conductor 571.
  • insulated conductor 562, fransition conductor 571, and lead-in conductor 572 each include insulated conductors of varying resistance. Resistance of the conductors may be varied, for example, by altering a type of conductor, a diameter of a conductor, arid/or a length of a conductor. In an embodiment, diameters of insulated conductor 562, transition conductor 571, and lead-in conductor 572 are different.
  • Insulated conductor 562 may have a diameter of 6 mm, transition conductor 571 may have a diameter of 7 mm, and lead-in conductor 572 may have a diameter of 8 mm. Smaller or larger diameters may be used to accommodate site conditions (e.g., heating requirements or voltage requirements). Insulated conductor 562 may have a higher resistance than either fransition conductor 571 or lead-in conductor 572, such that more heat is generated in the insulated conductor. Also, fransition conductor 571 may have a resistance between a resistance of insulated conductor 562 and lead-in conductor 572.
  • Insulated conductor 562, fransition conductor 571, and lead-in conductor 572 may be coupled using splice 567 and/or connection 569.
  • Splice 567 and/or connection 569 may be required to withstand relatively large operating voltages depending on a length of insulated conductor 562 and/or lead-in conductor 572.
  • Splice 567 and/or connection 569 may inhibit arcing and/or voltage breakdowns within the insulated conductor assembly.
  • Using insulated conductors for each cable within an insulated conductor assembly may allow for higher operating voltages within the assembly.
  • An insulated conductor assembly may include heating sections, cold pins, splices, termination canisters and flexible fransition conductors.
  • the insulated conductor assembly may need to be examined and electrically tested before installation of the assembly into an opening in a formation.
  • the assembly may need to be examined for competent welds and to make sure that there are no holes in the sheath anywhere along the whole heater (including the heated section, the cold-pins, the splices, and the termination cans).
  • Periodic X-ray spot checking of the commercial product may need to be made.
  • the assembly may need to be connected to 1000 VAC and show less than about 10 microamps per meter of resistive leakage cunent at room temperature.
  • a check on leakage cunent at about 760 °C may need to show less than about 0.4 milliamps per meter.
  • insulated conductor heaters A number of companies manufacture insulated conductor heaters. Such manufacturers include, but are not limited to, MI Cable Technologies (Calgary, Alberta), Pyrotenax Cable Company (Trenton, Ontario), Idaho
  • an insulated conductor heater may be ordered from Idaho Laboratories as cable model 355-A90-310-"H" 307750730' with Inconel 600 sheath for the cold-pins, three phase Y configuration and bottom jointed conductors.
  • the specification for the heater may also include 1000 VAC, 1400 °F quality cable.
  • the designator 355 specifies the cable OD (0.355"); A90 specifies the conductor material; 310 specifies the heated zone sheath alloy (SS 310); "H” specifies the MgO mix; and 307750730' specifies about a 230 m heated zone with cold-pins top and bottom having about 9 m lengths.
  • a similar part number with the same specification using high temperature Standard purity MgO cable may be ordered from Pyrotenax Cable Company.
  • One or more insulated conductor heaters may be placed within an opening in a formation to form a heat source or heat sources. Electrical cunent may be passed through each insulated conductor heater in the opening to heat the formation. Alternately, electrical cunent may be passed through selected insulated conductor heaters in an opening. The unused conductors may be backup heaters. Insulated conductor heaters may be electrically coupled to a power source in any convenient manner. Each end of an insulated conductor heater may be coupled to lead-in cables that pass through a wellhead. Such a configuration typically has a 180° bend (a "hafrpin" bend) or turn located near a bottom of the heat source.
  • An insulated conductor heater that includes a 180° bend or turn may not require a bottom termination, but the 180° bend or turn may be an electrical and or structural weakness in the heater.
  • Insulated conductor heaters may be electrically coupled together in series, in parallel, or in series and parallel combinations.
  • electrical cunent may pass into the conductor of an insulated conductor heater and may be returned through the sheath of the insulated conductor heater by connecting conductor 575 to sheath 577 at the bottom of the heat source.
  • three insulated conductor heaters 562 are electrically coupled in a 3 -phase Y configuration to a power supply.
  • the power supply may provide 60 cycle AC cunent to the electrical conductors.
  • No bottom connection may be required for the insulated conductor heaters.
  • all three conductors of the three phase circuit may be connected together near the bottom of a heat source opening.
  • the connection may be made directly at ends of heating sections of the insulated conductor heaters or at ends of cold pins coupled to the heating sections at the bottom of the insulated conductor heaters.
  • the bottom connections may be made with insulator filled and sealed canisters or with epoxy filled canisters.
  • the insulator may be the same composition as the insulator used as the electrical insulation.
  • the three insulated conductor heaters depicted in FIG. 63 may be coupled to support member 564 using cenfralizers 566.
  • the three insulated conductor heaters may be strapped directly to the support tube using metal straps.
  • Cenfralizers 566 may maintain a location or inhibit movement of insulated conductor heaters
  • Cenfralizers 566 may be made of metal, ceramic, or combinations thereof. The metal may be stainless steel or any other type of metal able to withstand a conosive and hot environment. In some embodhnents, cenfralizers 566 may be bowed metal strips welded to the support member at distances less than about 6 m. A ceramic used in centralizer 566 may be, but is not limited to, A1 2 0 3 , MgO, or other insulator. Cenfralizers 566 may maintain a location of insulated conductor heaters 562 on support member 564 such that movement of insulated conductor heaters is inhibited at operating temperatures of the insulated conductor heaters. Insulated conductor heaters 562 may also be somewhat flexible to withstand expansion of support member 564 during heating.
  • Support member 564, insulated conductor heater 562, and cenfralizers 566 may be placed in opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Insulated conductor heaters 562 may be coupled to bottom conductor junction 570 using cold pin fransition conductor 568.
  • Bottom conductor junction 570 may electrically couple each insulated conductor heater 562 to each other.
  • Bottom conductor junction 570 may include materials that are electrically conducting and do not melt at temperatures found in opening 514.
  • Cold pin fransition conductor 568 may be an insulated conductor heater having lower electrical resistance than insulated conductor heater 562. As illusfrated in FIG. 62, cold pin 568 may be coupled to fransition conductor 571 and insulated conductor heater 562.
  • Cold pin fransition conductor 568 may provide a temperature fransition between fransition conductor 571 and insulated conductor heater 562.
  • Lead-in conductor 572 may be coupled to wellhead 590 to provide electrical power to insulated conductor heater 562.
  • Lead-in conductor 572 may be made of a relatively low electrical resistance conductor such that relatively little heat is generated from electrical cunent passing through lead-in conductor 572.
  • the lead-in conductor is a rubber or polymer insulated stranded copper wire.
  • the lead-in conductor is a mineral-insulated conductor with a copper core.
  • Lead-in conductor 572 may couple to wellhead 590 at surface 550 through a sealing flange located between overburden 540 and surface 550. The sealing flange may inhibit fluid from escaping from opening 514 to surface 550.
  • Packing material 542 may be placed between overburden casing 541 and opening 514.
  • cement 544 may secure overburden casing 541 to overburden 540.
  • overburden casing is a 7.6 cm (3 inch) diameter carbon steel, schedule 40 pipe.
  • Packing material 542 may inhibit fluid from flowing from opening 514 to surface 550.
  • Cement 544 may include, for example, Class G or Class H Portland cement mixed with silica flour for improved high temperature performance, slag or silica flour, and/or a mixture thereof (e.g., about 1.58 grams per cubic centimeter slag/silica flour).
  • cement 544 extends radially a width of from about 5 cm to about 25 cm. In some embodiments, cement 544 may extend radially a width of about 10 cm to about 15 cm. Cement 544 may inhibit heat transfer from conductor 564 into overburden 540.
  • one or more conduits may be provided to supply additional components (e.g., nifrogen, carbon dioxide, reducing agents such as gas containing hydrogen, etc.) to formation openings, to bleed off fluids, and/or to confrol pressure.
  • additional components e.g., nifrogen, carbon dioxide, reducing agents such as gas containing hydrogen, etc.
  • Fo ⁇ nation pressures tend to be highest near heating sources.
  • Providing pressure control equipment in heat sources may be beneficial.
  • adding a reducing agent proximate the heating source assists in providing a more favorable pyrolysis environment (e.g., a higher hydrogen partial pressure). Since permeability and porosity tend to increase more quickly proximate the heating source, it is often optimal to add a reducing agent proximate the heating source so that the reducing agent can more easily move into the formation.
  • Conduit 5000 depicted in FIG. 63, may be provided to add gas from gas source 5003, through valve 5001, and into opening 514. Opening 5004 is provided in packing material 542 to allow gas to pass into opening 514. Conduit 5000 and valve 5002 may be used at different times to bleed off pressure and/or confrol pressure proximate opening 514. Conduit 5010, depicted in FIG. 65, may be provided to add gas from gas source 5013, through valve 5011, and into opening 514. An opening is provided in cement 544 to allow gas to pass into opening 514. Conduit 5010 and valve 5012 may be used at different times to bleed off pressure and/or confrol pressure proximate opening
  • any of the heating sources described herein may also be equipped with conduits to supply additional components, bleed off fluids, and/or to control pressure.
  • support member 564 and lead-in conductor 572 may be coupled to wellhead 590 at surface 550 of the fo ⁇ nation.
  • Surface conductor 545 may enclose cement 544 and couple to wellhead 590.
  • Embodiments of surface conductor 545 may have an outer diameter of about 10.16 cm to about 30.48 cm or, for example, an outer diameter of about 22 cm.
  • Embodiments of surface conductors may extend to depths of approximately 3m to approximately 515 m into an opening in the formation. Alternatively, the surface conductor may extend to a depth of approximately 9 m into the opening.
  • Electrical current may be supplied from a power source to insulated conductor heater 562 to generate heat due to the electrical resistance of conductor 575 as illustrated in FIG. 61.
  • a voltage of about 330 volts and a current of about 266 amps are supplied to insulated conductor 562 to generate a heat of about 1150 watts/meter in insulated conductor heater 562.
  • Heat generated from the three insulated conductor heaters 562 may fransfer (e.g., by radiation) within opening 514 to heat at least a portion of the hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • An appropriate configuration of an insulated conductor heater may be dete ⁇ nined by optimizing a material cost of the heater based on a length of heater, a power required per meter of conductor, and a desired operating voltage.
  • an operating cunent and voltage may be chosen to optimize the cost of input electrical energy in conjunction with a material cost of the insulated conductor heaters. For example, as input electrical energy increases, the cost of materials needed to withstand the higher voltage may also increase.
  • the insulated conductor heaters may generate radiant heat of approximately 650 watts/meter of conductor to approximately 1650 watts/meter of conductor.
  • the insulated conductor heater may operate at a temperature between approximately 530
  • Heat generated by an insulated conductor heater may heat at least a portion of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • heat may be transfened to the fo ⁇ nation substantially by radiation of the generated heat to the formation.
  • Some heat may be transfened by conduction or convection of heat due to gases present in the opening.
  • the opening may be an uncased opening. An uncased opening eliminates cost associated with thermally cementing the heater to the formation, costs associated with a casing, and/or costs of packing a heater within an opening.
  • heat fransfer by radiation is typically more efficient than by conduction, so the heaters may be operated at lower temperatures in an open wellbore.
  • Conductive heat fransfer during initial operation of a heat source may be enhanced by the addition of a gas in the opening.
  • the gas may be maintained at a pressure up to about 27 bars absolute.
  • the gas may include, but is not limited to, carbon dioxide and/or helium.
  • An insulated conductor heater in an open wellbore may advantageously be free to expand or contract to accommodate thermal expansion and confraction.
  • An insulated conductor heater may advantageously be removable from an open wellbore.
  • an insulated conductor heater may be installed or removed using a spooling assembly. More than one spooling assembly may be used to install both the insulated conductor and a support member simultaneously.
  • the support member may be installed using a coiled tubing unit.
  • the heaters may be un-spooled and connected to the support as the support is inserted into the well.
  • the electric heater and the support member may be un-spooled from the spooling assemblies.
  • Spacers may be coupled to the support member and the heater along a length of the support member.
  • Additional spooling assemblies may be used for additional electric heater elements.
  • a heater may be installed in a substantially horizontal wellbore. Installing a heater in a wellbore (whether vertical or horizontal) may include placing one or more heaters (e.g., three mineral insulated conductor heaters) within a conduit.
  • FIG. 66 depicts an embodiment of a portion of three insulated conductor heaters 6232 placed within conduit 6234. Insulated conductor heaters 6232 may be spaced within conduit 6234 using spacers 6236 to locate the insulated conductor heater within the conduit.
  • the conduit may be reeled onto a spool.
  • the spool may be placed on a transporting platform such as a track bed or other platform that can be transported to a site of a wellbore.
  • the conduit may be unreeled from the spool at the wellbore and inserted into the wellbore to install the heater within the wellbore.
  • a welded cap may be placed at an end of the coiled conduit. The welded cap may be placed at an end of the conduit that enters the wellbore first.
  • the conduit may allow easy installation of the heater into the wellbore.
  • the conduit may also provide support for the heater.
  • coiled tubing installation may be used to install one or more wellbore elements placed in openings in a formation for an in situ conversion process.
  • a coiled conduit may be used to install other types of wells in a formation.
  • the other types of wells may be, but are not limited to, monitor wells, freeze wells or portions of freeze wells, dewatering wells or portions of dewatering wells, outer casings, injection wells or portions of injection wells, production wells or portions of production wells, and heat sources or portions of heat sources.
  • Installing one or more wellbore elements using a coiled conduit installation process may be less expensive and faster than using other installation processes.
  • Coiled tubing installation may reduce a number of welded and or threaded connections in a length of casing. Welds and/or threaded connections in coiled tubing may be pre-tested for integrity (e.g., by hydraulic pressure testing).
  • Coiled tubing is available from Quality Tubing, Inc. (Houston, Texas), Precision Tubing (Houston, Texas), and other manufacturers. Coiled tubing may be available in many sizes and different materials. Sizes of coiled tubing may range from about 2.5 cm (1 inch) to about 15 cm (6 inches). Coiled tubing may be available in a variety of different metals, including carbon steel. Coiled tubing may be spooled on a large diameter reel. The reel may be ca ⁇ ied on a coiled tubing unit.
  • Suitable coiled tubing units are available from Halliburton (Duncan, Oklahoma), Fleet Cementers, Inc. (Cisco, Texas), and Coiled Tubing Solutions, Inc. (Eastland, Texas).
  • Coiled tubing may be unwound from the reel, passed through a straightener, and inserted into a wellbore.
  • a wellcap may be attached (e.g., welded) to an end of the coiled tubing before inserting the coiling tubing into a well. After insertion, the coiled tubing may be cut from the coiled tubing on the reel.
  • coiled tubing may be inserted into a previously cased opening, e.g., if a well is to be used later as a heater well, production well, or monitoring well.
  • coiled tubing installed within a wellbore can later be perforated (e.g., with a perforation gun) and used as a production conduit.
  • Embodiments of heat sources, production wells, and/or freeze wells may be installed in a formation using coiled tubing installation.
  • Some embodiments of heat sources, production wells, and freeze wells include an element placed within an outer casing.
  • a conductor-in-conduit heater may include an outer conduit with an inner conduit placed in the outer conduit.
  • a production well may include a heater element or heater elements placed within a casing to inhibit condensation and refluxing of vapor phase production fluids.
  • a freeze well may include a refrigerant input line placed within a casing, or a refrigeration inlet and outlet line. Spacers may be spaced along a length of an element, or elements, positioned within a casing to inhibit the element, or elements, from contacting walls of the casing.
  • casings may be installed using coiled tube installation. Elements may be placed within the casing after the casing is placed in the formation for heat sources or wells that include elements within the casings. In some embodiments, sections of casings may be threaded and/or welded and inserted into a wellbore using a drilling rig or workover rig. In some embodiments of heat sources, production wells, and freeze wells, elements may be placed within the casing before the casing is wound onto a reel.
  • Some wells may have sealed casings that inhibit fluid flow from the formation into the casing. Sealed casings also inhibit fluid flow from the casing into the formation. Some casings may be perforated, screened or have other types of openings that allow fluid to pass into the casing from the formation, or fluid from the casing to pass into the formation. In some embodiments, portions of wells are open wellbores that do not include casings.
  • the support member may be installed using standard oil field operations and welding different sections of support. Welding may be done by using orbital welding. For example, a first section of the support member may be disposed into the well. A second section (e.g., of substantially similar length) may be coupled to the first section in the well.
  • the second section may be coupled by welding the second section to the first section.
  • An orbital welder disposed at the wellhead may weld the second section to the first section. This process may be repeated with subsequent sections coupled to previous sections until a support of desired length is within the well.
  • FIG. 64 illustrates a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a wellhead coupled to overburden casing 541.
  • Flange 590c may be coupled to, or may be a part of, wellhead 590.
  • Flange 590c may be formed of carbon steel, stainless steel, or any other material.
  • Flange 590c may be sealed with o-ring 590f, or any other sealing mechanism.
  • Support member 564 may be coupled to flange 590c.
  • Support member 564 may support one or more insulated conductor heaters. In an embodiment, support member 564 is sealed in flange 590c by welds 590h.
  • Power conductor 590a may be coupled to a lead-in cable and/or an insulated conductor heater.
  • Power conductor 590a may provide electrical energy to the insulated conductor heater.
  • Power conductor 590a may be sealed in sealing flange 590d. Sealing flange 590d may be sealed by compression seals or o-rings 590e.
  • Power conductor 590a may be coupled to support member 564 with band 590i.
  • Band 590i may include a rigid and conosion resistant material such as stainless steel.
  • Wellhead 590 may be sealed with weld 590h such that fluids are inhibited from escaping the formation through wellhead 590.
  • Lift bolt 590j may lift wellhead 590 and support member 564.
  • Thermocouple 590g may be provided through flange 590c.
  • Thermocouple 590g may measure a temperature on or proximate support member 564 within the heated portion of the well.
  • Compression fittings 590k may serve to seal power cable 590a.
  • Compression fittings 5901 may serve to seal thermocouple 590g.
  • the compression fittings may inhibit fluids from escaping the formation.
  • Wellhead 590 may also include a pressure confrol valve.
  • the pressure confrol valve may confrol pressure within an opening in which support member 564 is disposed.
  • a confrol system may confrol electrical power supplied to an insulated conductor heater. Power supplied to the insulated conductor heater may be controlled with any appropriate type of confroller.
  • the confroller may be, but is not limited to, a tapped transformer or a zero crossover electric heater firing SCR (silicon confrolled rectifier) confroller.
  • Zero crossover electric heater firing confrol may be achieved by allowing full supply voltage to the insulated conductor heater to pass through the insulated conductor heater for a specific number of cycles, starting at the "crossover," where an instantaneous voltage may be zero, continuing for a specific number of complete cycles, and discontinuing when the instantaneous voltage again crosses zero.
  • a specific number of cycles may be blocked, allowing control of the heat output by the insulated conductor heater.
  • the confrol system may be ananged to block fifteen and/or twenty cycles out of each sixty cycles that are supplied by a standard 60 Hz alternating cunent power supply.
  • Zero crossover firing confrol may be advantageously used with materials having low temperature coefficient materials.
  • Zero crossover firing confrol may inhibit cunent spikes from occuning in an insulated conductor heater.
  • FIG. 65 illustrates an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater that may heat a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Conductor 580 may be disposed in conduit 582.
  • Conductor 580 may be a rod or conduit of electrically conductive material.
  • Low resistance sections 584 may be present at both ends of conductor 580 to generate less heating in these sections.
  • Low resistance section 584 may be formed by having a greater cross-sectional area of conductor 580 in that section, or the sections may be made of material having less resistance.
  • low resistance section 584 includes a low resistance conductor coupled to conductor 580.
  • conductors 580 may be 316, 304, or 310 stainless steel rods with diameters of approximately 2.8 cm.
  • conductors are 316, 304, or 310 stainless steel pipes with diameters of approximately 2.5 cm. Larger or smaller diameters of rods or pipes may be used to achieve desired heating of a formation.
  • the diameter and/or wall thickness of conductor 580 may be varied along a length of the conductor to establish different heating rates at various portions of the conductor.
  • Conduit 582 may be made of an electrically conductive material.
  • conduit 582 may be a 7.6 cm, schedule 40 pipe made of 316, 304, or 310 stainless steel.
  • Conduit 582 may be disposed in opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516. Opening 514 has a diameter able to accommodate conduit 582. A diameter of the opening may be from about 10 cm to about 13 cm. Larger or smaller diameter openings may be used to accommodate particular conduits or designs.
  • Conductor 580 may be centered in conduit 582 by centralizer 581.
  • Centralizer 581 may electrically isolate conductor 580 from conduit 582.
  • Centralizer 581 may inhibit movement and properly locate conductor 580 within conduit 582.
  • Centralizer 581 may be made of a ceramic material or a combination of ceramic and metallic materials.
  • Cenfralizers 581 may inhibit deformation of conductor 580 in conduit 582.
  • Centralizer 581 may be spaced at intervals between approximately 0.5 m and approximately 3 m along conductor 580.
  • FIGS. 67, 68, and 69 depict embodiments of cenfralizers 581.
  • a second low resistance section 584 of conductor 580 may couple conductor 580 to wellhead 690, as depicted in FIG. 65. Electrical cunent may be applied to conductor 580 from power cable 585 through low resistance section 584 of conductor 580. Electrical cunent may pass from conductor 580 through sliding connector
  • Conduit 582 may be electrically insulated from overburden casing 541 and from wellhead 690 to return electrical cunent to power cable 585.
  • Heat may be generated in conductor 580 and conduit 582. The generated heat may radiate within conduit 582 and opening 514 to heat at least a portion of hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • a voltage of about 330 volts and a cunent of about 795 amps may be supplied to conductor 580 and conduit 582 in a 229 m (750 ft) heated section to generate about 1150 watts/meter of conductor 580 and conduit
  • Overburden conduit 541 may be disposed in overburden 540. Overburden conduit 541 may, in some embodiments, be sunounded by materials that inhibit heating of overburden 540. Low resistance section 584 of conductor 580 may be placed in overburden conduit 541. Low resistance section 584 of conductor 580 may be made of, for example, carbon steel. Low resistance section 584 may have a diameter between about 2 cm to about 5 cm or, for example, a diameter of about 4 cm. Low resistance section 584 of conductor 580 may be centralized within overburden conduit 541 using cenfralizers 581.
  • Cenfralizers 581 may be spaced at intervals of approximately 6 m to approximately 12 m or, for example, approximately 9 m along low resistance section 584 of conductor 580.
  • low resistance section 584 of conductor 580 is coupled to conductor 580 by a weld or welds.
  • low resistance sections may be threaded, threaded and welded, or otherwise coupled to the conductor.
  • Low resistance section 584 may generate little and/or no heat in overburden conduit 541.
  • Packing material 542 may be placed between overburden casing 541 and opening 514. Packing material 542 may inhibit fluid from flowing from opening 514 to surface 550.
  • overburden conduit is a 7.6 cm schedule 40 carbon steel pipe.
  • the overburden conduit may be cemented in the overburden.
  • Cement 544 may be slag or silica flour or a mixture thereof (e.g., about 1.58 grams per cubic centimeter slag/silica flour).
  • Cement 544 may extend radially a width of about 5 cm to about 25 cm.
  • Cement 544 may also be made of material designed to inhibit flow of heat into overburden 540.
  • overburden may not be cemented into the formation. Having an uncemented overburden casing may facilitate removal of conduit 582 if the need for removal should arise.
  • Surface conductor 545 may couple to wellhead 690.
  • Surface conductor 545 may have a diameter of about 10 cm to about 30 cm or, in certain embodiments, a diameter of about 22 cm.
  • Electrically insulating sealing flanges may mechanically couple low resistance section 584 of conductor 580 to wellhead 690 and to electrically couple low resistance section 584 to power cable 585.
  • the electrically insulating sealing flanges may couple power cable 585 to wellhead 690.
  • lead-in conductor 585 may include a copper cable, wire, or other elongated member.
  • Lead-in conductor 585 may include any material having a substantially low resistance. The lead-in conductor may be clamped to the bottom of the low resistance conductor to make electrical contact.
  • heat may be generated in or by conduit 582.
  • About 10% to about 30%, or, for example, about 20%, of the total heat generated by the heater may be generated in or by conduit 582.
  • Both conductor 580 and conduit 582 may be made of stainless steel. Dimensions of conductor 580 and conduit 582 may be chosen such that the conductor will dissipate heat in a range from approximately 650 watts per meter to 1650 watts per meter.
  • a temperature in conduit 582 may be approximately 480 °C to approximately 815 °C, and a temperature in conductor 580 may be approximately 500 °C to 840 °C.
  • Substantially uniform heating of a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons may be provided along a length of conduit 582 greater than about 300 m or, even greater than about 600 m.
  • FIG. 70 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a removable conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • Conduit 582 may be placed in opening 514 through overburden 540 such that a gap remains between the conduit and overburden casing 541. Fluids may be removed from opening 514 through the gap between conduit 582 and overburden casing 541. Fluids may be removed from the gap through conduit 5010.
  • Conduit 582 and components of the heat source included within the conduit that are coupled to wellhead 690 may be removed from opening 514 as a single unit. The heat source may be removed as a single unit to be repaired, replaced, and/or used in another portion of the formation.
  • portions of a conductor-in-conduit heat source may be moved or removed to adjust a portion of the formation that is heated by the heat source.
  • the conductor- in-conduit heat source may be initially almost as long as the opening in the fo ⁇ nation.
  • the conductor-in-conduit heat source may be moved so that it is placed at location further from the end of the opening in the fo ⁇ nation. Heat may be applied to a different portion of the formation by adjusting the location of the heat source.
  • an end of the heater may be coupled to a sealing mechanism (e.g., a packing mechanism, or a plugging mechanism) to seal off perforations in a liner or casing.
  • the sealing mechanism may inhibit undesired fluid production from portions of the heat source wellbore from which the conductor-in-conduit heat source has been removed.
  • sliding connector 583 may be coupled near an end of conductor 580.
  • Sliding connector 583 may be positioned near a bottom end of conduit 582.
  • Sliding connector 583 may electrically couple conductor 580 to conduit 582.
  • Sliding connector 583 may move during use to accommodate thermal expansion and/or confraction of conductor 580 and conduit 582 relative to each other.
  • sliding connector 583 may be attached to low resistance section 584 of conductor 580. The lower resistance of section 584 may allow the sliding connector to be at a temperature that does not exceed about 90 °C. Maintaining sliding connector 583 at a relatively low temperature may inhibit conosion of the sliding connector and promote good contact between the sliding connector and conduit 582.
  • Sliding connector 583 may include scraper 593.
  • Scraper 593 may abut an inner surface of conduit 582 at point 595.
  • Scraper 593 may include any metal or electrically conducting material (e.g., steel or stainless steel).
  • Centralizer 591 may couple to conductor 580.
  • sliding connector 583 may be positioned on low resistance section 584 of conductor 580.
  • Centralizer 591 may include any electrically conducting material (e.g., a metal or metal alloy).
  • Spring bow 592 may couple scraper 593 to centralizer 591.
  • Spring bow 592 may include any metal or electrically conducting material (e.g., copper-beryllium alloy).
  • centralizer 591, spring bow 592, and/or scraper 593 are welded together.
  • FIG. 72 illustrates an embodiment of a wellhead.
  • Wellhead 690 may be coupled to electrical junction box 690a by flange 690n or any other suitable mechanical device.
  • Electrical junction box 690a may control power (cunent and voltage) supplied to an electric heater.
  • Power source 690t may be included in electrical junction box 690a.
  • the electric heater is a conductor-in-conduit heater.
  • Flange 690n may include stainless steel or any other suitable sealing material.
  • Conductor 690b may electrically couple conduit 582 to power source 690t.
  • power source 690t may be located outside wellhead 690 and the power source is coupled to the wellhead with power cable 585, as shown in FIG. 65.
  • Low resistance section 584 may be coupled to power source 690t.
  • Compression seal 690c may seal conductor 690b at an inner surface of electrical junction box 690a.
  • Flange 690n may be sealed with metal o-ring 690d.
  • Conduit 690f may couple flange 690n to flange 690m.
  • Flange 690m may couple to an overburden casing.
  • Flange 690m may be sealed with o-ring 690g (e.g., metal o-ring or steel o-ring).
  • Low resistance section 584 of the conductor may couple to electrical junction box 690a.
  • Low resistance section 584 may be passed through flange 690n.
  • Low resistance section 584 may be sealed in flange 690n with o-ring assembly 690p.
  • Assemblies 690p are designed to insulate low resistance section 584 from flange 690n and flange 690m.
  • Compression seal 690c may be designed to elecfrically insulate conductor 690b from flange
  • Thermocouples 690i may be coupled to thermocouple flange 690q with connectors 690h and wire 690j.
  • Thermocouples 690i may be enclosed in an elecfrically insulated sheath (e.g., a metal sheath).
  • Thermocouples 690i may be sealed in thermocouple flange 690q with compression seals 690k.
  • Thermocouples 690i may be used to monitor temperatures in the heated portion downhole.
  • fluids e.g., vapors
  • wellhead 690 may be removed through wellhead 690.
  • fluids from outside conduit 582 may be removed through flange 690r or fluids within the conduit may be removed through flange 690s.
  • FIG. 73 illustrates an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater placed substantially horizontally within hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Heated section 6011 may be placed substantially horizontally within hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Heater casing 6014 may be placed within hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • Heater casing 6014 may be formed of a conosion resistant, relatively rigid material (e.g., 304 stainless steel).
  • Heater casing 6014 may be coupled to overburden casing 541.
  • Overburden casing 541 may include materials such as carbon steel.
  • overburden casing 541 and heater casing 6014 have a diameter of about 15 cm.
  • Expansion mechanism 6012 may be placed at an end of heater casing 6014 to accommodate thermal expansion of the conduit during heating and/or cooling.
  • overburden casing 541 may bend from a vertical direction in overburden 540 into a horizontal direction within hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • a curved wellbore may be formed during drilling of the wellbore in the formation.
  • Heater casing 6014 and overburden casing 541 may be installed in the curved wellbore.
  • a radius of curvature of the curved wellbore may be determined by properties of drilling in the overburden and the formation. For example, the radius of curvature may be about 200 m from point 6015 to point 6016.
  • Conduit 582 may be placed within heater casing 6014.
  • conduit 582 may be made of a conosion resistant metal (e.g., 304 stainless steel). Conduit may be heated to a high temperature. Conduit 582 may also be exposed to hot formation fluids. Conduit 582 may be freated to have a high emissivity.
  • Conduit 582 may have upper section 6002.
  • upper section 6002 may be made of a less conosion resistant metal than other portions of conduit 582 (e.g., carbon steel). A large portion of upper section 6002 may be positioned in overburden 540 of the formation. Upper section 6002 may not be exposed to temperatures as high as the temperatures of conduit 582.
  • conduit 582 and upper section 6002 have a diameter of about 7.6 cm.
  • Conductor 580 may be placed in conduit 582.
  • a portion of the conduit placed adjacent to conduit may be made of a metal that has desired electrical properties, emissivity, creep resistance and conosion resistance at high temperatures.
  • Conductor may include, but is not limited to, 310 stainless steel, 304 stainless steel, 316 stainless steel, 347 stainless steel, and/or other steel or non-steel alloys.
  • Conductor 580 may have a diameter of about 3 cm, however, a diameter of conductor 580 may vary depending on, but not limited to, heating requirements and power requirements.
  • Conductor 580 may be located in conduit 582 using one or more cenfralizers 581.
  • Cenfralizers 581 may be ceramic or a combination of metal and ceramic.
  • Cenfralizers 581 may inhibit conductor from contacting conduit 582.
  • cenfralizers 581 may be coupled to conductor 580.
  • cenfralizers 581 may be coupled to conduit 582.
  • Conductor 580 may be elecfrically coupled to conduit 582 using sliding connector 583.
  • Conductor 580 may be coupled to fransition conductor 6010.
  • Transition conductor 6010 may be used as an electrical fransition between lead-in conductor 6004 and conductor 580.
  • transition conductor 6010 may be used as an electrical fransition between lead-in conductor 6004 and conductor 580. In an embodiment, transition conductor
  • Transition conductor 6010 may be carbon steel.
  • Transition conductor 6010 may be coupled to lead-in conductor 6004 with elecfrical connector 6008.
  • FIG. 74 illustrates an enlarged view of an embodiment of a junction of transition conductor 6010, elecfrical connector 6008, insulator 6006, and lead-in conductor 6004.
  • Lead-in conductor 6004 may include one or more conductors (e.g., three conductors).
  • the one or more conductors may be insulated copper conductors (e.g., rabber-insulated copper cable).
  • the one or more conductors may be insulated or un-insulated stranded copper cable.
  • insulator 6006 may be placed inside lead-in conductor 6004.
  • Insulator 6006 may include elecfrically insulating materials such as fiberglass. Insulator 6006 may couple elecfrical connector 6008 to heater support 6000. In an embodiment, electrical cunent may flow from a power supply through lead-in conductor 6004, through fransition conductor 6010, into conductor 580, and return through conduit 582 and upper section 6002.
  • heater support 6000 may include a support that is used to install heated section 6011 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • heater support 6000 may be a sucker rod that is inserted through overburden 540 from a ground surface.
  • the sucker rod may include one or more portions that can be coupled to each other at the surface as the rod is inserted into the formation.
  • heater support 6000 is a single piece assembled in an assembly facility. Inserting heater support 6000 into the formation may push heated section 6011 into the formation.
  • Overburden casing 541 may be supported within overburden 540 using reinforcing material 544.
  • Reinforcing material may include cement (e.g., Portland cement).
  • Surface conductor 545 may enclose reinforcing material 544 and overburden casing 541 in a portion of overburden 540 proximate the ground surface.
  • Surface conductor 545 may include a surface casing.
  • FIG. 75 illustrates a schematic of an alternate embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater placed substantially horizontally within a formation.
  • heater support 6000 may be a low resistance conductor (e.g., low resistance section 584 as shown in FIG. 65).
  • Heater support 6000 may include carbon steel or other electrically-conducting materials.
  • Heater support 6000 may be elecfrically coupled to fransition conductor 6010 and conductor 580.
  • a heat source may be placed within an uncased wellbore in a relatively low pe ⁇ neability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • heater support 6000 may be a low resistance conductor (e.g., low resistance section 584 as shown in FIG. 65). Heater support
  • FIG. 6000 may be elecfrically coupled to fransition conductor 6010 and conductor 580.
  • FIG. 76 depicts an alternate embodiment of the conductor-in-conduit heater shown in FIG. 77.
  • perforated casing 9636 may be placed in opening 514 as shown in FIG. 76.
  • cenfralizers 581 may be used to support perforated casing 9636 within opening 514.
  • a cladding section may be coupled to heater support 6000 and/or upper section 6002.
  • FIG. 78 depicts an embodiment of cladding section 9200 coupled to heater support 6000. Cladding may also be coupled to an upper section of conduit 582.
  • Cladding section 9200 may reduce the electrical resistance of heater support 6000 and or the upper section of conduit 582.
  • cladding section 9200 is copper tubing coupled to the heater support and the conduit.
  • heated section 6011 as shown in FIGS. 73, 75, and 77, may be placed in a wellbore with an orientation other than substantially horizontally in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • heated section 6011 may be placed in hydrocarbon layer 516 at an angle of about 45° or substantially vertically in the formation.
  • elements of the heat source placed in overburden 540 e.g., heater support 6000, overburden casing 541, upper section 6002, etc.
  • the heat source may be removably installed in a formation.
  • Heater support 6000 may be used to install and or remove the heat source, including heated section 6011, from the formation.
  • the heat source may be removed to repair, replace, and/or use the heat source in a different wellbore.
  • the heat source may be reused in the same formation or in a different formation.
  • a heat source or a portion of a heat source may be spooled on coiled tubing rig and moved to another well location.
  • more than one heater may be installed in a wellbore or heater well. Having more than one heater in a wellbore or heat source may provide the ability to heat a selected portion or portions of a formation at a different rate than other portions of the formation. Having more than one heater in a wellbore or heat source may provide a backup heat source in the wellbore or heat source should one or more of the heaters fail. Having more than one heater may allow a uniform temperature profile to be established along a desired portion of the wellbore. Having more than one heater may allow for rapid heating of a hydrocarbon layer or layers to a pyrolysis temperature from ambient temperature.
  • the more than one heater may include similar types of heaters or may include different types of heaters.
  • the more than one heater may be a natural disfricited combustor heater, an insulated conductor heater, a conductor-in-conduit heater, an elongated member heater, a downhole combustor (e.g., a downhole flameless combustor or a downhole combustor), etc.
  • a first heater in a wellbore may be used to selectively heat a first portion of a formation and a second heater may be used to selectively heat a second portion of the formation.
  • the first heater and the second heater may be independently confrolled.
  • heat provided by a first heater can be controlled separately from heat provided by a second heater.
  • elecfrical power supplied to a first electric heater may be controlled independently of elecfrical power supplied to a second electric heater.
  • the first portion and the second portion may be located at different heights or levels within a wellbore, either vertically or along a face of the wellbore.
  • the first portion and the second portion may be separated by a third, or separate, portion of a formation.
  • the third portion may contain hydrocarbons or may be a non- hydrocarbon containing portion of the formation.
  • the third portion may include rock or similar non- hydrocarbon containing materials.
  • the third portion may be heated or unheated.
  • heat used to heat the first and second portions may be used to heat the third portion. Heat provided to the first and second portions may substantially uniformly heat the first, second, and third portions.
  • FIG. 67 illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a cenfralizer in conduit 582.
  • Electrical insulator 581a may be disposed on conductor 580.
  • Insulator 581a may be made of aluminum oxide or other elecfrically insulating material that has a high working temperature limit.
  • Neck portion 581 j may be a bushing which has an inside diameter that allows conductor 580 to pass through the bushing.
  • Neck portion 58 lj may include electtically-insulative materials such as metal oxides and ceramics (e.g., aluminum oxide). Insulator 581a and neck portion 58 lj may be obtainable from manufacturers such as CoorsTek (Golden, Colorado) or Norton Ceramics (United Kingdom).
  • insulator 581a and/or neck portion 581j are made from 99 % or greater purity machinable aluminum oxide.
  • ceramic portions of a heat source may be surface glazed. Surface glazing ceramic may seal the ceramic from contamination from dirt and/or moisture. High temperature surface glazing of ceramics may be done by companies such as NGK-Locke Inc. (Baltimore, Maryland) or Johannes Gebhart (Germany).
  • a location of insulator 581a on conductor 580 may be maintained by disc 581d.
  • Disc 581d may be welded to conductor 580.
  • Spring bow 581c may be coupled to insulator 581a by disc 581b. Spring bow 581c and disc
  • cenfralizer 581 may have an opening that fits over an end of conductor.
  • cenfralizer 581 may be assembled from two or more pieces around a portion of conductor 580. The pieces may be coupled to conductor 580 by fastening device 58 le. Fastening device 58 le may be made of any material that can be used at relatively high temperatures (e.g., steel).
  • FIG. 68 depicts a representation of an embodiment of centralizer 581 disposed on conductor 580.
  • Discs 581d may maintain positions of centralizer 581 relative to conductor 580.
  • Discs 581d may be metal discs welded to conductor 580.
  • Discs 581d may be tack-welded to conductor 580.
  • FIG. 69 depicts a top view representation of a centralizer embodiment.
  • Cenfralizer 581 may be made of any suitable elecfrically insulating material able to withstand high voltage at high temperatures. Examples of such materials include, but are not limited to, aluminum oxide and/or Macor.
  • Centralizer 581 may electrically insulate conductor 580 from conduit 582.
  • FIG. 79 illustrates a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a centralizer placed on a conductor.
  • FIG. 80 depicts a portion of an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heat source with a cutout view showing a cenfralizer on the conductor.
  • Centralizer 581 may be used in a conductor-in-conduit heat source. Centralizer 581 may be used to maintain a location of conductor 580 within conduit 582.
  • Cenfralizer 581 may include electrically-insulating materials such as ceramics (e.g., alumina and zirconia). As shown in FIG. 79, centralizer 581 may have at least one recess 58 li.
  • Recess 581i may be, for example, an indentation or notch in cenfralizer 581 or a recess left by a portion removed from the cenfralizer.
  • a cross-sectional shape of recess 581i may be a rectangular shape or any other geometrical shape.
  • recess 58 li has a shape that allows protrusion 581g to reside within the recess.
  • Recess 581i may be formed such that the recess will be placed at a junction of cenfralizer 581 and conductor 580. In one embodiment, recess 581i is formed at a bottom of cenfralizer 581.
  • At least one protrusion 581g may be formed on conductor 580.
  • Protrusion 581g may be welded to conductor 580.
  • protrusion 581g is a weld bead formed on conductor 580.
  • Protrusion 581g may include electrically-conductive materials such as steel (e.g., stainless steel).
  • protrusion 58 lg may include one or more protrusions formed around the circumference of conductor 580.
  • Protrasion 581g may be used to maintain a location of centralizer 581 on conductor 580. For example, protrasion
  • 58 lg may inhibit downward movement of cenfralizer 581 along conductor 580.
  • at least one additional recess 58 li and at least one additional protrasion 58 lg may be placed at atop of cenfralizer 581 to inhibit upward movement of the centralizer along conduit 580.
  • electrically-insulating material 581h is placed over protrasion 581g and recess 581i. Electrically-insulating material 58 lh may cover recess 581 i such that protrasion 581 g is enclosed within the recess and the electrically-insulating material. In some embodiments, electrically-insulating material 58 lh may partially cover recess 58 li. Protrasion 58 lg may be enclosed so that carbon deposition (i.e., coking) on protrasion 58 lg during use is inhibited. Carbon may form electrically-conducting paths during use of conductor 580 and conduit 582 to heat a formation. Electrically-insulating material 581h may include materials such as, but not limited to, metal oxides and/or ceramics (e.g., alumina or zirconia). In some embodiments, electrically-insulating material
  • a thermal plasma spray process may be used to place electrically- insulating material 581h over protrasion 581g and recess 5811.
  • the thermal plasma process may spray coat electrically-insulating material 581h on protrasion 581g and/or cenfralizer 581.
  • centralizer 581 with recess 58 li, protrasion 58 lg, and electrically-insulating material 581h are placed on conductor 580 within conduit 582 during installation of the conductor-in-conduit heat source in an opening in a formation.
  • centralizer 581 with recess 58 li, protrusion 58 lg, and electrically-insulating material 581h are placed on conductor 580 within conduit 582 during assembling of the conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • an assembling process may include forming protrusion 58 lg on conductor 580, placing centralizer 581 with recess 58 li on conductor 580, covering the protrasion and the recess with electrically-insulating material 58 lh, and placing the conductor within conduit 582.
  • FIG. 81 depicts an alternate embodiment of cenfralizer 581.
  • Neck portion 58 lj may be coupled to centralizer 581.
  • neck portion 58 lj is an extended portion of cenfralizer 581.
  • Protrusion 58 lg may be placed on conductor 580 to maintain a location of centralizer 581 and neck portion 58 lj on the conductor.
  • Neck portion 581j may be a bushing which has an inside diameter that allows conductor 580 to pass through the bushing.
  • Neck portion 58 lj may include electrically-insulative materials such as metal oxides and ceramics (e.g., aluminum oxide).
  • neck portion 581j may be a commercially available bushing from manufacturers such as Borges Technical Ceramics (Pennsburg, PA).
  • a first neck portion 58 lj is coupled to an upper portion of centralizer 581 and a second neck portion 58 lj is coupled to a lower portion of cenfralizer 581.
  • Neck portion 581j may extend between about 1 cm and about 5 cm from cenfralizer 581. In an embodiment, neck portion 581j extends about 2-3 cm from cenfralizer 581.
  • Neck portion 581j may extend a selected distance from cenfralizer 581 such that arcing (e.g., surface arcing) is inhibited.
  • Neck portion 581j may increase a path length for arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582.
  • a path for arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582 may be fo ⁇ ned by carbon deposition on centralizer 581 and/or neck portion 581j.
  • Increasing the path length for arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582 may reduce the likelihood of arcing between the conductor and the conduit.
  • Another advantage of increasing the path length for arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582 may be an increase in a maximum operating voltage of the conductor.
  • neck portion 58 lj also includes one or more grooves 581k.
  • One or more grooves 581k may further increase the path length for arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582.
  • conductor 580 and conduit 582 may be oriented substantially vertically within a formation.
  • one or more grooves 581k may also inhibit deposition of conducting particles (e.g., carbon particles or conosion scale) along the length of neck portion 581j. Conducting particles may fall by gravity along a length of conductor 580.
  • One or more grooves 581k may be oriented such that falling particles do not deposit into the one or more grooves.
  • Inhibiting the deposition of conducting particles on neck portion 58 lj may inhibit formation of an arcing path between conductor 580 and conduit 582.
  • diameters of each of one or more grooves 581k may be varied. Varying the diameters of the grooves may further inhibit the likelihood of arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582.
  • FIG. 82 depicts an embodiment of centralizer 581.
  • Cenfralizer 581 may include two or more portions held together by fastening device 58 le.
  • Fastening device 58 le may be a clamp, bolt, snap-lock, or screw.
  • FIGS. 83 and 84 depict top views of embodiments of cenfralizer 581 placed on conduit 580.
  • Centralizer 581 may include two portions. The two portions may be coupled together to form a cenfralizer in a "clam shell" configuration. The two portions may have notches and recesses that are shaped to fit together as shown in either of FIGS. 83 and 84. In some embodiments, the two portions may have notches and recesses that are tapered so that the two portions tightly couple together. The two portions may be slid together lengthwise along the notches and recesses.
  • an insulation layer may be placed between a conductor and a conduit.
  • the insulation layer may be used to elecfrically insulate the conductor from the conduit.
  • the insulation layer may also maintain a location of the conductor within the conduit.
  • the insulation layer may include a layer that remains placed on and/or in the heat source after installation. In certain embodhnents, the insulation layer may be removed by heating the heat source to a selected temperature.
  • the insulation layer may include electrically- insulating materials such as, but not limited to, metal oxides and or ceramics.
  • the insulation layer may be NextelTM insulation obtainable from 3M Company (St. Paul, MN).
  • An insulation layer may also be used for installation of any other heat source (e.g., insulated conductor heat source, natural disfricited combustor, etc.).
  • the insulation layer is fastened to the conductor.
  • the insulation layer may be fastened to the conductor with a high temperature adhesive (e.g., a ceramic adhesive such as Cofronics 920 alumina-based adhesive available from Cofronics Co ⁇ oration (Brooklyn, N.Y.)).
  • FIG. 85 depicts a cross-sectional representation of an embodiment of a section of a conductor-in-conduit heat source with insulation layer 9180. Insulation layer 9180 may be placed on conductor 580. Insulation layer 9180 may be spiraled around conductor 580 as shown in FIG.
  • insulation layer 9180 is a single insulation layer wound around the length of conductor 580. In some embodiments, insulation layer 9180 may include one or more individual sections of insulation layers wrapped around conductor 580. Conductor 580 may be placed in conduit 582 after insulation layer 9180 has been placed on the conductor. Insulation layer 9180 may elecfrically insulate conductor 580 from conduit 582.
  • a conduit may be pressurized with a fluid to inhibit a large pressure difference between pressure in the conduit and pressure in the formation. Balanced pressure or a small pressure difference may inhibit deformation of the conduit during use. The fluid may increase conductive heat fransfer from the conductor to the conduit.
  • the fluid may include, but is not limited to, a gas such as helium, nifrogen, air, or mixtures thereof.
  • the fluid may inhibit arcing between the conductor and the conduit. If air and/or air mixtures are used to pressurize the conduit, the air and/or air mixtures may react with materials of the conductor and the conduit to form an oxide layer on a surface of the conductor and/or an oxide layer on an inner surface of the conduit.
  • the oxide layer may inhibit arcing.
  • the oxide layer may make the conductor and/or the conduit more resistant to conosion. Reducing the amount of heat losses to an overburden of a formation may increase an efficiency of a heat source.
  • the efficiency of the heat source may be determined by the energy transfened into the formation through the heat source as a fraction of the energy input into the heat source.
  • the efficiency of the heat source may be a function of energy that actually heats a desired portion of the formation divided by the elecfrical power (or other input power) provided to the heat source.
  • heating losses to the overburden may be reduced. Heating losses in the overburden may be reduced for electrical heat sources by the use of relatively low resistance conductors in the overburden that couple a power supply to the heat source.
  • Alternating elecfrical cunent flowing through certain conductors tends to flow along the skin of the conductors. This skin depth effect may increase the resistance heating at the outer surface of the conductor (i.e., the cunent flows through only a small portion of the available metal) and, thus increase heating of the overburden. Elecfrically conductive casings, coatings, wiring, and/or claddings may be used to reduce the electrical resistance of a conductor used in the overburden.
  • low resistance section 584 may be coupled to conductor 580.
  • Low resistance section 584 may be placed in overburden 540.
  • Low resistance section 584 may be, for example, a carbon steel conductor. Carbon steel may be used to provide mechanical sfrength for the heat source in overburden 540.
  • an electrically conductive coating may be coated on low resistance section 584 to further reduce an elecfrical resistance of the low resistance conductor.
  • the elecfrically conductive coating may be coated on low resistance section 584 during assembly of the heat source. In other embodiments, the elecfrically conductive coating may be coated on low resistance section 584 after installation of the heat source in opening 514.
  • the electrically conductive coating may be sprayed on low resistance section 584.
  • the elecfrically conductive coating may be a sprayed on thermal plasma coating.
  • the elecfrically conductive coating may include conductive materials such as, but not limited to, aluminum or copper.
  • the electrically conductive coating may include other conductive materials that can be thermal plasma sprayed.
  • the elecfrically conductive coating may be coated on low resistance section 584 such that the resistance of the low resistance conductor is reduced by a factor of greater than about 2. In some embodiments, the resistance is lowered by a factor of greater than about 4 or about 5.
  • the elecfrically conductive coating may have a thickness of between 0.1 mm and 0.8 mm.
  • the electrically conductive coating may have a thickness of about 0.25 mm.
  • the electrically conductive coating may be coated on low resistance conductors used with other types of heat sources such as, for example, insulated conductor heat sources, elongated member heat sources, etc.
  • a cladding may be coupled to low resistance section 584 to reduce the elecfrical resistance in overburden 540.
  • FIG. 86 depicts a cross-sectional view of a portion of cladding section 9200 of conductor-in-conduit heater. Cladding section 9200 may be coupled to the outer surface of low resistance section
  • Cladding sections 9200 may also be coupled to an inner surface of conduit 582. In certain embodiments, cladding sections may be coupled to inner surface of low resistance section 584 and or outer surface of conduit 582. In some embodiments, low resistance section 584 may include one or more sections of individual low resistance sections 584 coupled together. Conduit 582 may include one or more sections of individual conduits 582 coupled together.
  • Individual cladding sections 9200 may be coupled to each individual low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582, as shown in FIG. 86.
  • a gap may remain between each cladding section 9200.
  • the gap may be at a location of a coupling between low resistance sections 584 and or conduits 582.
  • the gap may be at a thread or weld junction between low resistance sections 584 and/or conduits 582.
  • the gap may be less than about 4 cm in length. In certain embodiments, the gap may be less than about 5 cm in length or less than 6 cm in length.
  • Cladding section 9200 may be a conduit (or tubing) of relatively elecfrically conductive material. Cladding section 9200 may be a conduit that tightly fits against a surface of low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582. Cladding section 9200 may include non-fenomagnetic metals that have a relatively high elecfrical conductivity. For example, cladding section 9200 may include copper, aluminum, brass, bronze, or combinations thereof. Cladding section 9200 may have a thickness between about 0.2 cm and about 1 cm. ' In some embodiments, low resistance section 584 has an outside diameter of about 2.5 cm and conduit 582 has an inside diameter of about 7.3 cm.
  • cladding section 9200 coupled to low resistance section 584 is copper tubing with a thickness of about 0.32 cm (about 1/8 inch) and an inside diameter of about 2.5 cm. In an embodiment, cladding section 9200 coupled to conduit 582 is copper tubing with a thickness of about 0.32 cm (about 1/8 inch) and an outside diameter of about 7.3 cm. In certain embodiments, cladding section 9200 has a thickness between about 0.20 cm and about 1.2 cm.
  • cladding section 9200 is brazed to low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582. In other embodiments, cladding section 9200 may be welded to low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582. In one embodiment, cladding section 9200 is Everdur® (silicon bronze) welded to low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582. Cladding section 9200 may be brazed or welded to low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582 depending on the types of materials used in the cladding section, the low resistance conductor, and the conduit. For example, cladding section 9200 may include copper that is Everdur® welded to low resistance section 584, which includes carbon steel.
  • cladding section 9200 may be pre-oxidized to inhibit conosion of the cladding section during use.
  • Using cladding section 9200 coupled to low resistance section 584 and/or conduit 582 may inhibit a significant temperature rise in the overburden of a fo ⁇ nation during use of the heat source (i.e., reduce heat losses to the overburden).
  • a copper cladding section of about 0.3 cm thickness may decrease the elecfrical resistance of a carbon steel low resistance conductor by a factor of about 20.
  • the lowered resistance in the overburden section of the heat source may provide a relatively small temperature increase adjacent to the wellbore in the overburden of the formation.
  • supplying a cunent of about 500 A into an approximately 1.9 cm diameter low resistance conductor (schedule 40 carbon steel pipe) with a copper cladding of about 0.3 cm thickness produces a maximum temperature of about 93 °C at the low resistance conductor.
  • This relatively low temperature in the low resistance conductor may transfer relatively little heat to the formation.
  • lowering the resistance of the low resistance conductor may increase the transfer of power into the heated section of the heat source (e.g., conductor 580).
  • a 600 volt power supply may be used to supply power to a heat source through about a 300 m overburden and into about a 260 m heated section. This configuration may supply about 980 watts per meter to the heated section.
  • Using a copper cladding section of about 0.3 cm thickness with a carbon steel low resistance conductor may increase the transfer of power into the heated section by up to about 15 % compared to using the carbon steel low resistance conductor only.
  • cladding section 9200 may be coupled to conductor 580 and/or conduit 582 by a "tight fit tubing" (TFT) method.
  • TFT is commercially available from vendors such as Kuroki (Japan) or Karasaki
  • the TFT method includes cryogenically cooling an inner pipe or conduit, which is a tight fit to an outer pipe.
  • the cooled inner pipe is inserted into the heated outer pipe or conduit.
  • the assembly is then allowed to return to an ambient temperature.
  • the inner pipe can be hydraulically expanded to bond tightly with the outer pipe.
  • Another method for coupling a cladding section to a conductor or a conduit may include an explosive cladding method.
  • explosive cladding an inner pipe is slid into an outer pipe. Primer cord or other type of explosive charge may be set off inside the inner pipe. The explosive blast may bond the inner pipe to the outer pipe.
  • Elecfromagnetically formed cladding may also be used for cladding section 9200.
  • An inner pipe and an outer pipe may be placed in a water bath. Electrodes attached to the inner pipe and the outer pipe may be used to create a high potential between the inner pipe and the outer pipe. The potential may cause sudden formation of bubbles in the bath that bond the inner pipe to the outer pipe.
  • cladding section 9200 may be arc welded to a conductor or conduit.
  • copper may be arc deposited and/or welded to a stainless steel pipe or tube.
  • cladding section 9200 may be formed with plasma powder welding (PPW).
  • PPW formed material may be obtained from Daido Steel Co. (Japan).
  • PPW plasma powder welding
  • copper powder is heated to form a plasma.
  • the hot plasma may be moved along the length of a tube (e.g., a stainless steel tube) to deposit the copper and form the copper cladding.
  • Cladding section 9200 may also be formed by billet co-extrusion. A large piece of cladding material may be extruded along a pipe to form a desired length of cladding along the pipe.
  • forge welding e.g., shielded active gas welding
  • shielded active gas welding may be used to form claddings section 9200 on a conductor and or conduit.
  • Forge welding may be used to form a uniform weld through the cladding section and the conductor or conduit.
  • Another method is to start with strips of copper and carbon steel that are bonded to together by tack welding or another suitable method.
  • the composite strip is drawn through a shaping unit to form a cylindrically shaped tube.
  • the cylindrically shaped tube is seam welded longitudinally.
  • the resulting tube may be coiled onto a spool.
  • low resistance section 584 is to form low resistance section 584 from low resistance metals (e.g., metals that are used in cladding section 9200).
  • a polymer coating may be placed on some of these metals to inhibit conosion of the metals (e.g., to inhibit conosion of copper or aluminum by hydrogen sulfide).
  • Increasing the emissivity of a conductive heat source may increase the efficiency at which heat is transfened to a fo ⁇ nation.
  • An emissivity of a surface affects the amount of radiative heat emitted from the surface and the amount of radiative heat absorbed by the surface.
  • increasing the emissivity of a surface increases the efficiency of heat fransfer because of the increased radiation of energy from the surface into the sunoundings.
  • increasing the emissivity of a conductor in a conductor-in-conduit heat source may increase the efficiency at which heat is transfened to the conduit, as shown by the following equation:
  • Q is the rate of heat fransfer between a cylindrical conductor and a conduit
  • r t is the radius of the conductor
  • r 2 is the radius of the conduit
  • Ti is the temperature at the conductor
  • T 2 is the temperature at the conduit
  • ⁇ is the Stefan-Boltzmann constant (5.670 X 10 "s J-K ⁇ -m ⁇ -s '1 )
  • ⁇ j is the emissivity of the conductor
  • ⁇ 2 is the emissivity of the conduit. According to EQN. 38, increasing the emissivity of the conductor increases the heat transfer between the conductor and the conduit.
  • a conductor and/or conduit may be treated to increase the emissivity of the conductor and or conduit materials. Treating the conductor and/or conduit may include roughening a surface of the conductor or conduit and/or oxidizing the conductor or conduit. In some embodiments, a conductor and/or conduit may be roughened and/or oxidized prior to assembly of a heat source. In some embodiments, a conductor and or conduit may be roughened and/or oxidized after assembly and/or installation into a formation (e.g., an oxidizing fluid may be introduced into an annular space between the conductor and the conduit when heating a portion of the formation to pyrolysis temperature so that the heat generated in the conductor oxidizes the conductor and the conduit).
  • an oxidizing fluid may be introduced into an annular space between the conductor and the conduit when heating a portion of the formation to pyrolysis temperature so that the heat generated in the conductor oxidizes the conductor and the conduit).
  • the treatment method may be used to treat inner surfaces and/or outer surfaces, or portions thereof, of conductors or conduits.
  • the outer surface of a conductor and the inner surface of a conduit are freated to increase the emissivities of the conductor and the conduit.
  • surfaces of a conductor may be roughened.
  • the roughened surface of the conductor may be the outer surface of the conductor.
  • the surface of the conductor may be roughened by, but is not limited to being roughened by, sandblasting or beadblasting the surface, peening the surface, emery grinding the surface, or using an electrostatic discharge method on the surface.
  • the surface of the conductor may be sand blasted with fine particles to roughen the surface.
  • the conductor may also be freated by pre-oxidizing the surface of the conductor (i.e., heating the conductor to an oxidation temperature before use of the conductor).
  • Pre-oxidizing the surface of the conductor may include heating the conductor to a temperature between about 850 °C and about 950 °C.
  • the conductor may be heated in an oven or furnace.
  • the conductor may be heated in an oxidizing atmosphere (e.g., an oven with a charge of an oxidizing fluid such as air).
  • a 304H stainless steel conductor is heated in a furnace at a temperature of about 870 °C for about 2 hours. If the surface of the 304H stainless steel conductor is roughened prior to heating the conductor in the furnace, the emissivity of the 304H stainless steel conductor may be increased from about 0.5 to about 0.85. Increasing the emissivity of the conductor may reduce an operating temperature of the conductor. Operating the conductor at lower temperatures may increase an operational lifetime of the conductor. For example, operating the conductor at lower temperatures may reduce creep and/or conosion.
  • applying a coating to a conductor or conduit may increase the emissivity of a conductor or a conduit and increase the efficiency of heat transfer to the formation.
  • An elecfrically insulating and thermally conductive coating may be placed on a conductor and/or conduit.
  • the elecfrically insulating coating may inhibit arcing between the conductor and the conduit.
  • Arcing between the conductor and the conduit may cause shorting between the conductor and the conduit. Arcing may also produce hot spots and/or cold spOts on either the conductor or the conduit.
  • a coating or coatings on portions of a conduit and/or a conductor may increase emissivity, elecfrically insulate, and promote thermal conduction.
  • conductor 580 and conduit 582 may be placed in opening 514 in hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • an elecfrically insulative, thermally conductive coating is placed on conductor 580 and conduit 582 (e.g., on an outside surface of the conductor and an inside surface of the conduit).
  • the electrically insulative, thermally conductive coating is placed on conductor 580.
  • the elecfrically insulative, thermally conductive coating is placed on conduit 582.
  • the electrically insulative, thermally conductive coating may elecfrically insulate conductor 580 from conduit 582.
  • the elecfrically insulative, thermally conductive coating may inhibit arcing between conductor 580 and conduit 582.
  • the electrically insulative, thermally conductive coating maintains an emissivity of conductor 580 or conduit 582 (i.e., inhibits the emissivity of the conductor or conduit from decreasing).
  • the elecfrically insulative, the ⁇ nally conductive coating increases an emissivity of conductor 580 and/or conduit 582.
  • the elecfrically insulative, thermally conductive coating may include, but is not limited to, oxides of silicon, aluminum, and zirconium, or combinations thereof.
  • silicon oxide may be used to increase an emissivity of a conductor or conduit while aluminum oxide may be used to provide better electrical insulation and thermal conductivity.
  • a combination of silicon oxide and aluminum oxide may be used to increase emissivity while providing improved electrical insulation and thermal conductivity.
  • aluminum oxide is coated on conductor 580 to elecfrically insulate the conductor followed by a coating of silicon oxide to increase the emissivity of the conductor.
  • the elecfrically insulative, thermally conductive coating is sprayed on conductor 580 or conduit 582. The coating may be sprayed on during assembly of the conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • the coating is sprayed on before assembling the conductor-in-conduit heat source.
  • the coating may be sprayed on conductor 580 or conduit 582 by a manufacturer of the conductor or conduit.
  • the coating is sprayed on conductor 580 or conduit 582 before the conductor or conduit is coiled onto a spool for installation.
  • the coating is sprayed on after installation of the conductor-in- conduit heat source.
  • a perforated conduit may be placed in the openmg formed in the relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons proximate and external to the conduit of a conductor-in- conduit heater.
  • the perforated conduit may remove fluids formed in an opening in the formation to reduce pressure adjacent to the heat source. A pressure may be maintained in the opening such that deformation of the first conduit is inhibited.
  • the perforated conduit may be used to introduce a fluid into the formation adjacent to the heat source.
  • hydrogen gas may be injected into the formation adjacent to selected heat sources to increase a partial pressure of hydrogen during in situ conversion.
  • FIG. 87 illustrates an embodiment of a conductor-in-conduit heater that may heat a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons.
  • Second conductor 586 may be disposed in conduit 582 in addition to conductor 580. Second conductor 586 may be coupled to conductor 580 using connector 587 located near a lowermost surface of conduit 582. Second conductor 586 may be a return path for the elecfrical cunent supplied to conductor 580. For example, second conductor 586 may return elecfrical cunent to wellhead 690 through low resistance second conductor 588 in overburden casing 541. Second conductor 586 and conductor 580 may be formed of elongated conductive material.
  • Second cond ⁇ ctor 586 and conductor 580 may be a stainless steel rod having a diameter of approximately 2.4 cm.
  • Connector 587 may be flexible.
  • Conduit 582 may be elecfrically isolated from conductor 580 and second conductor 586 using cenfralizers 581.
  • the use of a second conductor may eliminate the need for a sliding connector.
  • the absence of a sliding connector may extend the life of the heater.
  • the absence of a sliding connector may allow for isolation of applied power from hydrocarbon layer 516.
  • conductor 580 and the second conductor may be coupled by a flexible connecting cable.
  • the bottom of the first and second conductor may have increased thicknesses to create low resistance sections.
  • the flexible connector may be made of stranded copper covered with rubber insulation.
PCT/US2002/013121 2001-04-24 2002-04-24 In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons WO2002086029A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2002303481A AU2002303481A1 (en) 2001-04-24 2002-04-24 In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US28608301P 2001-04-24 2001-04-24
US60/286,083 2001-04-24
US34018501P 2001-10-24 2001-10-24
US60/340,185 2001-10-24

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002086029A2 true WO2002086029A2 (en) 2002-10-31
WO2002086029A3 WO2002086029A3 (en) 2009-10-01

Family

ID=26963575

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/013121 WO2002086029A2 (en) 2001-04-24 2002-04-24 In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (3) US6782947B2 (US20030079877A1-20030501-M00001.png)
AU (1) AU2002303481A1 (US20030079877A1-20030501-M00001.png)
WO (1) WO2002086029A2 (US20030079877A1-20030501-M00001.png)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2430218A (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-03-21 Shell Int Research Thermal processes for subsurface formations
WO2013110980A1 (en) * 2012-01-23 2013-08-01 Genie Ip B.V. Heater pattern for in situ thermal processing of a subsurface hydrocarbon containing formation
WO2014177188A1 (en) * 2013-04-30 2014-11-06 Statoil Canada Limited Method of recovering thermal energy
CN104428489A (zh) * 2012-01-23 2015-03-18 吉尼Ip公司 地下含烃地层的原位热处理的加热器模式
CN104956029A (zh) * 2012-11-25 2015-09-30 吉尼Ip公司 用于地下含烃地层的原位热处理的包括由风电供能的加热器的加热器模式
WO2017161441A1 (en) * 2016-03-24 2017-09-28 Nexen Energy Ulc Processes for effecting hydrocarbon production from reservoirs having a low permeability zone by cooling and heating
CN109033012A (zh) * 2018-06-28 2018-12-18 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种空心抽油杆注热水循环井筒温度场的确定方法及装置
CN109536151A (zh) * 2019-01-08 2019-03-29 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种溶液型火驱油藏助燃封窜剂
CN109852360A (zh) * 2019-01-08 2019-06-07 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种浊液型火驱油藏助燃封窜剂

Families Citing this family (229)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NZ522206A (en) 2000-04-24 2004-05-28 Shell Int Research Method for the production of hydrocarbons and synthesis gas from a hydrocarbon - containing formation
AU2002303481A1 (en) 2001-04-24 2002-11-05 Shell Oil Company In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons
US6991032B2 (en) * 2001-04-24 2006-01-31 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of an oil shale formation using a pattern of heat sources
WO2003036039A1 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-05-01 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. In situ production of a blending agent from a hydrocarbon containing formation
EP1556580A1 (en) 2002-10-24 2005-07-27 Shell Internationale Researchmaatschappij B.V. Temperature limited heaters for heating subsurface formations or wellbores
US8296968B2 (en) * 2003-06-13 2012-10-30 Charles Hensley Surface drying apparatus and method
RU2349745C2 (ru) * 2003-06-24 2009-03-20 Эксонмобил Апстрим Рисерч Компани Способ обработки подземного пласта для конверсии органического вещества в извлекаемые углеводороды (варианты)
US7552762B2 (en) * 2003-08-05 2009-06-30 Stream-Flo Industries Ltd. Method and apparatus to provide electrical connection in a wellhead for a downhole electrical device
DE10345342A1 (de) * 2003-09-19 2005-04-28 Engelhard Arzneimittel Gmbh Verfahren zur Herstellung eines lagerstabilen Extraktes aus Efeublättern, sowie ein nach diesem Verfahren hergestellter Extrakt
CA2543963C (en) * 2003-11-03 2012-09-11 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Hydrocarbon recovery from impermeable oil shales
US7152675B2 (en) * 2003-11-26 2006-12-26 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Subterranean hydrogen storage process
US7000711B2 (en) * 2004-02-09 2006-02-21 Ch2M Hill, Inc. Horizontal bore cryogenic drilling method
US7490665B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2009-02-17 Shell Oil Company Variable frequency temperature limited heaters
WO2006014293A2 (en) * 2004-07-02 2006-02-09 Aqualizer, Llc Moisture condensation control system
US7685737B2 (en) * 2004-07-19 2010-03-30 Earthrenew, Inc. Process and system for drying and heat treating materials
US7225871B2 (en) * 2004-07-22 2007-06-05 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Apparatus and method for reverse circulation cementing a casing in an open-hole wellbore
DE102004062312B3 (de) * 2004-12-23 2006-06-01 Infineon Technologies Ag Piezoelektrischer Resonator mit verbesserter Temperaturkompensation und Verfahren zum Herstellen desselben
DE102005000782A1 (de) * 2005-01-05 2006-07-20 Voith Paper Patent Gmbh Trockenzylinder
US7185702B2 (en) * 2005-02-25 2007-03-06 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Methods and compositions for the in-situ thermal stimulation of hydrocarbons using peroxide-generating compounds
US7605293B2 (en) * 2005-04-15 2009-10-20 University Of Southern California Efficient and selective conversion of carbon dioxide to methanol, dimethyl ether and derived products
US7608743B2 (en) * 2005-04-15 2009-10-27 University Of Southern California Efficient and selective chemical recycling of carbon dioxide to methanol, dimethyl ether and derived products
US7546873B2 (en) 2005-04-22 2009-06-16 Shell Oil Company Low temperature barriers for use with in situ processes
CA2606217C (en) 2005-04-22 2014-12-16 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. Subsurface connection methods for subsurface heaters
NZ567657A (en) 2005-10-24 2012-04-27 Shell Int Research Methods of hydrotreating a liquid stream to remove clogging compounds
US7809538B2 (en) 2006-01-13 2010-10-05 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Real time monitoring and control of thermal recovery operations for heavy oil reservoirs
US20070214878A1 (en) * 2006-03-14 2007-09-20 Core Laboratories Lp Use of deuterium oxide-depleted water as a tracer in downhole and core analysis applications
US7644993B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2010-01-12 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company In situ co-development of oil shale with mineral recovery
RU2455381C2 (ru) 2006-04-21 2012-07-10 Шелл Интернэшнл Рисерч Маатсхаппий Б.В. Высокопрочные сплавы
US20100051859A1 (en) * 2006-04-27 2010-03-04 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Carbon Dioxide Capture and Related Processes
US8205674B2 (en) 2006-07-25 2012-06-26 Mountain West Energy Inc. Apparatus, system, and method for in-situ extraction of hydrocarbons
US7832482B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2010-11-16 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Producing resources using steam injection
US7770643B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2010-08-10 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Hydrocarbon recovery using fluids
AU2007313391B2 (en) 2006-10-13 2013-03-28 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Improved method of developing subsurface freeze zone
CN101558216B (zh) 2006-10-13 2013-08-07 埃克森美孚上游研究公司 使用水力压裂生产井、通过原位加热增强页岩油生产
JO2982B1 (ar) * 2006-10-13 2016-03-15 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co المسافات المنتظمة المثلى بين الابار لاستخراج الزيت الصخري الموقعي
WO2008048454A2 (en) 2006-10-13 2008-04-24 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Combined development of oil shale by in situ heating with a deeper hydrocarbon resource
AU2007313388B2 (en) * 2006-10-13 2013-01-31 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Heating an organic-rich rock formation in situ to produce products with improved properties
EP2074284A4 (en) 2006-10-20 2017-03-15 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. Heating hydrocarbon containing formations in a line drive staged process
FR2913097B1 (fr) * 2007-02-26 2009-04-24 Inst Francais Du Petrole Bruleur poreux a hydrogene sans premelange
AU2008227167B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2013-08-01 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Granular electrical connections for in situ formation heating
BRPI0808508A2 (pt) 2007-03-22 2014-08-19 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co Métodos para aquecer uma formação de subsuperfície e uma formação rochosa rica em compostos orgânicos, e, método para produzir um fluido de hidrocarboneto
AU2008242799B2 (en) 2007-04-20 2012-01-19 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. Parallel heater system for subsurface formations
US8151877B2 (en) 2007-05-15 2012-04-10 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Downhole burner wells for in situ conversion of organic-rich rock formations
AU2008253753B2 (en) * 2007-05-15 2013-10-17 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Downhole burners for in situ conversion of organic-rich rock formations
US8146664B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2012-04-03 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Utilization of low BTU gas generated during in situ heating of organic-rich rock
AU2008262537B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2014-07-17 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company A process for producing hydrocarbon fluids combining in situ heating, a power plant and a gas plant
US7753618B2 (en) * 2007-06-28 2010-07-13 Calera Corporation Rocks and aggregate, and methods of making and using the same
US7744761B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2010-06-29 Calera Corporation Desalination methods and systems that include carbonate compound precipitation
US7748137B2 (en) * 2007-07-15 2010-07-06 Yin Wang Wood-drying solar greenhouse
US7653488B2 (en) * 2007-08-23 2010-01-26 Schlumberger Technology Corporation Determination of point of sand production initiation in wellbores using residual deformation characteristics and real time monitoring of sand production
KR20100087717A (ko) 2007-10-19 2010-08-05 쉘 인터내셔날 리써취 마트샤피지 비.브이. 탄화수소 함유 지층을 처리하기 위한 열원의 불규칙적인 이격
US8082995B2 (en) 2007-12-10 2011-12-27 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Optimization of untreated oil shale geometry to control subsidence
US8006407B2 (en) * 2007-12-12 2011-08-30 Richard Anderson Drying system and method of using same
US7754169B2 (en) * 2007-12-28 2010-07-13 Calera Corporation Methods and systems for utilizing waste sources of metal oxides
US20100239467A1 (en) 2008-06-17 2010-09-23 Brent Constantz Methods and systems for utilizing waste sources of metal oxides
US7749476B2 (en) * 2007-12-28 2010-07-06 Calera Corporation Production of carbonate-containing compositions from material comprising metal silicates
GB2460910B8 (en) 2007-12-28 2010-07-14 Calera Corp Methods of sequestering CO2.
CN101981162B (zh) 2008-03-28 2014-07-02 埃克森美孚上游研究公司 低排放发电和烃采收系统及方法
CN101981272B (zh) 2008-03-28 2014-06-11 埃克森美孚上游研究公司 低排放发电和烃采收系统及方法
US20090260823A1 (en) 2008-04-18 2009-10-22 Robert George Prince-Wright Mines and tunnels for use in treating subsurface hydrocarbon containing formations
WO2009135069A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Altarock Energy, Inc. Method and cooling system for electric submersible pumps/motors for use in geothermal wells
WO2009135073A2 (en) * 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Altarock Energy, Inc. System and method for aquifer geo-cooling
US20090272545A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Altarock Energy, Inc. System and method for use of pressure actuated collapsing capsules suspended in a thermally expanding fluid in a subterranean containment space
US7730951B2 (en) * 2008-05-15 2010-06-08 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Methods of initiating intersecting fractures using explosive and cryogenic means
CA2722452C (en) 2008-05-23 2014-09-30 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Field management for substantially constant composition gas generation
US8071037B2 (en) 2008-06-25 2011-12-06 Cummins Filtration Ip, Inc. Catalytic devices for converting urea to ammonia
HUE028944T2 (en) 2008-07-07 2017-01-30 Altarock Energy Inc Artificial Earth Systems and Reservoir Optimization
US7993500B2 (en) 2008-07-16 2011-08-09 Calera Corporation Gas diffusion anode and CO2 cathode electrolyte system
CA2700721C (en) * 2008-07-16 2015-04-21 Calera Corporation Low-energy 4-cell electrochemical system with carbon dioxide gas
CA2700768C (en) 2008-07-16 2014-09-09 Calera Corporation Co2 utilization in electrochemical systems
EP2334904A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2011-06-22 Altarock Energy, Inc. Method for testing an engineered geothermal system using one stimulated well
US8079417B2 (en) * 2008-08-13 2011-12-20 Conocophillips Company Wireline retrievable dsg/downhole pump system for cyclic steam and continuous steam flooding operations in petroleum reservoirs
WO2010022283A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-02-25 Altarock Energy, Inc. A well diversion agent formed from in situ decomposition of carbonyls at high temperature
CA2700644A1 (en) * 2008-09-11 2010-03-18 Calera Corporation Co2 commodity trading system and method
US8255195B2 (en) * 2008-09-18 2012-08-28 Geoscape Analytics, Inc N-phasic element method for calculating a fully coupled response of multiphase compositional fluid flow and a system for uncertainty estimation
US10590762B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2020-03-17 Geoscale, Inc. N-phasic finite element method for calculating a fully coupled response of multiphase compositional fluid flow and a system for uncertainty estimation of the calculated reservoir response
US7771684B2 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-08-10 Calera Corporation CO2-sequestering formed building materials
US7815880B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2010-10-19 Calera Corporation Reduced-carbon footprint concrete compositions
US8869477B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2014-10-28 Calera Corporation Formed building materials
US7939336B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2011-05-10 Calera Corporation Compositions and methods using substances containing carbon
BRPI0919359B8 (pt) * 2008-10-02 2021-06-29 American Shale Oil Llc métodos de sequestro de dióxido de carbono
US8881806B2 (en) * 2008-10-13 2014-11-11 Shell Oil Company Systems and methods for treating a subsurface formation with electrical conductors
AU2009303735B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2014-06-26 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Methods and systems for controlling the products of combustion
US9133581B2 (en) 2008-10-31 2015-09-15 Calera Corporation Non-cementitious compositions comprising vaterite and methods thereof
US7829053B2 (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-11-09 Calera Corporation Non-cementitious compositions comprising CO2 sequestering additives
US7934549B2 (en) * 2008-11-03 2011-05-03 Laricina Energy Ltd. Passive heating assisted recovery methods
US8151482B2 (en) * 2008-11-25 2012-04-10 William H Moss Two-stage static dryer for converting organic waste to solid fuel
US8834688B2 (en) 2009-02-10 2014-09-16 Calera Corporation Low-voltage alkaline production using hydrogen and electrocatalytic electrodes
BRPI1008388A2 (pt) 2009-02-23 2017-06-27 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co método e sistema para recuperar hidrocarbonetos de uma formação de subsuperfície em uma área de desenvolvimento, e, método para tratar água em uma instalação de tratamento de água
JP2012519076A (ja) 2009-03-02 2012-08-23 カレラ コーポレイション ガス流複合汚染物質制御システムおよび方法
EP2247366A4 (en) * 2009-03-10 2011-04-20 Calera Corp SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CO2 TREATMENT
US20100236987A1 (en) * 2009-03-19 2010-09-23 Leslie Wayne Kreis Method for the integrated production and utilization of synthesis gas for production of mixed alcohols, for hydrocarbon recovery, and for gasoline/diesel refinery
US20100243639A1 (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-09-30 Beyke Gregory L Flexible horizontal electrode pipe
US8448707B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2013-05-28 Shell Oil Company Non-conducting heater casings
WO2010129174A1 (en) 2009-05-05 2010-11-11 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Converting organic matter from a subterranean formation into producible hydrocarbons by controlling production operations based on availability of one or more production resources
US7956479B1 (en) * 2009-05-06 2011-06-07 Ernest Bergman Electrical power generation from reciprocating motion of floats caused by waves
AU2010259936A1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2012-02-02 Altarock Energy, Inc. An injection-backflow technique for measuring fracture surface area adjacent to a wellbore
US7993511B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2011-08-09 Calera Corporation Electrochemical production of an alkaline solution using CO2
US9151125B2 (en) * 2009-07-16 2015-10-06 Altarock Energy, Inc. Temporary fluid diversion agents for use in geothermal well applications
US20110029293A1 (en) * 2009-08-03 2011-02-03 Susan Petty Method For Modeling Fracture Network, And Fracture Network Growth During Stimulation In Subsurface Formations
WO2011017609A1 (en) * 2009-08-07 2011-02-10 Calera Corporation Carbon capture and storage
US8257112B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2012-09-04 Shell Oil Company Press-fit coupling joint for joining insulated conductors
US8356935B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2013-01-22 Shell Oil Company Methods for assessing a temperature in a subsurface formation
US9466896B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2016-10-11 Shell Oil Company Parallelogram coupling joint for coupling insulated conductors
US8522872B2 (en) * 2009-10-14 2013-09-03 University Of Utah Research Foundation In situ decomposition of carbonyls at high temperature for fixing incomplete and failed well seals
BR112012010294A2 (pt) 2009-11-12 2017-11-07 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co sistema integrado, e, método para a recuperação de hidrocarboneto de baixa emissão com produção de energia
US8863839B2 (en) 2009-12-17 2014-10-21 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Enhanced convection for in situ pyrolysis of organic-rich rock formations
US8381814B2 (en) * 2010-02-12 2013-02-26 General Synfuels International, Inc. Groundwater isolation barriers for mining and other subsurface operations
US8939207B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2015-01-27 Shell Oil Company Insulated conductor heaters with semiconductor layers
US9127523B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2015-09-08 Shell Oil Company Barrier methods for use in subsurface hydrocarbon formations
WO2011127292A1 (en) * 2010-04-09 2011-10-13 Shell Oil Company Methods for heating with slots in hydrocarbon formations
US8701769B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2014-04-22 Shell Oil Company Methods for treating hydrocarbon formations based on geology
US8631866B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2014-01-21 Shell Oil Company Leak detection in circulated fluid systems for heating subsurface formations
US8875788B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2014-11-04 Shell Oil Company Low temperature inductive heating of subsurface formations
US8967259B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2015-03-03 Shell Oil Company Helical winding of insulated conductor heaters for installation
CA2707283C (en) * 2010-06-11 2013-02-26 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Viscous oil recovery using electric heating and solvent injection
EA025004B1 (ru) * 2010-06-18 2016-11-30 Лэндмарк Грэфикс Корпорейшн Выполняемый компьютером способ оптимизации скважины и постоянное устройство с программой, в котором реально имеются выполняемые компьютером команды для оптимизации скважины
TWI554325B (zh) 2010-07-02 2016-10-21 艾克頌美孚上游研究公司 低排放發電系統和方法
BR112012031505A2 (pt) 2010-07-02 2016-11-01 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co combustão estequiométrica de ar enriquecido com recirculação de gás de exaustão
AU2011271634B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2016-01-28 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Stoichiometric combustion with exhaust gas recirculation and direct contact cooler
US9903271B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2018-02-27 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Low emission triple-cycle power generation and CO2 separation systems and methods
WO2012030425A1 (en) 2010-08-30 2012-03-08 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Wellbore mechanical integrity for in situ pyrolysis
WO2012030426A1 (en) 2010-08-30 2012-03-08 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Olefin reduction for in situ pyrolysis oil generation
US8732946B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2014-05-27 Shell Oil Company Mechanical compaction of insulator for insulated conductor splices
US8943686B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2015-02-03 Shell Oil Company Compaction of electrical insulation for joining insulated conductors
US8857051B2 (en) * 2010-10-08 2014-10-14 Shell Oil Company System and method for coupling lead-in conductor to insulated conductor
US9097110B2 (en) * 2010-12-03 2015-08-04 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Viscous oil recovery using a fluctuating electric power source and a fired heater
US9008884B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2015-04-14 Symbotic Llc Bot position sensing
US9033033B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2015-05-19 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Electrokinetic enhanced hydrocarbon recovery from oil shale
US8839860B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2014-09-23 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. In-situ Kerogen conversion and product isolation
TWI563166B (en) 2011-03-22 2016-12-21 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co Integrated generation systems and methods for generating power
TWI563165B (en) 2011-03-22 2016-12-21 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co Power generation system and method for generating power
TWI593872B (zh) 2011-03-22 2017-08-01 艾克頌美孚上游研究公司 整合系統及產生動力之方法
TWI564474B (zh) 2011-03-22 2017-01-01 艾克頌美孚上游研究公司 於渦輪系統中控制化學計量燃燒的整合系統和使用彼之產生動力的方法
WO2012138883A1 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-10-11 Shell Oil Company Systems for joining insulated conductors
US9016370B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2015-04-28 Shell Oil Company Partial solution mining of hydrocarbon containing layers prior to in situ heat treatment
TWI622540B (zh) 2011-09-09 2018-05-01 辛波提克有限責任公司 自動化儲存及取放系統
CA2791725A1 (en) * 2011-10-07 2013-04-07 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. Treating hydrocarbon formations using hybrid in situ heat treatment and steam methods
CN104011327B (zh) 2011-10-07 2016-12-14 国际壳牌研究有限公司 利用地下地层中的绝缘导线的介电性能来确定绝缘导线的性能
CA2850741A1 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-04-11 Manuel Alberto GONZALEZ Thermal expansion accommodation for circulated fluid systems used to heat subsurface formations
JO3139B1 (ar) 2011-10-07 2017-09-20 Shell Int Research تشكيل موصلات معزولة باستخدام خطوة اختزال أخيرة بعد المعالجة الحرارية.
JO3141B1 (ar) 2011-10-07 2017-09-20 Shell Int Research الوصلات المتكاملة للموصلات المعزولة
AU2012332851B2 (en) 2011-11-04 2016-07-21 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Multiple electrical connections to optimize heating for in situ pyrolysis
US9810050B2 (en) 2011-12-20 2017-11-07 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Enhanced coal-bed methane production
US9181467B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2015-11-10 Uchicago Argonne, Llc Preparation and use of nano-catalysts for in-situ reaction with kerogen
US8851177B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2014-10-07 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. In-situ kerogen conversion and oxidant regeneration
US8701788B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2014-04-22 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Preconditioning a subsurface shale formation by removing extractible organics
CA2811666C (en) 2012-04-05 2021-06-29 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. Compaction of electrical insulation for joining insulated conductors
US20130264058A1 (en) * 2012-04-05 2013-10-10 Shell Oil Company Treatment methods for nahcolitic oil shale formations with fractures
US9353682B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2016-05-31 General Electric Company Methods, systems and apparatus relating to combustion turbine power plants with exhaust gas recirculation
US10273880B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2019-04-30 General Electric Company System and method of recirculating exhaust gas for use in a plurality of flow paths in a gas turbine engine
US9784185B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2017-10-10 General Electric Company System and method for cooling a gas turbine with an exhaust gas provided by the gas turbine
US8770284B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2014-07-08 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Systems and methods of detecting an intersection between a wellbore and a subterranean structure that includes a marker material
US8992771B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2015-03-31 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Isolating lubricating oils from subsurface shale formations
US9599070B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 General Electric Company System and method for oxidant compression in a stoichiometric exhaust gas recirculation gas turbine system
US10100741B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2018-10-16 General Electric Company System and method for diffusion combustion with oxidant-diluent mixing in a stoichiometric exhaust gas recirculation gas turbine system
US9869279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2018-01-16 General Electric Company System and method for a multi-wall turbine combustor
US9803865B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2017-10-31 General Electric Company System and method for a turbine combustor
US10107495B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2018-10-23 General Electric Company Gas turbine combustor control system for stoichiometric combustion in the presence of a diluent
US9574496B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2017-02-21 General Electric Company System and method for a turbine combustor
US9631815B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2017-04-25 General Electric Company System and method for a turbine combustor
US10215412B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2019-02-26 General Electric Company System and method for load control with diffusion combustion in a stoichiometric exhaust gas recirculation gas turbine system
US9708977B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2017-07-18 General Electric Company System and method for reheat in gas turbine with exhaust gas recirculation
US9611756B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-04-04 General Electric Company System and method for protecting components in a gas turbine engine with exhaust gas recirculation
US10208677B2 (en) 2012-12-31 2019-02-19 General Electric Company Gas turbine load control system
US9581081B2 (en) 2013-01-13 2017-02-28 General Electric Company System and method for protecting components in a gas turbine engine with exhaust gas recirculation
US9512759B2 (en) 2013-02-06 2016-12-06 General Electric Company System and method for catalyst heat utilization for gas turbine with exhaust gas recirculation
CA2900500C (en) * 2013-02-12 2021-03-02 American Shale Oil, Llc Using liquefied petroleum gas in a hot circulating fluid heater for in-situ oil shale retorting
TW201502356A (zh) 2013-02-21 2015-01-16 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co 氣渦輪機排氣中氧之減少
US9938861B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2018-04-10 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Fuel combusting method
RU2637609C2 (ru) 2013-02-28 2017-12-05 Эксонмобил Апстрим Рисерч Компани Система и способ для камеры сгорания турбины
US20140250945A1 (en) 2013-03-08 2014-09-11 Richard A. Huntington Carbon Dioxide Recovery
WO2014137648A1 (en) 2013-03-08 2014-09-12 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Power generation and methane recovery from methane hydrates
US9618261B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2017-04-11 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Power generation and LNG production
TW201500635A (zh) 2013-03-08 2015-01-01 Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co 處理廢氣以供用於提高油回收
US10215399B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-02-26 The Babcock & Wilcox Company Small supercritical once-thru steam generator
US10316644B2 (en) 2013-04-04 2019-06-11 Shell Oil Company Temperature assessment using dielectric properties of an insulated conductor heater with selected electrical insulation
US9835089B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2017-12-05 General Electric Company System and method for a fuel nozzle
TWI654368B (zh) 2013-06-28 2019-03-21 美商艾克頌美孚上游研究公司 用於控制在廢氣再循環氣渦輪機系統中的廢氣流之系統、方法與媒體
US9617914B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2017-04-11 General Electric Company Systems and methods for monitoring gas turbine systems having exhaust gas recirculation
US9631542B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2017-04-25 General Electric Company System and method for exhausting combustion gases from gas turbine engines
US9587510B2 (en) 2013-07-30 2017-03-07 General Electric Company System and method for a gas turbine engine sensor
US9903588B2 (en) 2013-07-30 2018-02-27 General Electric Company System and method for barrier in passage of combustor of gas turbine engine with exhaust gas recirculation
US9951658B2 (en) 2013-07-31 2018-04-24 General Electric Company System and method for an oxidant heating system
AU2014340644B2 (en) 2013-10-22 2017-02-02 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Systems and methods for regulating an in situ pyrolysis process
CA2929750C (en) 2013-11-06 2018-02-27 Nexen Energy Ulc Processes for producing hydrocarbons from a reservoir
US9394772B2 (en) 2013-11-07 2016-07-19 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Systems and methods for in situ resistive heating of organic matter in a subterranean formation
US10030588B2 (en) 2013-12-04 2018-07-24 General Electric Company Gas turbine combustor diagnostic system and method
US9752458B2 (en) 2013-12-04 2017-09-05 General Electric Company System and method for a gas turbine engine
US10227920B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2019-03-12 General Electric Company Gas turbine oxidant separation system
US9915200B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2018-03-13 General Electric Company System and method for controlling the combustion process in a gas turbine operating with exhaust gas recirculation
US9863267B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2018-01-09 General Electric Company System and method of control for a gas turbine engine
US10079564B2 (en) 2014-01-27 2018-09-18 General Electric Company System and method for a stoichiometric exhaust gas recirculation gas turbine system
MX2016009971A (es) 2014-01-31 2017-06-29 Bailey Curlett Harry Método y sistema para la producción de recursos del subsuelo.
CN106133271A (zh) 2014-04-04 2016-11-16 国际壳牌研究有限公司 在热处理之后使用最终减小步骤形成的绝缘导体
US10047633B2 (en) 2014-05-16 2018-08-14 General Electric Company Bearing housing
US10655542B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2020-05-19 General Electric Company Method and system for startup of gas turbine system drive trains with exhaust gas recirculation
US10060359B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2018-08-28 General Electric Company Method and system for combustion control for gas turbine system with exhaust gas recirculation
US9885290B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2018-02-06 General Electric Company Erosion suppression system and method in an exhaust gas recirculation gas turbine system
US9739122B2 (en) 2014-11-21 2017-08-22 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Mitigating the effects of subsurface shunts during bulk heating of a subsurface formation
CN107002486B (zh) 2014-11-25 2019-09-10 国际壳牌研究有限公司 热解以增压油地层
US9819292B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2017-11-14 General Electric Company Systems and methods to respond to grid overfrequency events for a stoichiometric exhaust recirculation gas turbine
US9869247B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2018-01-16 General Electric Company Systems and methods of estimating a combustion equivalence ratio in a gas turbine with exhaust gas recirculation
US10788212B2 (en) 2015-01-12 2020-09-29 General Electric Company System and method for an oxidant passageway in a gas turbine system with exhaust gas recirculation
US10316746B2 (en) 2015-02-04 2019-06-11 General Electric Company Turbine system with exhaust gas recirculation, separation and extraction
US10094566B2 (en) 2015-02-04 2018-10-09 General Electric Company Systems and methods for high volumetric oxidant flow in gas turbine engine with exhaust gas recirculation
US10253690B2 (en) 2015-02-04 2019-04-09 General Electric Company Turbine system with exhaust gas recirculation, separation and extraction
US10267270B2 (en) 2015-02-06 2019-04-23 General Electric Company Systems and methods for carbon black production with a gas turbine engine having exhaust gas recirculation
US10145269B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2018-12-04 General Electric Company System and method for cooling discharge flow
US10480792B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2019-11-19 General Electric Company Fuel staging in a gas turbine engine
US10522860B2 (en) * 2015-06-09 2019-12-31 Honeywell International Inc. Systems for hybrid fuel cell power generation
CA2930617A1 (en) * 2016-05-19 2017-11-19 N-Solv Corporation In situ hydrocarbon mobilization process and surface facility for the same
CN107100663B (zh) * 2017-05-02 2019-08-06 中国矿业大学 一种煤矿瓦斯的精准抽采方法
EP3634528B1 (en) 2017-06-07 2023-06-07 Shifamed Holdings, LLC Intravascular fluid movement devices, systems, and methods of use
CA2972203C (en) 2017-06-29 2018-07-17 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Chasing solvent for enhanced recovery processes
CA2974712C (en) 2017-07-27 2018-09-25 Imperial Oil Resources Limited Enhanced methods for recovering viscous hydrocarbons from a subterranean formation as a follow-up to thermal recovery processes
CA2978157C (en) 2017-08-31 2018-10-16 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Thermal recovery methods for recovering viscous hydrocarbons from a subterranean formation
CA2983541C (en) 2017-10-24 2019-01-22 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Systems and methods for dynamic liquid level monitoring and control
CN107729677B (zh) * 2017-11-01 2021-04-02 国网湖南省电力公司 一种大电流封闭母线桥的振动及噪声抑制方法
EP3710076B1 (en) 2017-11-13 2023-12-27 Shifamed Holdings, LLC Intravascular fluid movement devices, systems, and methods of use
EP3746149A4 (en) 2018-02-01 2021-10-27 Shifamed Holdings, LLC INTRAVASCULAR BLOOD PUMPS AND METHODS OF USE AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING
US11933929B2 (en) * 2018-02-06 2024-03-19 Conocophillips Company 4D seismic as a method for characterizing fracture network and fluid distribution in unconventional reservoir
TN2020000184A1 (en) * 2018-03-06 2022-04-04 Proton Tech Canada Inc In-situ process to produce synthesis gas from underground hydrocarbon reservoirs
US10788547B2 (en) 2019-01-17 2020-09-29 Sandisk Technologies Llc Voltage-controlled interlayer exchange coupling magnetoresistive memory device and method of operating thereof
US11049538B2 (en) 2019-01-17 2021-06-29 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Voltage-controlled interlayer exchange coupling magnetoresistive memory device and method of operating thereof
US11654275B2 (en) 2019-07-22 2023-05-23 Shifamed Holdings, Llc Intravascular blood pumps with struts and methods of use and manufacture
WO2021062265A1 (en) 2019-09-25 2021-04-01 Shifamed Holdings, Llc Intravascular blood pump systems and methods of use and control thereof
US11739631B2 (en) * 2020-10-21 2023-08-29 Saudi Arabian Oil Company Methods and systems for determining reservoir and fracture properties
CN114737936A (zh) * 2022-04-29 2022-07-12 四川昊晟鑫诚能源科技有限公司 一种超临界co2一体化开发中低成熟页岩油装置及方法

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3149670A (en) * 1962-03-27 1964-09-22 Smclair Res Inc In-situ heating process
US3349845A (en) * 1965-10-22 1967-10-31 Sinclair Oil & Gas Company Method of establishing communication between wells
US4597441A (en) * 1984-05-25 1986-07-01 World Energy Systems, Inc. Recovery of oil by in situ hydrogenation
US5297626A (en) * 1992-06-12 1994-03-29 Shell Oil Company Oil recovery process
US5339897A (en) * 1991-12-20 1994-08-23 Exxon Producton Research Company Recovery and upgrading of hydrocarbon utilizing in situ combustion and horizontal wells
US6016868A (en) * 1998-06-24 2000-01-25 World Energy Systems, Incorporated Production of synthetic crude oil from heavy hydrocarbons recovered by in situ hydrovisbreaking
US6016867A (en) * 1998-06-24 2000-01-25 World Energy Systems, Incorporated Upgrading and recovery of heavy crude oils and natural bitumens by in situ hydrovisbreaking

Family Cites Families (234)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2734579A (en) * 1956-02-14 Production from bituminous sands
US345586A (en) * 1886-07-13 Oil from wells
SE123136C1 (US20030079877A1-20030501-M00001.png) 1948-01-01
US326439A (en) * 1885-09-15 Protecting wells
US2732195A (en) * 1956-01-24 Ljungstrom
US48994A (en) * 1865-07-25 Improvement in devices for oil-wells
SE126674C1 (US20030079877A1-20030501-M00001.png) 1949-01-01
SE123138C1 (US20030079877A1-20030501-M00001.png) 1948-01-01
US94813A (en) * 1869-09-14 Improvement in torpedoes for oil-wells
US760304A (en) * 1903-10-24 1904-05-17 Frank S Gilbert Heater for oil-wells.
US1342741A (en) * 1918-01-17 1920-06-08 David T Day Process for extracting oils and hydrocarbon material from shale and similar bituminous rocks
US1269747A (en) * 1918-04-06 1918-06-18 Lebbeus H Rogers Method of and apparatus for treating oil-shale.
GB156396A (en) 1919-12-10 1921-01-13 Wilson Woods Hoover An improved method of treating shale and recovering oil therefrom
US1457479A (en) * 1920-01-12 1923-06-05 Edson R Wolcott Method of increasing the yield of oil wells
US1510655A (en) * 1922-11-21 1924-10-07 Clark Cornelius Process of subterranean distillation of volatile mineral substances
US1634236A (en) * 1925-03-10 1927-06-28 Standard Dev Co Method of and apparatus for recovering oil
US1646599A (en) * 1925-04-30 1927-10-25 George A Schaefer Apparatus for removing fluid from wells
US1666488A (en) * 1927-02-05 1928-04-17 Crawshaw Richard Apparatus for extracting oil from shale
US1681523A (en) * 1927-03-26 1928-08-21 Patrick V Downey Apparatus for heating oil wells
US1913395A (en) * 1929-11-14 1933-06-13 Lewis C Karrick Underground gasification of carbonaceous material-bearing substances
US2244255A (en) * 1939-01-18 1941-06-03 Electrical Treating Company Well clearing system
US2244256A (en) * 1939-12-16 1941-06-03 Electrical Treating Company Apparatus for clearing wells
US2423674A (en) * 1942-08-24 1947-07-08 Johnson & Co A Process of catalytic cracking of petroleum hydrocarbons
US2390770A (en) * 1942-10-10 1945-12-11 Sun Oil Co Method of producing petroleum
US2484063A (en) * 1944-08-19 1949-10-11 Thermactor Corp Electric heater for subsurface materials
US2472445A (en) * 1945-02-02 1949-06-07 Thermactor Company Apparatus for treating oil and gas bearing strata
US2444755A (en) * 1946-01-04 1948-07-06 Ralph M Steffen Apparatus for oil sand heating
US2634961A (en) * 1946-01-07 1953-04-14 Svensk Skifferolje Aktiebolage Method of electrothermal production of shale oil
US2466945A (en) * 1946-02-21 1949-04-12 In Situ Gases Inc Generation of synthesis gas
US2497868A (en) * 1946-10-10 1950-02-21 Dalin David Underground exploitation of fuel deposits
US2939689A (en) 1947-06-24 1960-06-07 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Electrical heater for treating oilshale and the like
US2786660A (en) * 1948-01-05 1957-03-26 Phillips Petroleum Co Apparatus for gasifying coal
US2548360A (en) * 1948-03-29 1951-04-10 Stanley A Germain Electric oil well heater
US2584605A (en) 1948-04-14 1952-02-05 Edmund S Merriam Thermal drive method for recovery of oil
US2685930A (en) 1948-08-12 1954-08-10 Union Oil Co Oil well production process
US2630307A (en) * 1948-12-09 1953-03-03 Carbonic Products Inc Method of recovering oil from oil shale
US2595979A (en) 1949-01-25 1952-05-06 Texas Co Underground liquefaction of coal
US2642943A (en) 1949-05-20 1953-06-23 Sinclair Oil & Gas Co Oil recovery process
US2593477A (en) * 1949-06-10 1952-04-22 Us Interior Process of underground gasification of coal
GB674082A (en) 1949-06-15 1952-06-18 Nat Res Dev Improvements in or relating to the underground gasification of coal
US2670802A (en) * 1949-12-16 1954-03-02 Thermactor Company Reviving or increasing the production of clogged or congested oil wells
US2623596A (en) * 1950-05-16 1952-12-30 Atlantic Refining Co Method for producing oil by means of carbon dioxide
US2714930A (en) * 1950-12-08 1955-08-09 Union Oil Co Apparatus for preventing paraffin deposition
US2695163A (en) * 1950-12-09 1954-11-23 Stanolind Oil & Gas Co Method for gasification of subterranean carbonaceous deposits
GB697189A (en) 1951-04-09 1953-09-16 Nat Res Dev Improvements relating to the underground gasification of coal
US2630306A (en) * 1952-01-03 1953-03-03 Socony Vacuum Oil Co Inc Subterranean retorting of shales
US2777679A (en) * 1952-03-07 1957-01-15 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Recovering sub-surface bituminous deposits by creating a frozen barrier and heating in situ
US2780450A (en) * 1952-03-07 1957-02-05 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Method of recovering oil and gases from non-consolidated bituminous geological formations by a heating treatment in situ
US2789805A (en) * 1952-05-27 1957-04-23 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Device for recovering fuel from subterraneous fuel-carrying deposits by heating in their natural location using a chain heat transfer member
US2780449A (en) 1952-12-26 1957-02-05 Sinclair Oil & Gas Co Thermal process for in-situ decomposition of oil shale
US2825408A (en) * 1953-03-09 1958-03-04 Sinclair Oil & Gas Company Oil recovery by subsurface thermal processing
US2771954A (en) 1953-04-29 1956-11-27 Exxon Research Engineering Co Treatment of petroleum production wells
US2703621A (en) * 1953-05-04 1955-03-08 George W Ford Oil well bottom hole flow increasing unit
US2743906A (en) * 1953-05-08 1956-05-01 William E Coyle Hydraulic underreamer
US2914309A (en) * 1953-05-25 1959-11-24 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Oil and gas recovery from tar sands
US2902270A (en) * 1953-07-17 1959-09-01 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Method of and means in heating of subsurface fuel-containing deposits "in situ"
US2890754A (en) 1953-10-30 1959-06-16 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Apparatus for recovering combustible substances from subterraneous deposits in situ
US2890755A (en) * 1953-12-19 1959-06-16 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Apparatus for recovering combustible substances from subterraneous deposits in situ
US2841375A (en) * 1954-03-03 1958-07-01 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Method for in-situ utilization of fuels by combustion
US2793696A (en) 1954-07-22 1957-05-28 Pan American Petroleum Corp Oil recovery by underground combustion
US2923535A (en) * 1955-02-11 1960-02-02 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Situ recovery from carbonaceous deposits
US2801089A (en) * 1955-03-14 1957-07-30 California Research Corp Underground shale retorting process
US2819761A (en) 1956-01-19 1958-01-14 Continental Oil Co Process of removing viscous oil from a well bore
US2857002A (en) * 1956-03-19 1958-10-21 Texas Co Recovery of viscous crude oil
US2906340A (en) * 1956-04-05 1959-09-29 Texaco Inc Method of treating a petroleum producing formation
US3120264A (en) 1956-07-09 1964-02-04 Texaco Development Corp Recovery of oil by in situ combustion
US3016053A (en) 1956-08-02 1962-01-09 George J Medovick Underwater breathing apparatus
US2932352A (en) * 1956-10-25 1960-04-12 Union Oil Co Liquid filled well heater
US2804149A (en) * 1956-12-12 1957-08-27 John R Donaldson Oil well heater and reviver
US3127936A (en) 1957-07-26 1964-04-07 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Method of in situ heating of subsurface preferably fuel containing deposits
US2906337A (en) * 1957-08-16 1959-09-29 Pure Oil Co Method of recovering bitumen
US3007521A (en) * 1957-10-28 1961-11-07 Phillips Petroleum Co Recovery of oil by in situ combustion
US3010516A (en) * 1957-11-18 1961-11-28 Phillips Petroleum Co Burner and process for in situ combustion
US2954826A (en) * 1957-12-02 1960-10-04 William E Sievers Heated well production string
US2994376A (en) * 1957-12-27 1961-08-01 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ combustion process
US3061009A (en) * 1958-01-17 1962-10-30 Svenska Skifferolje Ab Method of recovery from fossil fuel bearing strata
US3062282A (en) 1958-01-24 1962-11-06 Phillips Petroleum Co Initiation of in situ combustion in a carbonaceous stratum
US3004603A (en) * 1958-03-07 1961-10-17 Phillips Petroleum Co Heater
US3032102A (en) * 1958-03-17 1962-05-01 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ combustion method
US3004596A (en) * 1958-03-28 1961-10-17 Phillips Petroleum Co Process for recovery of hydrocarbons by in situ combustion
US3004601A (en) * 1958-05-09 1961-10-17 Albert G Bodine Method and apparatus for augmenting oil recovery from wells by refrigeration
US3048221A (en) * 1958-05-12 1962-08-07 Phillips Petroleum Co Hydrocarbon recovery by thermal drive
US3026940A (en) * 1958-05-19 1962-03-27 Electronic Oil Well Heater Inc Oil well temperature indicator and control
US3010513A (en) * 1958-06-12 1961-11-28 Phillips Petroleum Co Initiation of in situ combustion in carbonaceous stratum
US2958519A (en) * 1958-06-23 1960-11-01 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ combustion process
US3044545A (en) 1958-10-02 1962-07-17 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ combustion process
US2974937A (en) 1958-11-03 1961-03-14 Jersey Prod Res Co Petroleum recovery from carbonaceous formations
US2998457A (en) 1958-11-19 1961-08-29 Ashland Oil Inc Production of phenols
US2970826A (en) * 1958-11-21 1961-02-07 Texaco Inc Recovery of oil from oil shale
US3036632A (en) * 1958-12-24 1962-05-29 Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc Recovery of hydrocarbon materials from earth formations by application of heat
US2969226A (en) 1959-01-19 1961-01-24 Pyrochem Corp Pendant parting petro pyrolysis process
US3017168A (en) * 1959-01-26 1962-01-16 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ retorting of oil shale
US3110345A (en) 1959-02-26 1963-11-12 Gulf Research Development Co Low temperature reverse combustion process
US3113619A (en) 1959-03-30 1963-12-10 Phillips Petroleum Co Line drive counterflow in situ combustion process
US3113620A (en) * 1959-07-06 1963-12-10 Exxon Research Engineering Co Process for producing viscous oil
US3181613A (en) * 1959-07-20 1965-05-04 Union Oil Co Method and apparatus for subterranean heating
US3113623A (en) 1959-07-20 1963-12-10 Union Oil Co Apparatus for underground retorting
US3116792A (en) 1959-07-27 1964-01-07 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ combustion process
US3079085A (en) 1959-10-21 1963-02-26 Clark Apparatus for analyzing the production and drainage of petroleum reservoirs, and the like
US3095031A (en) 1959-12-09 1963-06-25 Eurenius Malte Oscar Burners for use in bore holes in the ground
US3131763A (en) 1959-12-30 1964-05-05 Texaco Inc Electrical borehole heater
US3163745A (en) * 1960-02-29 1964-12-29 Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc Heating of an earth formation penetrated by a well borehole
US3127935A (en) * 1960-04-08 1964-04-07 Marathon Oil Co In situ combustion for oil recovery in tar sands, oil shales and conventional petroleum reservoirs
US3137347A (en) * 1960-05-09 1964-06-16 Phillips Petroleum Co In situ electrolinking of oil shale
US3139928A (en) * 1960-05-24 1964-07-07 Shell Oil Co Thermal process for in situ decomposition of oil shale
US3106244A (en) 1960-06-20 1963-10-08 Phillips Petroleum Co Process for producing oil shale in situ by electrocarbonization
US3142336A (en) * 1960-07-18 1964-07-28 Shell Oil Co Method and apparatus for injecting steam into subsurface formations
US3084919A (en) 1960-08-03 1963-04-09 Texaco Inc Recovery of oil from oil shale by underground hydrogenation
US3105545A (en) 1960-11-21 1963-10-01 Shell Oil Co Method of heating underground formations
US3164207A (en) * 1961-01-17 1965-01-05 Wayne H Thessen Method for recovering oil
US3191679A (en) * 1961-04-13 1965-06-29 Wendell S Miller Melting process for recovering bitumens from the earth
US3207220A (en) * 1961-06-26 1965-09-21 Chester I Williams Electric well heater
US3114417A (en) * 1961-08-14 1963-12-17 Ernest T Saftig Electric oil well heater apparatus
US3183675A (en) * 1961-11-02 1965-05-18 Conch Int Methane Ltd Method of freezing an earth formation
US3205946A (en) * 1962-03-12 1965-09-14 Shell Oil Co Consolidation by silica coalescence
US3165154A (en) * 1962-03-23 1965-01-12 Phillips Petroleum Co Oil recovery by in situ combustion
US3149672A (en) * 1962-05-04 1964-09-22 Jersey Prod Res Co Method and apparatus for electrical heating of oil-bearing formations
US3182721A (en) * 1962-11-02 1965-05-11 Sun Oil Co Method of petroleum production by forward in situ combustion
US3205942A (en) * 1963-02-07 1965-09-14 Socony Mobil Oil Co Inc Method for recovery of hydrocarbons by in situ heating of oil shale
US3221811A (en) * 1963-03-11 1965-12-07 Shell Oil Co Mobile in-situ heating of formations
US3244231A (en) 1963-04-09 1966-04-05 Pan American Petroleum Corp Method for catalytically heating oil bearing formations
US3223166A (en) 1963-05-27 1965-12-14 Pan American Petroleum Corp Method of controlled catalytic heating of a subsurface formation
US3285335A (en) 1963-12-11 1966-11-15 Exxon Research Engineering Co In situ pyrolysis of oil shale formations
US3622071A (en) 1967-06-08 1971-11-23 Combustion Eng Crude petroleum transmission system
US3477058A (en) * 1968-02-01 1969-11-04 Gen Electric Magnesia insulated heating elements and methods of production
US3497000A (en) 1968-08-19 1970-02-24 Pan American Petroleum Corp Bottom hole catalytic heater
US3529682A (en) * 1968-10-03 1970-09-22 Bell Telephone Labor Inc Location detection and guidance systems for burrowing device
US3593790A (en) * 1969-01-02 1971-07-20 Shell Oil Co Method for producing shale oil from an oil shale formation
USRE27309E (en) 1970-05-07 1972-03-14 Gas in
US3870063A (en) 1971-06-11 1975-03-11 John T Hayward Means of transporting crude oil through a pipeline
CA983704A (en) 1972-08-31 1976-02-17 Joseph D. Robinson Method for determining distance and direction to a cased well bore
US3947683A (en) 1973-06-05 1976-03-30 Texaco Inc. Combination of epithermal and inelastic neutron scattering methods to locate coal and oil shale zones
US3907045A (en) * 1973-11-30 1975-09-23 Continental Oil Co Guidance system for a horizontal drilling apparatus
GB1445941A (en) 1974-02-26 1976-08-11 Apv Co Ltd Heat treatment of particulate solid materials
US3892270A (en) 1974-06-06 1975-07-01 Chevron Res Production of hydrocarbons from underground formations
US4006778A (en) 1974-06-21 1977-02-08 Texaco Exploration Canada Ltd. Thermal recovery of hydrocarbon from tar sands
US4005752A (en) * 1974-07-26 1977-02-01 Occidental Petroleum Corporation Method of igniting in situ oil shale retort with fuel rich flue gas
GB1454324A (en) 1974-08-14 1976-11-03 Iniex Recovering combustible gases from underground deposits of coal or bituminous shale
US3947656A (en) * 1974-08-26 1976-03-30 Fast Heat Element Manufacturing Co., Inc. Temperature controlled cartridge heater
US3952802A (en) * 1974-12-11 1976-04-27 In Situ Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for in situ gasification of coal and the commercial products derived therefrom
US3982591A (en) * 1974-12-20 1976-09-28 World Energy Systems Downhole recovery system
US3982592A (en) * 1974-12-20 1976-09-28 World Energy Systems In situ hydrogenation of hydrocarbons in underground formations
US3986556A (en) 1975-01-06 1976-10-19 Haynes Charles A Hydrocarbon recovery from earth strata
US4042026A (en) * 1975-02-08 1977-08-16 Deutsche Texaco Aktiengesellschaft Method for initiating an in-situ recovery process by the introduction of oxygen
US4016239A (en) 1975-05-22 1977-04-05 Union Oil Company Of California Recarbonation of spent oil shale
US3987851A (en) * 1975-06-02 1976-10-26 Shell Oil Company Serially burning and pyrolyzing to produce shale oil from a subterranean oil shale
US3986557A (en) * 1975-06-06 1976-10-19 Atlantic Richfield Company Production of bitumen from tar sands
US3993132A (en) 1975-06-18 1976-11-23 Texaco Exploration Canada Ltd. Thermal recovery of hydrocarbons from tar sands
US4069868A (en) 1975-07-14 1978-01-24 In Situ Technology, Inc. Methods of fluidized production of coal in situ
BE832017A (fr) 1975-07-31 1975-11-17 Nouveau procede d'exploitation d'un gisement de houille ou de lignite par gazefication souterraine sous haute pression
US4031956A (en) * 1976-02-12 1977-06-28 In Situ Technology, Inc. Method of recovering energy from subsurface petroleum reservoirs
US4010800A (en) * 1976-03-08 1977-03-08 In Situ Technology, Inc. Producing thin seams of coal in situ
US4048637A (en) 1976-03-23 1977-09-13 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Radar system for detecting slowly moving targets
DE2705129C3 (de) 1977-02-08 1979-11-15 Deutsche Texaco Ag, 2000 Hamburg Seismisches Verfahren zur Kontrolle untertägiger Prozesse
US4144935A (en) * 1977-08-29 1979-03-20 Iit Research Institute Apparatus and method for in situ heat processing of hydrocarbonaceous formations
US4140180A (en) 1977-08-29 1979-02-20 Iit Research Institute Method for in situ heat processing of hydrocarbonaceous formations
SU915451A1 (ru) * 1977-10-21 1988-08-23 Vnii Ispolzovania Способ подземной газификации топлива
US4445574A (en) * 1980-03-24 1984-05-01 Geo Vann, Inc. Continuous borehole formed horizontally through a hydrocarbon producing formation
CA1168283A (en) 1980-04-14 1984-05-29 Hiroshi Teratani Electrode device for electrically heating underground deposits of hydrocarbons
CA1165361A (en) 1980-06-03 1984-04-10 Toshiyuki Kobayashi Electrode unit for electrically heating underground hydrocarbon deposits
FR2491945B1 (fr) 1980-10-13 1985-08-23 Ledent Pierre Procede de production d'un gaz a haute teneur en hydrogene par gazeification souterraine du charbon
US4353418A (en) * 1980-10-20 1982-10-12 Standard Oil Company (Indiana) In situ retorting of oil shale
US4401163A (en) 1980-12-29 1983-08-30 The Standard Oil Company Modified in situ retorting of oil shale
US4429745A (en) 1981-05-08 1984-02-07 Mobil Oil Corporation Oil recovery method
US4384614A (en) 1981-05-11 1983-05-24 Justheim Pertroleum Company Method of retorting oil shale by velocity flow of super-heated air
US4384948A (en) * 1981-05-13 1983-05-24 Ashland Oil, Inc. Single unit RCC
US4437519A (en) 1981-06-03 1984-03-20 Occidental Oil Shale, Inc. Reduction of shale oil pour point
CA1196594A (en) 1982-04-08 1985-11-12 Guy Savard Recovery of oil from tar sands
US4415034A (en) * 1982-05-03 1983-11-15 Cities Service Company Electrode well completion
US4412585A (en) 1982-05-03 1983-11-01 Cities Service Company Electrothermal process for recovering hydrocarbons
US4442896A (en) * 1982-07-21 1984-04-17 Reale Lucio V Treatment of underground beds
US4931171A (en) * 1982-08-03 1990-06-05 Phillips Petroleum Company Pyrolysis of carbonaceous materials
US4458767A (en) * 1982-09-28 1984-07-10 Mobil Oil Corporation Method for directionally drilling a first well to intersect a second well
US4474238A (en) * 1982-11-30 1984-10-02 Phillips Petroleum Company Method and apparatus for treatment of subsurface formations
US4501326A (en) 1983-01-17 1985-02-26 Gulf Canada Limited In-situ recovery of viscous hydrocarbonaceous crude oil
US4458757A (en) 1983-04-25 1984-07-10 Exxon Research And Engineering Co. In situ shale-oil recovery process
US4524827A (en) 1983-04-29 1985-06-25 Iit Research Institute Single well stimulation for the recovery of liquid hydrocarbons from subsurface formations
US4644283A (en) 1984-03-19 1987-02-17 Shell Oil Company In-situ method for determining pore size distribution, capillary pressure and permeability
US4552214A (en) 1984-03-22 1985-11-12 Standard Oil Company (Indiana) Pulsed in situ retorting in an array of oil shale retorts
US4585066A (en) 1984-11-30 1986-04-29 Shell Oil Company Well treating process for installing a cable bundle containing strands of changing diameter
US4778586A (en) 1985-08-30 1988-10-18 Resource Technology Associates Viscosity reduction processing at elevated pressure
CA1253555A (en) 1985-11-21 1989-05-02 Cornelis F.H. Van Egmond Heating rate variant elongated electrical resistance heater
US4706751A (en) * 1986-01-31 1987-11-17 S-Cal Research Corp. Heavy oil recovery process
US4640353A (en) * 1986-03-21 1987-02-03 Atlantic Richfield Company Electrode well and method of completion
US4702758A (en) 1986-05-29 1987-10-27 Shell Western E&P Inc. Turbine cooling waxy oil
US4769602A (en) 1986-07-02 1988-09-06 Shell Oil Company Determining multiphase saturations by NMR imaging of multiple nuclides
US4728412A (en) 1986-09-19 1988-03-01 Amoco Corporation Pour-point depression of crude oils by addition of tar sand bitumen
US4737267A (en) * 1986-11-12 1988-04-12 Duo-Ex Coproration Oil shale processing apparatus and method
CA1288043C (en) 1986-12-15 1991-08-27 Peter Van Meurs Conductively heating a subterranean oil shale to create permeabilityand subsequently produce oil
US4817711A (en) * 1987-05-27 1989-04-04 Jeambey Calhoun G System for recovery of petroleum from petroleum impregnated media
US4776638A (en) 1987-07-13 1988-10-11 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Method and apparatus for conversion of coal in situ
US4762425A (en) 1987-10-15 1988-08-09 Parthasarathy Shakkottai System for temperature profile measurement in large furnances and kilns and method therefor
US4856587A (en) 1988-10-27 1989-08-15 Nielson Jay P Recovery of oil from oil-bearing formation by continually flowing pressurized heated gas through channel alongside matrix
CA2015318C (en) 1990-04-24 1994-02-08 Jack E. Bridges Power sources for downhole electrical heating
US4895206A (en) 1989-03-16 1990-01-23 Price Ernest H Pulsed in situ exothermic shock wave and retorting process for hydrocarbon recovery and detoxification of selected wastes
US5097903A (en) * 1989-09-22 1992-03-24 Jack C. Sloan Method for recovering intractable petroleum from subterranean formations
US4926941A (en) * 1989-10-10 1990-05-22 Shell Oil Company Method of producing tar sand deposits containing conductive layers
CA2015460C (en) 1990-04-26 1993-12-14 Kenneth Edwin Kisman Process for confining steam injected into a heavy oil reservoir
US5126037A (en) * 1990-05-04 1992-06-30 Union Oil Company Of California Geopreater heating method and apparatus
US5109928A (en) 1990-08-17 1992-05-05 Mccants Malcolm T Method for production of hydrocarbon diluent from heavy crude oil
US5400430A (en) * 1990-10-01 1995-03-21 Nenniger; John E. Method for injection well stimulation
US5517593A (en) 1990-10-01 1996-05-14 John Nenniger Control system for well stimulation apparatus with response time temperature rise used in determining heater control temperature setpoint
SU1836876A3 (ru) 1990-12-29 1994-12-30 Смешанное научно-техническое товарищество по разработке техники и технологии для подземной электроэнергетики Способ отработки угольных пластов и комплекс оборудования для его осуществления
IT1248535B (it) 1991-06-24 1995-01-19 Cise Spa Sistema per misurare il tempo di trasferimento di un'onda sonora
US5332036A (en) 1992-05-15 1994-07-26 The Boc Group, Inc. Method of recovery of natural gases from underground coal formations
US5589775A (en) * 1993-11-22 1996-12-31 Vector Magnetics, Inc. Rotating magnet for distance and direction measurements from a first borehole to a second borehole
US5433271A (en) 1993-12-20 1995-07-18 Shell Oil Company Heat injection process
US5431224A (en) 1994-04-19 1995-07-11 Mobil Oil Corporation Method of thermal stimulation for recovery of hydrocarbons
DE19505517A1 (de) * 1995-02-10 1996-08-14 Siegfried Schwert Verfahren zum Herausziehen eines im Erdreich verlegten Rohres
CA2167486C (en) 1995-06-20 2004-11-30 Nowsco Well Service, Inc. Coiled tubing composite
US5751895A (en) 1996-02-13 1998-05-12 Eor International, Inc. Selective excitation of heating electrodes for oil wells
GB9704181D0 (en) * 1997-02-28 1997-04-16 Thompson James Apparatus and method for installation of ducts
US5923170A (en) * 1997-04-04 1999-07-13 Vector Magnetics, Inc. Method for near field electromagnetic proximity determination for guidance of a borehole drill
US6112808A (en) * 1997-09-19 2000-09-05 Isted; Robert Edward Method and apparatus for subterranean thermal conditioning
US5868202A (en) 1997-09-22 1999-02-09 Tarim Associates For Scientific Mineral And Oil Exploration Ag Hydrologic cells for recovery of hydrocarbons or thermal energy from coal, oil-shale, tar-sands and oil-bearing formations
US6035701A (en) * 1998-04-15 2000-03-14 Lowry; William E. Method and system to locate leaks in subsurface containment structures using tracer gases
US6192748B1 (en) * 1998-10-30 2001-02-27 Computalog Limited Dynamic orienting reference system for directional drilling
US6422318B1 (en) * 1999-12-17 2002-07-23 Scioto County Regional Water District #1 Horizontal well system
US6357526B1 (en) 2000-03-16 2002-03-19 Kellogg Brown & Root, Inc. Field upgrading of heavy oil and bitumen
US6918444B2 (en) 2000-04-19 2005-07-19 Exxonmobil Upstream Research Company Method for production of hydrocarbons from organic-rich rock
GB0009662D0 (en) 2000-04-20 2000-06-07 Scotoil Group Plc Gas and oil production
US6588504B2 (en) 2000-04-24 2003-07-08 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of a coal formation to produce nitrogen and/or sulfur containing formation fluids
NZ522206A (en) 2000-04-24 2004-05-28 Shell Int Research Method for the production of hydrocarbons and synthesis gas from a hydrocarbon - containing formation
US7011154B2 (en) 2000-04-24 2006-03-14 Shell Oil Company In situ recovery from a kerogen and liquid hydrocarbon containing formation
US20020112890A1 (en) * 2001-01-22 2002-08-22 Wentworth Steven W. Conduit pulling apparatus and method for use in horizontal drilling
US7040398B2 (en) 2001-04-24 2006-05-09 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of a relatively permeable formation in a reducing environment
AU2002304692C1 (en) 2001-04-24 2009-05-28 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. Method for in situ recovery from a tar sands formation and a blending agent produced by such a method
AU2002303481A1 (en) 2001-04-24 2002-11-05 Shell Oil Company In situ recovery from a relatively low permeability formation containing heavy hydrocarbons
US6991032B2 (en) 2001-04-24 2006-01-31 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of an oil shale formation using a pattern of heat sources
US6969123B2 (en) 2001-10-24 2005-11-29 Shell Oil Company Upgrading and mining of coal
WO2003036039A1 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-05-01 Shell Internationale Research Maatschappij B.V. In situ production of a blending agent from a hydrocarbon containing formation
US7090013B2 (en) 2001-10-24 2006-08-15 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of a hydrocarbon containing formation to produce heated fluids
US7104319B2 (en) 2001-10-24 2006-09-12 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of a heavy oil diatomite formation
US7077199B2 (en) 2001-10-24 2006-07-18 Shell Oil Company In situ thermal processing of an oil reservoir formation

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3149670A (en) * 1962-03-27 1964-09-22 Smclair Res Inc In-situ heating process
US3349845A (en) * 1965-10-22 1967-10-31 Sinclair Oil & Gas Company Method of establishing communication between wells
US4597441A (en) * 1984-05-25 1986-07-01 World Energy Systems, Inc. Recovery of oil by in situ hydrogenation
US5339897A (en) * 1991-12-20 1994-08-23 Exxon Producton Research Company Recovery and upgrading of hydrocarbon utilizing in situ combustion and horizontal wells
US5297626A (en) * 1992-06-12 1994-03-29 Shell Oil Company Oil recovery process
US6016868A (en) * 1998-06-24 2000-01-25 World Energy Systems, Incorporated Production of synthetic crude oil from heavy hydrocarbons recovered by in situ hydrovisbreaking
US6016867A (en) * 1998-06-24 2000-01-25 World Energy Systems, Incorporated Upgrading and recovery of heavy crude oils and natural bitumens by in situ hydrovisbreaking

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2430218A (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-03-21 Shell Int Research Thermal processes for subsurface formations
GB2430455A (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-03-28 Shell Int Research Method of treating a hydrocarbon containing formation
GB2430454A (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-03-28 Shell Int Research Method of treating a hydrocarbon containing formation
GB2430454B (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-07-18 Shell Int Research Method of treating a hydrocarbon containing formation
GB2430455B (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-11-21 Shell Int Research Method of treating a water, methane and other hydrocarbons containing formation
GB2430218B (en) * 2003-04-24 2007-12-19 Shell Int Research Thermal processes for subsurface formations
CN104428489A (zh) * 2012-01-23 2015-03-18 吉尼Ip公司 地下含烃地层的原位热处理的加热器模式
WO2013110980A1 (en) * 2012-01-23 2013-08-01 Genie Ip B.V. Heater pattern for in situ thermal processing of a subsurface hydrocarbon containing formation
US9605524B2 (en) * 2012-01-23 2017-03-28 Genie Ip B.V. Heater pattern for in situ thermal processing of a subsurface hydrocarbon containing formation
CN104956029A (zh) * 2012-11-25 2015-09-30 吉尼Ip公司 用于地下含烃地层的原位热处理的包括由风电供能的加热器的加热器模式
WO2014177188A1 (en) * 2013-04-30 2014-11-06 Statoil Canada Limited Method of recovering thermal energy
WO2017161441A1 (en) * 2016-03-24 2017-09-28 Nexen Energy Ulc Processes for effecting hydrocarbon production from reservoirs having a low permeability zone by cooling and heating
CN109033012A (zh) * 2018-06-28 2018-12-18 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种空心抽油杆注热水循环井筒温度场的确定方法及装置
CN109536151A (zh) * 2019-01-08 2019-03-29 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种溶液型火驱油藏助燃封窜剂
CN109852360A (zh) * 2019-01-08 2019-06-07 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种浊液型火驱油藏助燃封窜剂
CN109536151B (zh) * 2019-01-08 2021-11-02 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 一种溶液型火驱油藏助燃封窜剂

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20030079877A1 (en) 2003-05-01
AU2002303481A1 (en) 2002-11-05
US6782947B2 (en) 2004-08-31
AU2002303481A8 (en) 2009-11-19
US7040400B2 (en) 2006-05-09
US20030131995A1 (en) 2003-07-17
US20030130136A1 (en) 2003-07-10
WO2002086029A3 (en) 2009-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7040400B2 (en) In situ thermal processing of a relatively impermeable formation using an open wellbore
US7040398B2 (en) In situ thermal processing of a relatively permeable formation in a reducing environment
AU2002257221B2 (en) In situ recovery from a oil shale formation
AU2002257221A1 (en) In situ recovery from a oil shale formation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: JP

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)